《I Became A Ghost In A Horror Game》 Prologue Prologue I like horror games. If you ask me if I like the thrill of being chased by something grotesque, I would say yes. I was never chased by a real monster, but it''s like riding a rollercoaster. Because cowardly people get a chance to experience death. I was able to feel that thrill from horror games. The joy of surviving and the secrets hidden in the horror tempts me, so I always go back to ying these types of games. But this. It''s too much. The faint sound of crickets tickles my ears. Dust that has been neglected and dances in the air. Old, creaking wooden nks. Antique furniture that looks like something out of an old western horror movie. I''m sure. This is the suspicious mansion behind the school from the horror game [Mystery Investigation Club ~Summer Vacation Nightmare~]. Yes. I''m in a horror game. "Oh my goodness! Who are you? Are you here to y with E?¡± And to describe the beautiful girl in front of me right now, she has blonde hair with buns on both sides, and they''re both decked out with a red flower-shaped essory. She has fair white skin like a doll and was staring at me with her ruby red eyes. If you saw it in real life, you would hear people going "Wow!", and even the outfit is an old-fashioned western-style dress. You might even wonder if a celebrity was cosying. The problem is that she''s holding a knife and talking to me in a mirror. "Why don¡¯t you say anything~? You''re making me feel bad~" This kid is the first monster you encounter in the [Mystery Investigation Club], in which the main character in this game belongs. And she''s [E In The Mirror], a vicious monster who kills one person in the club of only four people ording to the story. E''s smile gradually hardens. E enjoys ying hide-and-seek, and she enjoys watching her opponent die in fear. If there''s no response, she gets angry. ''But I''ve just entered the game and I don''t know what to do!'' I''m not being bold, it''s just my body stiffened with extreme fear. God, why are you giving me such an ordeal? I just fell asleep while ying it yesterday! "Well, whatever. If you stab it with a knife, it will bleed. Mister! Let''s y hide-and-seek with E! Let''s start on the count of three!"1 She says with a cute voice. This mansion is full of mirrors. In other words, I knew very well that no matter where I hid, I couldn''t run from E who moves between mirrors. "Eins (one)... Zwei (two)...."2 E stares at me as she twirls the sharp knife in her hand. She was like a wolf hunting its prey. In my head, my life shes in front of me. It was a very ordinary life. There is nothing different from the others. Such a life in which you were born, studied, ate, yed, wandered, achieved something, or failed. Ah. Right. There was at least one thing that was different from others. It''s that he has a horribly unfortunate constitution. From falling potted nts from apartments, stepping on a banana on the street and getting seriously injured, or identally stepping on a puddle where electricity is shorted. Ever since I almost died, I have always lived carefully, calcting all the misfortunes that coulde to me. It reminds me of a conversation with someone. -You''re really unlucky, are you enemies with the world? -People less fortunate than me can be seen just by watching TV documentaries. It could be worse. Maybe.3 -No. It''s because you epted the idents that came your way and acted to solve them. If it was someone else, they would have be a disabled person? -Is that apliment? -Well, if you take away this point, it''s a step back. Yes. I''ve been through bad luck all the time, but I''ve always been struggling to solve it. Let''s try it again. I made up my mind. Thanks to that, the body that had been frozen until just now moves to live. "Huh? This!... I''ve changed my mind. I''ll spare mister." When I was thinking of escaping somehow, like the way the main character survived, E looked over my body and said that. Spare me? This killer? I asked back to see if I heard it correctly. "You''re saying... You''re going to spare me?" "Yeah! I''ll spare you. To be precise, I''ll let you live in this mirror!" "What?" Suddenly, my vision changed. When I came to my senses, I was in the mirror. Beyond the mirror is my own reflection. I can''t believe it, this...! "Kyahahahaha! Seeded! Sess! All I needed to do was drag it to the mirror! Mister is a bit peculiar. I did it just in case, but it worked!! Kyahahahaha!!!" E and I switched bodies...? E can only function in the mirrors in the mansion. Even at a nce, it''s a mansion that has been neglected, so she must have been locked up for a long time. Not only was she deprived of her freedom, but if the mansion copsed, she herself would die, so she must have been trembling with anxiety. It was a no-brainer to get a body. Now E has the body she longed for. Then now, am I going to be trapped here forever..? I screamed. "Turn me back right now!" "No way~! Although it''s not a cute body like E''s, I''m sick of mirrors! Goodbye!" It can''t be like this, it''s not enough to enter the game, but getting your body stolen too! What should I do? I have to do something...! E runs down the stairs. It was disgusting to see her jump and skip excitedly. However, when she ran like that... "What?" I''ll warn you in advance, before you get fed up with the absurdity of what happened here. E died in a really stupid way. First of all, E is not familiar with her new body. After all, she had been stuck in the mirror for a long time. And the stairs are quite old. Can you roughly guess? The stairs copsed and E lost her bnce. There was no way E, who was unfamiliar with her new body, could ever regain her bnce. Did she fall and die? No. The highlight is this: My unfortunate constitution. It affected E. The slight vibration caused by the impact of falling down the stairs to the floor made a huge chandelier sway in the hall of the mansion. "Ouch... It hurts..." After that, the ceiling copsed with a bang and hit E, who fell and was in pain. This happened less than a minute after my body was stolen. No matter how well I ept and adapt to situations... It took three minutes to understand what happened. "My body!!!!!!!" If you steal it, you should treat it well!! In the messy mansion, only the faint scream of a girl who was once a man echoed. Chapter 1 Chapter 1 The dark red blood flowing from the corpse by the chandelier reminds me that my body is already dead. The fishy smell of blood... I could smell it even in the mirror. It sucks... Worse still, the mansion has a risk of copsing because of the chandelier falling. I became uneasy and started fiddling with my hands, realizing these white, soft hands aren''t mine. The girlish voice that leaks out from time to time, and this bun hair that keeps getting in the way, are also very confusing. It''s quiet. There was no sign of the mansion copsing. I finally took a breath. Changing bodies is a big deal, but if the mansion copses, you''ll die right away... After getting out of the crisis, it became a rtively insignificant matter, so I was able to calmly ept it. Suddenly bing a woman. He''s not even human, he''s a monster.1 Usually, when your body changes like this, you look in the mirror and ask yourself, "Is this... Me?" I''m in the mirror, and while I can move between them, my reflection doesn''t appear. ... Time has passed since E''s death. Five days. For five days I was trapped in the mirror of the mansion. Have I been exploring all this time? Of course, I tried a lot of things. I examined E''s abilities as a monster. One of them is [Mirror Movement]. As long as it''s a mirror in the mansion, you can move to it. I checked the inside of the mansion with this... But there was no significant gain. There was nothing more to know about E... At least, a few children''s books were found... In the first ce, I know E''s backstory from the game lore. Pitiful... No, not pitiful, the psychopath girl [E Trapped In A Mirror]. As in all horror games, it doesn''t exin everything about the monsters, so it''s not certain what I know, as the spections are based on foreshadowing and clues, but... It''s probably urate. E was born in a western family. She was not unlucky, rather, she was born into a wealthy family and enjoyed all sorts of luxuries, but she had one strange desire. She has a mad desire to kill people. Despite her young age, E killed small animals in therge mansion to avoids prying eyes, and ended up killing one of her attendants by faking it as an ident. The first attempt was difficult, but after that she killed the people in the mansion one by one, until she killed her own parents. Only then the people close to the dead identified E as the culprit and came together to set fire in the mansion. Seeing that, E stabbed herself in the throat while in front of the mirror. -Now there''s only me left~ She was smiling as she watched herself die... "Crazy bitch..." Now she died again, except this time with my body. There is one inconsistency here. That is the very existence of this mansion. It''s strange that after Emitted suicide the mansion didn''t burn down. It''s also contradictory that the mansion has an ideal number of mirrors, and above all, it doesn''t make sense that the mansion that should''ve been in the West is in Korea, as shown in the game settings. Well, it''s a game where Slenderman, Gargoyle, Eight Ghosts, and other non-ghosts in our country pop out all over the ce, so it''s not something I should pay attention to...2 And E''s second ability is that she can physically interfere with the outside world. But it''s not possible to materialize her body outside the mirror. I held the knife in my hand and stared at one of the candles outside the mirror. I cut the air with the knife, like drawing a line on a paper. A candle that has been cut and dripped. This is the ability that allows E to kill people with her slender arms. Other than cutting with a knife, the physical force that can be exercised is weak, so I can''t use it properly, but I have no choice. Thest one is the ability to pull something into a mirror. This can only be used when someone touches the mirror. I think E used this on me, but I don''t know if there''s other ways to use it. It can suck up the dust that is stuck on the mirror. So it''s useless when no one is around. "Sigh..." There is nothing more I can do. I''d do anything to get out of the mansion. I''ve checked everything. "Ah." There''s something I haven''t checked yet. The body of a beautiful girl who I am now. Nope. No way. Being caught up in this nonsensical incident and touching a girl''s body! Absolutely uneptable. "..." Being conscious of it, I feel a emptiness in my groin. A heaviness in the chest, too. My face was filled with shame. I can''t be stressed out like this. Let''s practice exercising physical force outside the mirror once again. Because it''s in a mountain, if you roll the mirror down, you might be able to get outside. As long as there''s a reflection, I will be able to get into it somehow, so if I go down the streets full of ss, I will be able to move anywhere. Honestly, I haven''t tried it, so I''m just guessing. Still, I was training all day. And on the third day, while cleaning my blood and flesh scattered on the floor, I finally seeded! What I seeded? Bang! To closing and throwing things away. And this has be possible. I lifted one of the spoons in the distance and pulled it. A spoon that enters the mirror. I was good at pushing, but it was difficult to pull, but the control of physical power... No, telekinesis has also greatly increased! In this game, when the main character and the others entered the mansion, the main door was closed to prevent escaping, so the original E must have been stronger. But I am gradually catching up to that power. Even so, with this level of power, preparation is perfect. Let''s send it down the mountain carefully to keep the mirror from breaking. Even if there is no ss, if it rains, I will be able to get through the puddles. I''m half convinced that this method works. What bothers me is why didn''t E try this method in the first ce? I can only guess one thing. [Game Authority]. Didn''t I say it was strange that this mansion was located in Korea? This is an extension of it. E is the first monster you encounter, but she is also a tutorial boss. In order for her to fight properly, she needs to have a stage where she can move actively and a level of difficulty that she can easily y around, so her mansion, which is her main stage, is unusually full of mirrors. Of course, it makes no sense for the boss to be able to leave the mansion, and even this world, which has been brought to reality, cannotpletely ignore suchws. Yes, E implicitly has the [Premise] that she can''t go outside... That''s why, unless you''re an irregr like me, you wouldn''t have even thought that you could go out like this. But I''m different. I don''t follow that mon sense". Because I''m a being with a will independent of themon sense of this world. Shall we try it? When I was about to throw a mirror out of the mansion with telekinesis. Squeak... The front door of the mansion opened. Who the hell? Who would dare to enter such a suspicious mansion? Huh? No way? Only then she remembered the existences she had put aside. Four children who show up. The protagonist and extras of this story. One of the extras who is brutally murdered at the start, and an unlucky protagonist who eventually ends up being chased by E. The [Mystery Investigation Club]. With a hopeless future, they have entered the prologue. Chapter 2 Chapter 2 Four children were struggling to climb the mountain. And then one of them suddenlyins. "Oh, it''s hard! Do we really have to climb the mountain? It''s night!" Said Kim Eun-jeong, one of the two girls with rtively weak stamina. She hates using her body, so she joined the [Mystery Investigation Club] toze around.1 Her friend Shin Ha-rim is also a member of this club. However, Eun-jeong did not expect that she would climb a mountain as a club activity. She was thinking it would end with collecting scary stories on the Inte. Shin Ha-rim flinched after hearing that. Kim Eun-jeong came here because the majority of the members agreed, she was the only one against it. It was because Ha-rim thought there was no better way to submit club activities reports as summer vacation assignments. She was just trying to fulfill her role as the president... Then, Lee Kyeong-min, who is the most rational of the group, said while his sses were shining. "How is it that there are no haunted spots nearby? This is a famous ce at our school, so if we say we''ve been there, it''ll get a lot of attention. If that happens, I will receive a certificate of merit and a lot of prizes!" And beside him, Yoo Suho, a male student so tall he didn''t look like someone from elementary school, helped.2 "That¡¯s right. Besides, if you don¡¯t give a good report, the club might be disbanded." Ha-rim pumped her fists after hearing these two opinions. She thought she did a good job. It was worth it to entice them to go to a haunted spot and enjoy the thrill. At this point, Kim Eun-jeong had no choice. She put up with her displeasure and continued to climb the mountain. As rumored, there was arge western-style mansion at the top. A mansion sorge that even a shlight couldn''t fully illuminate it. Yoo Suho let ou an exmation. "Wow, I never thought I would see a mansion like this in my country." Then, Lee Kyeong-min exined from the side. "It must have been built in the past when western culture was introduced and western-style mansions became popr. A mansion like this on top of a mountain... Rich people have a lot of entricities." Ha-rim was delighted as she patted her aching leg. Finally arrived! However, the face of Eun-jeong next to her wasn''t good. "Eun-jeong, what''s wrong?" "It''s creepy and it makes me feel ufortable..." "Isn¡¯t that what haunted spots are supposed to be?" "It is..." She was feeling ufortable, so she decided to quickly take a picture as evidence and go back. The club is important, but friendse first. Anyway, there would be no wild beasts, let alone ghosts, so it would be over soon. Yoo Suho confidently stood in front and entered the mansion. "The inside is cleaner than I thought." Kyeong-min walked in. "No, it''s a mess. What fell? A chandelier?" "I felt like I had to say that line for some reason." The mansion could not be said to be in good condition even with empty words. It''s a dark night, so they have to shine a light to check what''s ahead, stepping on the chandelier debris strewn on the floor. Kyeong-min was so focused about the difort of walking between the debris that he didn''t notice the red blood stains on the floor. Eun-jeong said. "Wow, it¡¯s really creepy here. Isn''t it on a different level from other haunted spots?" Ha-rim switched her cell phone to camera mode to fulfill her duties as the president. After all, you need a photo to write the report. "I''ll take a picture." A clicking sound filled the mansion. Kyeong-min took out his notebook and surveyed the surroundings, while Suho took the lead and removed dangerous objects such as shards of ss. Eun-jeong stayed by Ha-rim''s side as she warned others not to walk alone. Kyeong-min found something. Arge mirror up the stairs to the second floor. Therge mirror was wrapped in cloth. Kyeong-min carefully unwrapped it. It was because he was curious about the design of the old western-style mirror. He took down the cloth. In the mirror was a pretty girl like a doll. For a moment, Kyung-min mistook himself looking at a painting rather than a mirror, but then realized. It''s real. It is a real ghost! Kyeong-min screamed. It was Suho who reacted immediately. "What happened!" Ha-rim and Eun-jeong followed behind. What they witnessed was the real thing out of the many fakes. There is a ghost in the mirror. A beautiful girl ghost. With a knife... POV Switch - E It must have been unreasonable to hope not being seen with the cloth that was hastily put. I thought for a moment about what to do with the four children who were scared to see me in the mirror. Right now I am E. Let''s think about how E treated them in the original story. -Wow! You have so many friends! Then you should y games, right? First of all, she proposes a game to the main characters with a cute tone and facial expression. Hide-and-seek. Kyeong-min carefully asked first what would happen if he didn''t y the game. -Of course, I''m going to kill you~! After hearing the answer, Kyeong-min has no choice but to participate. The rules of the game are simple. You win if you get to the front door by avoiding [E In The Mirror]. Obviously, if you lose, you die. And at the end of her words, E, as if showing mercy, said that while it''s one at a time, if one of them wins, she will spare the rest. Then, Suho tried to go first, but Kyeong-min was faster because he was confident in the game. At this moment, Kyeong-min bes a yable character, and the yer controls him, being able to save and load the game. What happens to Kyeong-min who reached the front door? He dies. E doesn''t keep her promise. As she swings the knife by the mirror, Kyeong-min''s throat is cut and he falls to the ground. -Kyaahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!!! Seeing such a shocking scene, children who are mere elementary school students cry, scream, and uproar. Of course, the front door could not be opened because of E''s power. Now the game changes the yable character to Ha-rim and the victory conditions are different. Defeat E. There are three survivors, but if Ha-rim, the yer, avoids E''s eyes and breaks all her mirrors or burns her mansion, her powers will weaken and they will be able to escape the mansion. The ruthlessness of the Game Producers who killed Kyeong-min, that sacrificed himself for the sake of the other children, makes me shudder. ''Except for the main character, the other two survivors will die one after another even if they get outside.'' Of course, I don''t have the guts to help the doomed characters. Knowing what kind of disaster will happen if the original story is twisted... About the main character who continues to explore the secrets and somehow achieves results. What if the progress goes a little wrong and the protagonist dies sacrificing himself for others? Then, what will be of this world! Can you reach the "Ending"? Even so, the minimum conscience within me is crying out not to kill them. No matter how important the original story is, I''m honestly not confident in killing people. Even though I know what I should do, I just can''t take the lives of children. You got to be joking. Once again, it''s impossible to help them. I can''t figure out how to help them with this body trapped in the mansion. Even if I intervene in the original work, it is not now. If so, don''t kill. For now, I give the horror simr to the original as much as possible so that the history is not distorted. Yes, this is for the best. Then let''s start ying. Keep things flowing as closely as possible to the original! "Hi, I''m E~! I live in a mirror!" Deliberately making a cute voice. I feel my stomach twisting, but I have to act like a crazy bitch. I''m wondering if I''m doing it correctly, but it can''t be helped. "Are you... Are you really a ghost...?" When Ha-rim asked, I pretended to be angry. "A ghost?! E is just trapped inside the mirror!" Ignoring the flinching and surprised Ha-rim, she said with a pitiful expression. "I''m stuck in the mirror... I was so lonely! Did you know? I killed the snail hiding in the mansion. Because I was bored! Then I also killed the cat. Because even though E said E was lonely, it didn''t even listen!" "What the hell are you talking about?" "Then a bigger one came in and I killed that too! Why? Of course it''s because I''m lonely and alone... So lonely that I want to kill everything I can see!!!!" "Heek!" Basically, crazy bitches are unpredictable things. It shakes the psychology of children who were anxious about facing a ghost. Okay, seeing their reaction, I think the acting is fine. The distorted face was restored and changed to a terrifyingly calm expression. The children were so overwhelmed by this attitude that they stayed quiet. "Still~? I''m d my friends are here." "Fri... Friends?" "Yeah! Friends! You really don''t want to be friends with E? Then that''s what it would happen?" I pointed my hand under the fallen chandelier. When Eun-jeong shines a shlight on it, she finds (past) me under the chandelier. "Heo-eok! That... That person is dead!"3 "Hu... Huh." Suho is shocked and Eun-jeong even sheds tears. Kyeong-min calmly asks me. "What do you want from us?" ¡°It''s a simple game! You''re ying with poor E! The game is hide-and-seek! If you go out through the front door without getting caught by E, you win!" "What if... If I don¡¯t y the game...?" What if you don''t y the game? Obviously you have to die. Only in the original, of course. Still, I have to be scary like the original. I shouted out E''s line, making the best use of E''s appearance. "I will kill you of course!" cing my hands on my cheeks and slightly flush my face. A voice that tickles your ears. Even to me, it looks like a crazy bitch. No, I shouldn''t take pride in scaring children. Kyeong-min breaks out in cold sweat. He has to answer right now. "...I will join the game." "As expected, I was blessed with friends!" As I mocked him, a groan came out of Suho''s mouth. It seems that he thinks he''s pathetic for not being able to do anything. My heart trembles again. No, you can''t be weak here. "The game is one yer at a time. If you get caught, you die! But if even one person passes, I''ll let everyone go!" Knowing the original, I know how Kyung-min will act. A guy who would risk his life for his friends. Then, shall we prepare the "key" now? I telekically ced the bottle of red wine near the front door without anyone noticing. "I''ll go." When Kyeong-min said that, Suho stopped him. ¡°It''s too dangerous. I''ll go." Even so, Kyeong-min didn''t care. "No. I''m confident in winning the game, because I''m smart." "Still!" "...I want you to believe in me just this time.¡± There was a will in Kyeong-min eyes. It was the same look in his eyes when he was protecting other children, so Suho had no choice but to agree. "I get it..." Kyeong-min stepped forward to me. Yes, that''s how it should be. "I will go first." Iughed and shouted. "Then the other friends gather in front of the stairs~! It''s old and breaks easily, so be careful going down~!" Don''t die in vain like some idiot. The first-floor structure of the mansion has a staircase going up to the second floor in the front of the entrance. And there are several rooms connected by doors in the back. Kyeong-min starts there, and the children wait in the center. She told the children that if they gave even one word of advice to him until he reached the front door, she would tear their mouths, so they didn''t try anything. Once everyone was in position, the game started. In a room with so many mirrors that could not be ignored, Kyeong-min swallowed his saliva and moved on. Calcting the blind spot and the visible side of the mirror and passing by one after another. In order to not let him rx andmit a mistake, I appeared in the mirror right before Kyeong-min passed by and scared him with a knife. And. ''There are no blind spots...!'' It''s all down to chance here. You have to be prepared to be caught and run quickly to pass through. Hah... Hah... Hah... Kyeong-min''s breathing bes rough. The smarter you are, the more difficult it is to gamble. That''s why I passed by the spot right before him. As soon as he saw myself passing by with a knife, he would gain confidence. Ah! A ce that has been passed once is unlikely to be passed through twice! He thought. Sure enough, Kyeong-min, who did not miss the opportunity, quickly left. With this, the hurdle was passed. After getting through the room, he gets closer to the front door. Everyone held their breath and looked only at Kyeong-min. He was getting more and more rxed at the thought that he had done it. However, that attitude led to mistakes. It was because I randomly moved and we met eyes. Kyeong-min quickly hid. Kyeong-min thought he was in trouble. It''s also because of the increased difficulty. Because the front door has a lot of mirrors. I couldn''t show that I was too caring, so I decided to scare him more. In the mirror, I cut the spot where he had been with a knife. sh! "!!!!" "Did I see it wrong~?" Hah... Hah... Hah... A sound of holding back the gasping breath. Did I scare you too much? Kyeong-min calmed down and went on again. And finally! Reached the front door. "Win! I won! Now free the kids!" ¡°Wow! You''re really smart~! But what about it?¡± Nope. "What?" "s! You can go now, but the kids can''t! If you win from the beginning, who am I ying with? Don''t be so mad! If you get angry, I''ll kill you!" "That... But..." ¡°Ah~ I¡¯m annoyed. Are you going to save them? Ah, I had a good idea. I''ll let you go then I will kill the children! If you don''t like it, you cane back~!¡± A devilish idea in my opinion. You can go, but if you go out alone to live, I will kill all of these children. Even if you win or lose, someone dies. What to do now...? The game never ends unless someone is killed. "I... I..." He seemed conflicted. He lowers his eyes and look around in uneasy restlessness. Looking at the hesitant Kyeong-min, Iughed out loud. "Ahahaha! You''re conflicted! You are so funny! Hahahahaha!" Now I will only be seen as irredeemable trash. Kyeong-min, who was trembling, said. "...Sorry guys..." Kyeong-min shakes his head. And then.... He throws the wine bottle lying on the floor at the mirror where I was! I can suck it into the mirror, but I''m justughing and pretending to be careless and let it hit. Crash! The wine shattered and the contents temporarily covered the mirror, blocking my sight. "Now!!!" Children running with all their might as if they had been waiting for it. These guys didn''t think that he would betray them at all... My nose crinkled at the warm sight. Ah, by the way, is it time to get angry here? "These guys~!! I can''t forgive you!!! How dare you run away!!!" She shook the furniture with her telekinesis. Because of the dramatic effects, the speed of the children increased, probably realizing that they would die if they were caught. "I''ll kill you! If you get out of here, I will definitely kill you. So wait AAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" And bang! The children are all out and the front door is closed. Silencees to the mansion that was shaking violently. The crazy E, no, I calmly organized my thoughts. Did I make any mistakes? "Looks like I''m done." Let''s leave the future to them and escape from this damn mansion. In order to shake off the guilt of tormenting the children, I stretched out and moved to the mirror in another room. now the worry about getting involved in the original story is over. I am me, the original is the original. Let''s leave the future to them and escape from this damn mansion.4 However, this idea is shattered by the children who return to the mansion in less than an hour. What...? Why did you guyse back...? Chapter 3 Chapter 3 Leaving behind the children who escaped from the mansion, I prayed for their souls. This is a cruel world. There are terrifying things ahead of them besides E. I didn''t want the original story to be twisted, so I''ll just watch. Besides, ording to the original story, everyone except for the main character would die. Would wishing for fate not to be twisted be wishing for those young children to die? Am I feeling guilty now? ...Indeed I am. It''s really embarrassing to scare children as an adult, even though I''m in a little girl''s body. I''m a coward. The original is the the original, and I am me. I stretched. The road won''t open even if you''re depressed. Let''s walk, if we walk, the road will open. Let''s forge my own path. Anyway, I have to find a way to leave the mansion and return home. Besides, there''s no guarantee that they won''t die even if I help them with my body trapped in the mirror. I made that excuse. The silence of the mansion is more painful today. I picked up a small hand mirror. If it has a lot of mass, it will break easily when thrown out. I wrapped the hand mirror in the quilt of the bedroom. It was sewn with thread to form a roughly circr shape. I''ve never used thread before, so it took me a long time... But the finish isn''t bad. This won''t break. If you throw this outside to go down the mountain, you''ll need to use Mirror Shift. I cut the nket with a knife and let ite out the mirror. The nkets are limited and the number of hand mirrors is small, so I have to be careful. I''ll need to throw it. I took the duvet with the hand mirror in it and moved to the mirror near the window. I opened the window with telekinesis and looked for a good spot to throw. I chose a ce with few trees. I threw it with all my might. I didn''t hear any cracking. Instead, I could see the nket rolling away. I hope it doesn''t get blocked by trees. After a while. Slowly, the nket should have reached the bottom. And... At this point, the children will be at the bottom of the mountain, right? I hope you went down safely Squeak- That thought was shattered. I can feel the footsteps of four people at the front door. Why are these guys back? Could it be that you fell in love with this body? No, no. Was E''s unique narcissism passed on? First of all, I saw that the appearance of them entering was cautious. It seems like you don''t want to be heard. I can''t figure out what''s going on, or was the "warning"cking? I moved to the mirror in the room where the children were, thinking that if they returned without a sense of danger and for an absurd reason, I would be very angry. POV Switch - 3rd Person (A while back) The [Mystery Investigation Club] seeded in running away from the crazy girl, E. The children, out of breath from running frantically out of the mansion, came to their senses only when their lungs reached their limit. "Hah... Hah... Everyone... Huh... Calm down. If you run like this and fall, you will roll down and die." Kyeong-min said as he wiped his sses that were damp with sweat. They stopped as if they agreed, even though they couldn''t answer because they were out of breath, except for Suho. "That¡¯s right, whoa.. Eun-jeong seems to be at her limit. Meeting a real ghost, What the hell is going on here?" When Suho said that, Ha-rim was downhearted and apologized. "I¡¯m sorry. I didn''t know it was such a dangerous ce. Just because I asked you toe... Because of me..." Kyeong-min shook his head. "Originally, we all decided to go. You can''t put the me on only one person." After taking a breath, Eun-jeong patted Ha-rim on the back. "That''s right. And thanks to Kyeong-min, everyone survived. Thank you, Kyeong-min." "Why are you saying such embarrassing things..." The sight of everyone caring for each other even in midst of hardships made Ha-rim forget her fears and her heart was touched. She couldn''t even imagine parting with them, because their friendship is just that precious. Let''s go down and call the police. Even ghosts can''t defeat those who have been mobilized with public power. Let''s go slowly now. "Wait a minute, was the mountain always foggy like this...?" When Suho said that, Ha-rim looked around. The fog, which wasn''t there when she came up, is obstructing her view. Could it be that E did it? It became a credible hypothesis because it was not unusual for anything to happen as long as one suffered a supernatural phenomenon. "Maybe we''re notpletely safe yet. Rather than rushing down, let''s find a ce with few trees and turn off the shlight." The members swallowed their saliva at Ha-rim¡¯s words, but their eyes continued to search. Kyeong-min, who has good eyesight, quickly found a ce. "This is a ce with fewer trees. There is a slope, but there are fewer stones, so you won''t be seriously injured if you fall." They went down slowly, while being wary of our surroundings. But it''s weird. The air is getting colder and she can''t erase the uneasy feeling. The senses are ringing the rm. Is she the only one feeling this? "Wait a minute, everyone. Look around carefully." Hearing Ha-rim''s words, they start to look around. Then Suho found something. From very far away a man dressed in ck was standing there. Could he be a human? Suho tapped Kyeong-min''s shoulder. He just had his new sses fitted, so he could see much better. Kyeong-min opened his eyes and looked at the man, hisplexion turning blue. His reaction was unusual, so Suho whispered as low as possible. "What do you see?" "There is a thin and tall man. He''s wearing a suit, but his skin is pale. Not only pale. He is so white he can be seen even in the night...!" After hesitating, Kyeong-min added a few words. "And if my eyes weren¡¯t wrong, he didn¡¯t have a face." The children who quietly listened to Kyeong-min''s words realized the seriousness of the situation. The monster wasn''t only E. For this to happen right after escaping... The group only noticed it because there were few trees. Being almost unaware of its existence. They have to figure out a way to escape now while they haven''t been caught yet... "Hey guys, isn¡¯t that monster looking for us?" At Eun-jeong''s words, Ha-rim definitely thought so. At first nce, it was looking for something. Less trees helped, but it was rather difficulty to hide. If so, you should lower your posture and lean your body in the bushes as much as possible and move away. "Damn, why it''s looking for us?" "We need to get down and slowly get away from him." As Ha-rim said that, the children lowered themselves and slowly gained distance. But squeak, squeak. They heard the sound of wild rats. Fortunately, it wasing from another direction. The man just stood there looking at the same ce. Is it insensitive to sound? The moment she thought so. The monster vanished from sight. Ha-rim took a breath. A monster appeared in an instant in the direction where the sound came from. The man swung his arm, and in the aftermath the thick log was dug in half. The mice that lived inside the logs became chunks of meat. It''s dangerous. Maybe more than E. Ha-rim was rolling her head around to find a way to survive. She finally made a decision. And then, even quieter than a whisper... She made a barely audible suggestion with the shape of her mouth. "We. Go. Back. House."1 "...!" The other side is a monster that teleports whenever it hears a noise. She has no confidence in not making a single sound while moving. Besides, there''s four people. The risk of getting caught by that monster is too great if you rely on the bushes to hide until daylight. However, in E''s case, it would be possible to survive in the mirror''s blind spot if they remained undetected. Ha-rim''s conclusion was that hiding in a building was the safest way to avoid the monster. Maybe... "But-"2 It''s dangerous, Kyeong-min tried to say. Until they saw the monstering towards them. Kyeong-min face turned blue again, and everyone became tense. In fact, there may be a better way. If they''re really careful, they might not get caught. However, he wants to leave this ce right now. And he was frightened of the monster destroying trees, so he followed Ha-rim''s suggestion. Everyone kept a low posture and moved towards the mansion. The problem is that the monster was approaching from the distance faster than them. However, if they ran, he would teleport, so they couldn''t do that, he bit his lips and continued moving. Kyeong-min, being a bit worried, looked back. The monster was getting closer. It was so far away before that it seemed blurry, but now he could see it clearly, walking towards them. "Heo-eok..!" Trees and bushes began to hide their presence as they approached the mansion. He could hear the man steps from time to time. Oh my god. Did he find us? Just as Kyeong-min was thinking that, he heard something fall. It was a ball made of nkets. It rolled down the mountain. The monster''s attention was diverted to it. The group increased their speed and seeded in reaching to the front of the mansion without getting noticed. "Let¡¯s go in carefully." The members silently agreed. Kyeong-min carefully opened the front door. A lot of mirrors looked back. But E''s figure was nowhere to be seen. Thinking that this was an opportunity, he hurriedly entered one of the many rooms in the mansion. Only then did everyone catch their breath. "It isn''t over yet. He chased the nket ball, but he''lle this way eventually. Because this is the only ce the ball came from." Who threw the ball? Could it be E? No, there''s no way she would have done it to save them. Or maybe someone else is hiding? "Anyway, we have to stay out of E¡¯s eyes here and wait until daylight. I don''t think there are any mirrors here other than that one." E couldn''t attack them when he covered the mirror with wine. He covered the mirror with the cloth he had found across the floor. Please I hope this helps. Thought Kyeong-min. A tall, skinny white ghost on one side, and a crazy girl ghost on the other. It was truly a nightmare. We kept our mouths shut and waited for day toe. He hoped the silence would continue like this, but a strange reaction appeared in the mirror The cloth covering the mirror split as if it had been cut with a knife. Kyeong-min wanted tough at the naivety that they wouldn''t get caught. Despair looms in the eyes of the members. E noticed. POV Switch - E As soon as I moved, the cloth blocked my vision, so I cut it with a knife. When I saw the kids looking at me and making devastated faces, my mind wasplicated. Did you really think you guys wouldn''t get caught? I kicked them out while making such cheesy lines! Annoyance rises to the top of my head, but I have to ask something first. "Oh! Did youe here to y with E again? But well? I just want to kill you guys~" I fiddled with the knife with a smile on my face. Ha-rim shuddered and Kyeong-minpletely stiffened because of the memory of being chased by me. Suho wrapped the children in his arms and Eun-jeong burst into tears. Kyeong-min shouted as if to make an excuse. "There''s a monster that teleports out there, so there''s nowhere else to hide!" I was a little surprised and froze for a moment by the scream. Firstly, I need to react. "Ahaha! Do you think I''ll save you if you make an excuse? That''s funny~" She said so, but her head was full of confusion. Another monster? The main character gets depressed here and goes back to school, where she grieves the loss of her friends. And the first chapter ends with him gradually noticing the strange things happening around her. That means you won''t encounter another monster. Could it be because I let Kyeong-min alive? Putting this issue aside... Teleportation... There are a few monsters like that. Some of them have workarounds, though. If so, figure out their identity and help... No, no, wait. If I help here, what will happen to the original? It''s already been twisted, so is it okay if I twist it further? There is the option to ruthlessly kick them out of the mansion. And then what if they all die? The original story was twisted, so I don''t know about the main character, but the rest could die. What an idiot! Other than the main character, everyone else dies anyway, so it would be going ording to the original story. what am I worrying about? No, I still want the kids to live... While I was fighting in my head, something opened the front door of the mansion and came in. With a wide stride. Bowing your head when entering the mansion. He is very tall. And for someone like that, the sound of footsteps is light. It sounds like you are tall and thin. It can teleport... Ah. This monster is... Slenderman! Slenderman, one of the foreign urban legends. He is quite famous as a monster who kidnaps children. But he''s not something that would appear in the beginning. It''s a monster as strong as E, the tutorial boss, but his true strength lies in not having any "weaknesses"''. If E''s weakness is to burn the mansion and break the mirrors, Slenderman has none of those things. The characters in this game are just children. If the creator doesn''t give a way to beat the monsters, the only solution is to run away. As it is a monster with teleportation, the difficulty level rises sharply when you encounter it! It''s best to memorize the pattern with the save and load function and escape out of sight without getting noticed. In real life, there is no way you can use that method. Besides, since Slenderman came into the mansion, it''s impossible to escape his sight. Even more so, since there are four of them, at least one will surely die. The sound of Slenderman''s footsteps are getting closer. It''s headed exactly this way. It seems to have a instinct for finding children. Hearing the sound, the children shuddered. They really thought they''re going to die now. So what do I do now? Should I protect the children or just watch? There is no time. Bystander. Responsibility. Adult. Children. Original. Twist. Conscience. Decision. Confusion. I heard Eun-jeong''s voice as I couldn''t make a decision. "Help me... Please..." "..." I made my decision ording to my heart. A monster that helps people. Would someoneugh if they saw it? "Hide behind my mirror for now." "!!!!" E''s tone, which had beenughing and mocking, calmed down. As her children hesitated, E frowned at them.3 "Don''t make me say it twice." Then the children hurriedly stood up straight behind my mirror and hid themselves. A fairlyrge mirror was enough to cover all of them. Squeak... A skinny man without a face came in putting his long arms inside like a spider goes into a hole. He looked around for a while, then approached the mirror... Crash! There was the sound of ss breaking elsewhere. Shortly thereafter, the man''s figure disappeared. I returned from the other mirror and telekically shut the door that had been opened. "Nowe out." One by one, the children came out from behind the mirror, hesitantly. These guys would be wondering why I helped them. After all, I was trying to kill them just now, but suddenly I helped. It''s pitiful to see them looking at me like a scared rabbit, so I''m scratching my head about what to do with these children. As long as I have already intervened, it is not possible to follow the original story. It''s all because of my contradictory behavior. If I really wanted it to go the way it was originally, I should have killed one person in the beginning. Don''t they say there is no paradise at the end? I never thought I woulde back with this result. I do not regret it. Could I have killed a child? Never...! "Sigh..." The four people flinch at the sound of sighing. Do you know how I feel? Well, it looks like they''re going to die right away, but there''s no way I can afford paying attention to it right now. "Do you want to live?" After looking at each other at my words, Ha-rim said yes as the representative. I have an idea how to defeat Slenderman, even though he had no weaknesses in the game. However, since this is a task that requires cooperation, it is necessary to provide a minimum safety device. "In that case, promise me.... No, promise E. I will never do anything stupid. And offer a partner to y with. Then, E promise not to kill? Really mean it." I think this is a truly E-like proposal. In the first ce, E wouldn''t do anything to help people... But at least they''ll believe if I say it this way. I mean, E wants something from them. Of course, the kids care so much for each other, so they''ll break their promise and run away once Slenderman is defeated. I also broke my promise, but I have no conscience telling these kids to trust me... And I hoped they would break it. "Okay. I promise. Save us instead." "Yeah~ I promise~" I smiled lightly. It broke my heart to see the children in disgust. E''s face is pretty though... Anyway, be happy, kids. The sight of a ghost fighting a ghost is a spectacle hard to see. Chapter 4 Chapter 4 Slenderman wandered around the mansion. He lifts furniture with his long arms and goes looking for hidden children. Since it was an old mansion, dust rolled over every time, but since he was a monster without a face, let alone a nose, he hasn''t affected by it. Suddenly, a voice came from behind him. "Hey, bastard. Don''t you know that it''s rude to search around other people''s mansions?" When he looked back, he only saw a mirror that was reflecting himself. Slenderman eagerly tried to find the source of the voice. A child''s voice. It''s a child''s voice! "It¡¯s this way, where are you looking at?" A voice came from the first floor. Slenderman teleported to a hall filled with mirrors. Yes. Full of mirrors. And it seemed to have more mirrors than before he went to the second floor. "It¡¯s fast~" Slenderman turned his head. There was a little girl there. She was smiling in the mirror. POV Switch - E This is the first time I''ve witnessed a monster other than myself. Because of my small stature, I felt pressure from the body of Slenderman, who was twice asrge as an adult. Anyway, a guy who is worst than a pedophile, who is crazy about children. Thinking about it made my heart feel better. In the game, there was no system for fighting monsters, but I''m really curious how it will turn out. Curiosity in the midst of this, maybe I''m having fun with this situation. "Because it''s a long time, I''ll suggest a game, Mr. Pedophile. The rules are simple. If I cut you, you get cut, and if I stab you, you get stabbed." No consent is required. I drew a line in the mirror using the knife as a brush. The sharpness of the knife that transcended space attacks Slenderman. Slenderman''s neck was scratched with a knife. Red blood drips down. If it was an ordinary person, I would have cut his throat with a single sh. it''s so damn tough. "!!!!" Slenderman was furious. At the same time, he seemed to understand how I attack. The guy runs into the mirror where I''m reflected. He swings his long and pale arm with a booming sound. Crash!1 The mirror shattered into pieces of ss. Debris and dust from the floor that had been smashed together created a mist for a while. You don''t think this is the end, do you? I had just moved to the mirror behind you. Slenderman''s back is visible. I shed again. Swish!2 "!!!!" This time he got a scratch on his back. It doesn''t have a mouth, but since it''s trembling, it looks like it wants to scream. I wickedlyughed a little because it was funny. "Pfft..." Hearing the sound, Slenderman swings his long arm once more, and a mirror is shattered again. But at the same time, his side is cut. The first floor is full of mirrors. You won''t be able to hide in blind spots with that long body. Perfect for giving a beating. I moved around the mirrors at a speed that ordinary people could hardly follow with their eyes. No matter how much he teleported, the reaction speed of his body couldn''t surpass my movement speed. Slenderman chased after me and attacked the mirrors. No matter how hard you attack, you won''t hit me. Because if you attack once, I will cut you three times from the other mirrors. Swish! Swish! Swish! Left. Right. Up. Down. Down. Left. Right. Left. Middle. Down. Middle. Down. Down. Left. Right. Right. A storm of cuts randomly flying from among the mirrors arranged in a spherical shape. The smell of blood overflows, and I, as a monster, enjoy the feeling of exaltation. If you see a gap, cut it. If you are careless, you will be cut. A few mirrors were broken, but Slenderman was soon covered with scars. The good-looking suit that he used to show off a mysterious aura has long since be a rag. Even so, it seemed that it''s life was not affected. It''s more monstrous than I expected... I realized that I couldn''t kill it this way. I decided to activate the n I had prepared. p!3 The sound of pping spreads. This is a signal. The children who received the signal from a distance made very loud noises and ran around. The sound of iron striking iron. To be precise, it was the sound of pots and utensils colliding. I asked the kids to make a loud noise on purpose. Upon hearing the sound, Slenderman immediately teleports to where the children are. "Not a chance." This is E''s mansion, my realm full of mirrors. At the ce where Slenderman arrived, there was Kyeong-min and me at the same time. I cut off the hand that was outstretched to Kyeong-min. Even though Kyeong-min was scared, he made a loud noise. Giggle. "!!!!" It seems that he gets angry when Kyeong-minughed. Slenderman teleports to target another child, ignoring him. I also follow using mirror shift. let''s see, I found where he was and went to Suho "It''s useless." Scratch! Stop all the attacks targeting the children. Slenderman''s teleportation and my mirror shifting are already on an equal footing. You can''t ignore me and target the kids. Slenderman seemed to realize that too. ck and grotesque forces gathered around Slenderman. I know what that is. "Phase two." Bundles of ck tentacles protrude through the ragged suit. It was truly disgusting to see it constantly wriggling. I shed the tentacles approaching the mirror while aiming for the body at the same time. "Tsk." Not even a scratch this time. It''s not even a boss mob, but it''s filthy strong. Slenderman, who took no damage, approached aggressively and broke the mirrors. I also resisted, wielding my knife as best as I could. Slenderman''s second phase is not a power that can be sustained for long. As long as I hold on, it is my victory. I continued to run away through mirror shifting. After destroying most of the mirrors in the hallway on the second floor, Slenderman chased me down to the first floor again. "Isn''t it about time?" Slenderman''s powers were gradually draining away. Even so, the tentacles did not disappear. This is where the mirrors are concentrated. In phase two, it''s easier to break mirrors using tentacles. The tentacles stretched to full length. They were long enough to touch the ceiling, knocking all the mirrors off the top of the room and walls. He rxed as if it was his victory. Even though the phase just ended, there are not many mirrors left on the floor. The tentacles are gone, but I know there''s nothing I can do if he destroy them all with his own hands. I raised three fingers at such a Slenderman. "You missed three things, idiot." In the mirrors that fell like rain, Iughed at Slenderman. The first. "Are these mirrors you dropped all the ones I have?" Slenderman didn''t even notice. He didn''t knew that arge mirror wasing towards him. I telekically moved the mirror to touch him. Then, one of E''s three abilities, "the ability to drag into the mirror" was activated. Slenderman''s shoulder was swallowed by the mirror. The second. "Aren¡¯t you missing something in the loud noises the kids make?" Three children were making noise. Kyeong-min, Suho and Eun-jeong. Ha-rim, who had been hiding, appeared from behind and ran towards Slenderman with a metal candlestick. Panicked, Slenderman tried to teleport, but his ability didn''t trigger. This is something I realized while using mirror shift. In order to move, not only the coordinates to the destination, but also the coordinates where you started are important. Slenderman exists both outside and inside the mirror. The coordinates have be unclear. If you don''t know the trick, you can''t teleport. The third. "You misjudged that I wouldn¡¯t be able to inflict lethal wounds." He will pay for that mistake with death. Slenderman struggled, but the part sucked into the mirror was so deep that he couldn''t reach his hand to push the mirror. To make matters worse, After phase two, he couldn''t even use the tips of the tentacles. I hugged the upper body that had entered the mirror and said a question in his ear. The Question. What will happen if you break the mirror while being sucked into it? Ha-rim''s metal candlestick collides with the mirror. Let''s break the mirror with a bang! The part sucked into the mirror disappeared, leaving only the part that wasn''t. The lower half of his body lost strength and it fell down. In another mirror, E whispered to Slenderman. The correct answer is "division". "Weak~"5 I taunted Slenderman''s upper body in my arms while stroking his face. "...Heo-eok!" My personality, which was distorted, returned. What did I just do? Excited by the smell of blood, he mocked Slenderman. Lastly, saying "weak~" at him? Apparently, E''s body is affecting me to some extent. I may be human, but E is a monster. Still, a sense of self-doubt washes over me, acting like a little kid, I felt embarrassed. First of all, I have to throw away the upper half of the Slenderman in my arms. It was then. Slenderman''s body turned into smoke and began to enter my body. "?!" I felt the ck smoke permeate me and give me a power. Hopefully this power. Maybe. I don''t know if that''s even possible. I''ll have to think about thister. Now that the situation is over. It''s ourplete victory. s. I was an ordinary person until recently. I never thought I would end up fighting a life-and-death battle like this. It''s the first time since I was chased by thugs. Children stepping on the glittering shards of ss on the floor and sneaking towards me. They didn''t even run away. Or was it because Ha-rim was in front of me so they couldn''t? The children were nervous. It was because they had seen countless fragments and numerous knife marks in the aftermath of the fight. This is E''s true strength. They were realizing that the likes of them could easily be killed. The perpetrator of the tragedy was smiling brightly in the mirror. "Now, it''s your turn to keep your promise to E~?" How long do I have to use a cheesy third-person line? There is no point in changing it now, so I have no choice but to endure it. All I asked for was someone to y with. However, it will sound like a request to give away a toy that will die. There is no need to intimidate them as long as you have already cooperated with them. However, it would be awkward to change your attitude all of a sudden. ¡°E needs someone to y with. Since you helped me diligently, I''ll forgive you by leaving only one person.~¡± "...We can''t just leave one person behind..¡± "Oh, I¡¯m d. So, is everyone ying with E?" Ha-rim trembled with fear. It is no different than a mouse in front of a beast. I''m proud of myself for thinking of all that, But if you don''t y, someone''s going to be a broken toy? So what are you going to do? "I''ll y with E. But we are tired. Can''t you give us time to rest? Please." that''s how it came out. Even though she knows that if I get offended, she will die. Is this the mentality of an elementary school student? Kids these days are fast. "Oh~..." Gulp. I heard Ha-rim swallowing saliva. She must be imagining the scene where I suddenly get angry and shes my knife. I wonder if the real E would act like that. But I''m different. "I just had a lot of fun, so tonight I¡¯ll give you special permission! You know what happens if you try anything, right?" "!! Yes! Of course!" Ha-rim''s face brightened. Yes, you''ve been through a lot. She''s probably mentally tired, so at least heal your fatigue. I showed them to a room on the second floor. I deliberately guided them to a ce where there were no mirrors. After all, if you look in a mirror, you will think of me and get stressed. "Ah~ The mirror on the second floor is broken, so it¡¯s difficult to guide you~" "...!" I guided them while saying that. Get it? If you break the few remaining mirrors on the second floor, I''ll have a hard time chasing you. Where else can you find an opportunity as good as this one? If you weave a nket, you can easily make a rope to go down to the first floor. After guiding them, I disappeared. And I said my goodbyes inwardly. Bye then! POV Switch - 3rd Person When the door was closed, the children finally breathedfortably. It was because they were so afraid of E that it was difficult to breathe just by being close to her. Fortunately, they got a grace period, but if they y the game with her again, there will be casualties. "Is everyone okay?" When Eun-jeong asked, Everyone nodded. Kyeong-min looked around the room to see if there were any mirrors. "There are no mirrors here. I think we can rx." As soon as Kyeong-min said that, the silent children began to actively talk. "Thanks to Ha-rim, we bought time. Thank you." "No, I¡¯m thankful that everyone endured well." We didn''t forget to take care of each other. Ha-rim wiped Eun-jeong''s teary eyes with her sleeve. Everyone survived. This is something you can genuinely rejoice about. "Now what? Do we have to wait like this until dawn?" "....Maybe. Because there might be more monsters in the forest. Ah! Wouldn''t it be okay if I reported it on my phone?" Cell phone! Turns out, they forgot all about it. they didn''t have time to make a phone call. Suho took out his cell phone. But no signal was picked up. The cell phones of Kyeong-min, Eun-jeong, and Ha-rim were the same. "Ugh. In a horror movie, There''s never signal. It''s just like that." "Actually, there are ghosts too. E says she won''t touch us tonight. As soon it''s dawn, let''s escape her mansion. We can weave nkets to make ropes." The children agreed to Ha-rim''s proposal began to weave the nkets. With four people working together, they were able to make a rope right away. As consequence, they were tired. At least because of the separation from E, the tension was relieved. Mental fatigue was no joke. One by one, the children fell asleep. However, Ha-rim did not fall asleep. Instead, she searched the room. No one could tell if this was a characteristic of a yable character in a horror game or her personality. She searched the room with particr persistence. and then, she discovered something that even the present E had not been able to find. [E''s diary] Chapter 5 Chapter 5 The way to find out E''s backstory was to get an item in the game. After defeating E, you will be able to enter her father''s study, and the item you can obtain there is [Father''s Diary]. It''s an old and smeared diary that''s hard to read, and even the textes out broken, so I don''t know the exact story, because most of the pages were torn. Even so, E''s figure that her father saw on the remaining pages was not normal. [I went to see XXX XXXXXX because her body felt XXXX. After receiving XXXX XXXXX from him, her body became worse. He warned me that it was due to XXXXXXXXXX, or constant exposure to XXX XXXXX. The cause lies in that XXXXXXXX. I couldn''t believe XXX XXXXXX. I left the church after saying X XXXX XX XX to XXX XXXXXX.] [Today, I saw E ying around with XXXXXXs. I''m sure XXX XXXXXX said to not let her y with XXXXXXs. Unsurprisingly, E XXXXXX the XXXXXXs. She thinks that she hides the XXXXXs well, but I always count the number of XXXXXXs in the yard and the smell makes me frown. When I yelled at her, E begged me saying XXX XXX XXX. XXX XXXXX is afraid of me, but someday it might not. I''m afraid of XXX XXXXX, and E is XXXXXXX XXXXX. I have to go back again and listen to XXX XXXXXX.] [As advised by XXX XXXXXX, E will no longer XXXX XXX XXXXXXs. I''m d. But XXX XXXXXX doesn''t know. E is the devil. I will never get caught off guard, I have to keep XXXXXXX XXX. E, I love you. If youe back I will stop doing this.] [Loretta died while cleaning the roof today. They said it was an ident. It can''t be. It''s definitely E''s work. XXX XXXXX was smiling when I nced at E. Wickedly. I have to XXXX E somehow. Or we will all die. The only thing I can use to punish E is the medicine XXX XXXXXX gave me. I have to do it, before the medicinal effect stops working.] [No. Nothing works anymore. It''s already toote. XXX XXXXX became E. Priest, please help. That bitch, XXX XXXXX, is not my daughter. They killed everyone in the mansion and are knocking on my door. Ah! I hear it. The voice of an evil demon calling for father. How much I loved you! Ah, please, XX XXX XXXX this diary, please XXXX that devil.] The father''s struggle to bring back E, who enjoyed killing animals, by asking the priest for help. In the end, the tragedy ended with E killing him. It''s really unfortunate. However, it is regrettable that this was written strictly from the father''s point of view. ''Because it''s an indie game with a small number of people. It would be unreasonable to expect more foreshadowing.'' I Thought. There are other clues, but what we find out is that the vigers tried to set fire to the mansion to execute E, and that shemitted suicide in front of a mirror. Now I am E, a psychopath whocked even a millimeter of sympathy, but I still have no pity for her. And I even recalled her past three times. ''Why did I suddenly think of this...? Have the children escaped yet?'' In any case, no one would sympathize with E. She''s scum. I waited for the children to escape. I was touching four very small mirrors that someone wouldn''t even notice if I put them in their pocket. POV Switch - Ha-rim I turned over the diary even while drowsy. It was torn and only a few pages remained, even those pages were smudged and eaten by insects, making it difficult to read. [XXXXXX beat me badly. XXXXXX hates me ever since he went to XXX XXXXXX. Why. I was so sick that I begged. But XXXXXX continued to beat me. And after XXXXXX beat me, he fed me holy water. Then he beats me again.] [It hurts. It hurts so much. Someone please save me. Even if I tell everyone in the mansion, no one listens. I. When I turned 1X, I wanted to go to town to make friends. XXXXXX said I can''t be XXXXXXX with anyone while being XXXX.] [I was found out by XXXXXX while ying on the yard. When my XXXXXX saw me, he trembled, as if shocked. Why? When the animals saw XXXXXX, they freaked out and ran away. And that day I was beaten close to death.] [XXXXXX brought in a goat with horns. My XXXXXX said it was to XXXX XXXX. He said that XX was a sacred animal. He told me that if I kill XX, he will kill me too. XXXXXX. I''ve never killed a friend, but I was happy. XXXXXX, I made a friend.] [One day, Ms. Loretta fell from the XXXX. Surprised, I ran to XXXXXX and asked XXX XXXX. However, when my father saw my face, he shuddered. Hell started again. Father. Please, I didn''t kill anyone. It''s not me.] [The goat talks to me.] [Now I have a lot of friends.]1 I was able to catch my breath only after finish reading the diary that gave me goosebumps. The sparse bloodstains made me feel E''s pain indirectly. I felt sorry for her because I had seen many cases in the media where peoples tragic deaths turned them into evil spirits. Maybe, really, maybe... She might have genuinely needed a friend. Her father''s abuse and the indifference of those around E must have changed her. Even so, she was dangerous. I can''t put my friends in danger because of my sympathy. s, poor E. We, too, have no choice but to betray her. While thinking so, I couldn''t stand the drowsiness and fell asleep. When I woke up, the sun was slowly rising. A rope made of nkets was attached to the window railing. I considered breaking the mirrors in the hallway just in case, but I didn''t want E to hear the noise so I just left it alone. We threw all the pillows down, a safety measure just in case the rope snapped. After going down one by one, when it was my turn, I took out a chocte from my pocket. I wrote "I''m sorry" on my notepad and left it on the mirror by the door with the chocte. I approached from an angle that, of course, couldn''t be noticed. After escaping the mansion, we made our way down the mountain. POV Switch - E I was looking in the mirror at the kids running away. And the small mirrors were put in each of their pockets. Why? After all, there must be a mirror in the children''s house. Through that mirror, I will bepletely free from the mansion! The nket ball that I threw the other day just failed... It seems that the mirror was broken as if something had stepped on it and it was unable to move. As long as the kids don''t notice the mirror and throw it away, you won''t have to throw a nket ball again. Since I had nothing to do, I experimented with the power I gained after defeating Slenderman. It was [Materialization], and although it was only for a short period of time, it became possible. The strength of my body also increased, making it difficult to see me as a "weak" girl anymore. I felt that with this much strength, I could break a wooden nk with my fingers. When I get used to handling this power, teleportation might be possible. I might even be able to pull out its tentacles. Pat, pat, pat- It was dusty, but I felt pleasure walking around the mansion barefoot. Ah, this feeling. If it was the real E, wouldn''t she have been moved to tears? Even I, who spent rtively little time confined to the mirror, trembled with the refreshing feeling. When I went up to the second floor, I stepped on something. It wasn''t a piece of ss. "What is this... A note?" And chocte. The note says sorry. "????" I can''t understand the Englishnguage. Do you mean sorry for running away? Do you usually apologize for running away from a killer? I scratched my cheek and picked up the chocte. Come to think of it, I haven''t eaten anything since I fell into this world. I peeled off the packaging and put the round chocte in my mouth. "Ah." Sweetness overtook my head. What? Was it always this tasty? No, it can''t be, I used to hate sweets. But the tongue was honest. I stopped chewing and ate the chocte while gently melting it. If you chew it, it will disappear quickly. "Ah." After some time, all the chocte disappeared. Involuntarily, I made a sound of regret. At the same time, my face turned a little red. Has even my taste turned into a girl? Even though I''m an adult, I''m obsessed with chocte like a kid... I''m d no one saw me. "...If I go out of the mountains, I''ll have to look for sweets first." I hope the children get home soon. But... After they get home... There won''t be anything to be happy about... Because this game is "their" nightmare. Chapter 6 Chapter 6 After safely escaping the mountain, the children had to return to their respective homes first. There must have been an uproar because they stayed out overnight without permission. Maybe even the police were called. However, it wasn''t scary. What they were really afraid of was what they had just experienced, so they missed the arms of their families, whether they were scolded or punished. POV Switch - Ha-rim After everyone decided that we should discuss today''s matterter at school, I returned home. "I''m home." No answer is heard. It''s been a long time since my parents passed away. It was sad that there was no one by my side even after I had gone through such a terrible thing. However, since it was impossible to hold on to my friends who were returning to their families, I sighed in frustration. I took out the chocte I had been saving from my refrigerator. Because it is quite expensive, I did not want to eat it except on special asions, but if not now, when should I eat it? ''What happened at the mansion... it felt like a dream.'' If there are vivid dreams, then there are also realities that doesn''t look real. In a way, it may have been a rare experience... But it''s something I don''t want to experience again. I should eat some chocte.ying down on my bed, I started to open the wrapping. Chocte. I remembered the chocte I had left in the mansion. She must have seen the note... ''What will E do to me when she finds out that I broke her promise?'' I imagined E stabbing me with her knife. A chill ran down my spine, and I tossed and turned my body. I then realized that I had something in my pocket. Is it my cellphone? I decided it was time to call my friends, so I decided to call the person I was most concerned about. ''Because Eun-jeong has a weak heart. She''ll struggle a lot.'' Without thinking, I reached into my pocket and pulled out the contents. But what was in my hand was not a cell phone, but a round hand mirror... Why is this in my pocket? I look into my reflection in the ss. An ordinary mirror. But if it''s a mirror... At this time, an ominous thought shed through my head. No way... No way! "!!" Behind my own reflection in the mirror, E was staring at me. POV Switch - E I have sessfully escaped from the mansion. It''s just that it doesn''t seem like it''s time to be happy after seeing Ha-rim, who is pale blue as if she''s seen a ghost. Oh, I am a ghost. She thought they had barely escaped, but it would be scary if I followed her. Still, seeing her like that hurts me. The small mirror was inconvenient, so I moved to the full-length mirror next to Ha-rim. When switching from mirror to mirror, it is impossible to move unless it is marked. What is "marking"? It means that it must be a mirror that I saw with my own eyes at least once. You can move to that mirror just by marking it, and once a mirror is marked, it bes possible to move to it even if I''m far away. This means I can use it to travel long distances. "..." The neck creaks and turns toward me. Why don''t you just stand there and make an excuse? I''ll y E, who has a low mental age. Children are gullible, so maybe even the original E will forgive you for breaking your promise. In order to awaken Ha-rim''s spirit, I took out my knife. Will you still be collected? Only then did Ha-rim''s mouth open. "Ca-... Calm down! E! Put the knife away!" This is not the correct reaction. There''s no way a psychopathic girl would grant such a request. "Hmm~? Is that yourst will?" When I said that, Ha-rim broke out in a cold sweat and said. "Ah, it''s a misunderstanding! I didn''t break my promise!" Oh. That''s how it''s going to be. I continued to pretend that I was interested. "What do you mean by that? You threw a wine bottle at E, and even after saving everyone, you ran away, right? Eh~? By the way, misunderstanding? What I misunderstood?"1 Ah, I hear it. I hear the sound of you desperately rolling your head. Think carefully, Ha-rim. The opponent is a child. Of course, you are also a child, but if it''s not an irrational excuse, I''ll let you go. "So! That... Didn''t I tell I wanted to leave the mansion? I was going to prepare toys and gifts to have fun with E.¡± "Gift?" "Right! A gift!" Ha-rim held out the choctes she had been keeping next to her while in front of the mirror. The quality is somewhere between the high-end specialty stores and the choctes sold at convenience stores. It''s a pretty expensive chocte. I''m sure the sweetness and taste will be good. But Ha-rim. No matter how childish I look, I can''t fall for something like this. If you had just gone to buy a toy, I would have let it go. A psychopath who casually kills people likes chocte... Chocte... When I came to my senses, I was frantically stuffing chocte into my mouth. A sacred fruit called sugar that drips into your mouth. Like a sprout absorbing the raindrops that fell after a thirsty drought, I covet it. Modern civilization is amazing... even devils would be angels! "Um... Do you like the gift?" "..." Fuck. I couldn''t raise my head. What kind of bullshit is this. You''re being controlled by food! The original E, how much do you like sweets! No, let''s think positively. Because with this, there is an excuse for forgiveness. Actually, this is a good n. Huh. I''m not blushing, right? I pretended nothing happened and put the knife back, and asked Ha-rim. "I see. I know you didn''t break your promise~ But where are the other kids?" "That''s because... They''re still picking out gifts! If you get bored waiting, I''ll buy you more chocte!" As she spoke gibberish, her right pocket vibrated. It felt like time slowed down as I noticed it. "This... This is called a cellphone, and it''s a device that allows you to talk from a distance. It looks like your friends have chosen a present! So just wait a bit!" Do I know?! Who are you treating as an old man? Did you say that because of my outfit? Even if I''m an old monster, I never thought I would get misunderstood like this. Oh right, If I, a monster, were left alone, I wouldn''t know electronic devices such as phones. I suppressed my power as much as I could and nodded. Ha-rim was relieved and answered the phone. "Um, hello, Suho? Huh. What?" [No one is home. No sister, no parents, no one! I contacted the others, but they all said the same thing.] Ha-rim''s expression became serious. "Why all of sudden... The police. Did you contact the police?" [...They don''t pick up the phone. Not just the police, even the convenience store owner. I can''t see any other residents, it''s like we''re the only ones left in the world.] "There''s no way..." I decided to say something to the confused Ha-rim. It''s better to be honest. It may hurt to tell the cruel truth, but it''s better than to have to act clumsily. "Oh, didn''t you know? E though you knew everything?" Ha-rim, who heard my meaningful words, ended the call asking to everyone to group up in the school and turned her head to me. "E... What do you mean by that?" "What are you talking about? This is not your world!" The stage of the game [Mystery Investigation Club ~Summer Vacation Nightmare~]. This is where monsters gather. A barrier that separates here from the real world. The Ghost Story Paradise. Unfortunately, you have fallen into a world of nightmares. "What!" "Can''t you believe it even when you''ve already seen a monster? At some point, you all fell into this world." "..." "You have to struggle an lot to survive. It''s a ce full of terrifying monsters!" "The monsters... There''s a lot?" Ha-rim''s pupils violently shake. Please keep your heart strong. I haven''t even started, your heart shouldn''t already be broken. Compared to the despair you''re going to go through, this is just a taste. Yes, bite your lips and clench your fists. Because you''re the main character of this world. ...That''s the way it is. It looks like Ha-rim made up her mind. She has a mind too strong to be considered an elementary school student. I hope she doesn''t break. "E. What should we do? Can you help us?" This is a bit surprising. Are you asking me that? It seems that she thinks that I, a monster, knows better, but from your point of view, didn''t I try to kill you? Besides, it felt like I tried to kill you just now. "Why should I?" "Ah, that''s... Because we want to be friends with E! If we die, E will be bored. Weren''t you looking for someone to y with?" Ha-rim said without stopping. "If you help us, I will be your best friend. I¡¯ll introduce you to delicious snacks and provide fun games!" Desperation shines in her eyes. She seemed to think that at least she could save her life if she was with me who defeated Slenderman. That''s a lot of courage. Trying to make a bomb that doesn''t know when it will explode as apanion. As long as I''ve already been involved in the original work, I have no intention of quitting. It''s difficult when an unexpected situation urs like Slenderman... More than anything, the problem is Ha-rim. Can this kid really survive to the end? Although she is the protagonist of this game, it is the yer who actually ys the game. If the yer does something wrong, she easily dies. A perverse number of dead scenes prove this. Maybe Ha-rim is not a yer, but just a yable character, and it was acent idea to think that she would survive even if the story flowed as the original. Besides, I died a few times while ying. "So please! Help us..." If you read game transmigration novels... It''s a standard to see the ending if you want to go home. And the ending will need the main character. It''s an insecure protagonist, but it''s definitely one. I''ll get the kids to the ending. As soon as I made that decision, the guilt in my heart eased. I answered with a smirk. "What~ fine." "!" Why are you surprised. The one who suggested it was yourself. I smiled and said to Ha-rim. "If you are E''s friend, there''s nothing I cannot help. But are you aware you are going to have to entertain me? You know if you don''t keep your promise, right?" I reached out my hand through the mirror to signify that I''d do it. Ha-rim was surprised to see the materialized arm, but she immediately answered by holding it. "Ok! I got it!" The contract got concluded. Shall we start working? "Now let''s go." "Were are you going?" "The school. Ah. Wouldn''t your friends be in danger if they already arrived?¡± "What?!" Ha-rim immediately called Suho, whom she had just spoken to. But there was no signal. This happens when either the sender or the receiver is close to a monster. Since I have suppressed my power, it means that Suho is close to one... The reason why children heading to school are dangerous is because there are many ghost stories in schools. And since elementary schools are usually not far from home, it wouldn''t be strange if they arrived already. Once they enter the main gate, they will be within range of the monsters'' attacks, so you better hurry. Apart from this, it was a good decision for Ha-rim to get the children there. If you look at zombie games or novels, the survivors will set up their own base, doing something simr to this. You just need to remove the monsters from the school. "Hehe..." Ha-rim watched E smile. She wanted to run away. Chapter 7 Chapter 7 Suho received Ha-rim''s call and gathered the other members. Him, who is big, yed a role in relieving the anxiety of the team members when Ha-rim, the president, was not there. The school was located within walking distance. However, it did not make sense not to run into a single person even for a short time on the way to school. Despite the sense of incongruity as if it were a ghost town, the members did their own roles. Suho took the lead, Kyeong-min wrote down something on his notepad, and Eun-jeong carefully looked around to see if anyone was there. "Are there people at school?" Eun-jeong asked. Kyeong-min answered by raising his slipped sses. "I don''t know. Normally, there would be a security guard or a teacher, but seeing that even the police can''t be contacted, it''s serious." Eun-jeong''s expression darkened. Suho patted her on the shoulder and reassured her. "Don¡¯t worry too much. Let¡¯s think about what to do once we join with Ha-rim." Suho and the members pondered for a moment whether to wait for Ha-rim in front of the school or inside. And when there was an opinion that it would be better to check whether a teacher is present, Suho nodded his head and entered the front gate first. It was then. He saw someone on the side of the garbage dump at the back of the school. The outfit is that of a security guard. "There is a security guard!" "Good. Let''s ask why we can''t see anyone before Ha-rimes." They followed the guard and entered the garbage area. There was no one there. "He''s not here?" When Suho tilted his head in doubt, Kyeong-min pointed to the open back door and said that it seemed that he had gone inside. There was no other ce to go, so they entered the school. Eun-jeong touched Suho''s arm. "Suho. Look, There are dirt footprints on the stairs." "Really, did the security guard leave it there?" Dirt footprints on the stairs going upstairs, it''s strange. Normally, even when children go up the stairs, they don''t get this dirty, and strangely, there seemed to be a lot of footprints. It seems that he went back and forth several times while working. Patrolling seems to be hard work. "If we can''t find him upstairs, let''s go back down and go to the principal''s office." After the members agreed, Suho climbed the stairs. There were footprints on the second floor as well, but they ended in the hallway. And the window next to the spot where the footprints were cut off was open. Eun-jeong looked out the window and said. "Did he go out the window?" "No way." Thump! Suho''s words were cut off for a moment. He reflexively turned his head in the direction of the sound. The back door leading to the downstairs garbage dump. That''s where ising from. Thump! Thump! Thump!Thump!Thump! They heard the sound of several heavy people running. The noise was loud, so the children took a step back without even realizing it. Are people running? Then what is this ufortable feeling? On the stairs at the end of the hallway, the guard''s face popped out. Then he rushed at the children, dragging his body with twelve legs. Suho shouted. "Run away!!!" Thump! Thump! Thump!Thump!Thump! Thump! Thump! "oebuyiyiineueueunjug!!!"1 "!!!!!!" Everyone ran in terror. "Where! Where do we go!?" "Downstairs! Go downstairs!" As soon as Kyeong-min said that, he ran downstairs. But before he even went halfway down, he bumped into something. It was a tattered corpse, as if it had been eaten bit by bit by a small animal. A bloody piece of flesh from which the eyes, nose, and mouth were gnawed. Even so, he could tell that it was smiling at them. "Ah... Go up!! We have to go up!!!" The children busily heads upwards again. Eun-jeong screamed at the footsteps of something pretending to be a security guard getting closer and closer. 3rd floor. "No, it''ll catch up!" Suho said it screaming. "Maybe we can buy some time if we go into a ssroom! The desk will slow it down!" Kyeong-min said so. With a body that big, it''s going to slow you down. However, it wasmon to lock the door of the ssrooms to prevent theft. "But if it''s locked-" "I heard that the 6th grade ss 3 on-duty guy was very forgetful and often didn''t lock it!" Eun-jeong who speaks despite being almost in tears. Her words gives hope. By the way, what do they do after slowing down the monster?! Suho doesn''t know. For now, he ran upstairs to live. 4th floor. A ce shared by 5th and 6th graders. He rushed straight to the 3rd ss of the 6th grade. But Kyeong-min, who has good eyesight, saw something outside the window. It was Ha-rim running from the side of the yground. She pointed to her pocket and shouting something. "... Th... pock... Chec... Hem..."2 He can''t hear it. It''s too far. "Ha-rim is outside!" "I don''t have time to look now!" A monster is chasing them right now! "Neoheeyiyiyiyidododuyiyiyiyi!!!!!" Suho prayed for the door of the 6th grade 3rd ss to be open, and then pushed with force. Bam! it wasn''t locked. The children hurriedly entered the ssroom. Before he had time to lock it again, the guard who was chasing them pushed his body through the door. "Yinoooomdeu!!! Jabassdaaa!!!!!" Suho was opening the door at the other end of the ssroom. The guard stepped over the desk with his heavy body and fell down. However, even as he fell, he grabbed Eun-jeong''s ankle, who had fallen behind. She was slowly being dragged away. "Kyaaaah!" Suho picked up a chair and mmed at the guard''s hand. "Let go! stop, release her!" In an extreme situation, Kyeong-min''s head suddenly spinned in order not to miss even a little bit of clue. Ha-rim''s message shed by his mind. She was clearly emphasizing the pockets. Kyeong-min rummaged through his pockets. There was a small hand mirror. ''When the hell this got here?'' "Urgh!" Even Suho was caught in the guard arms. There is no time to hesitate. He has to do something! The moment he was about to throw the mirror at the guard. The guard stopped after being reflected on it. "...?" The guard was looking in the mirror. As if there is something else in there. And- sh! The guard''s neck snapped and fell. A fountain of blood gushes out. Eun-jeong and Suho, who had been caught, hurriedly escaped to avoid it. "What the hell is this..." Kyeong-min looks into the mirror. Inside there was something that gave him fear. A nightmare he thought they barely escaped. A crazy girl ghost. E. "Hello~?" "Ah..." "Ah?" "Aaaahhh!" Kyeong-min threw the mirror and broke it. POV Switch - E I didn''t expect him to break the mirror right there. Fortunately, I moved to the full-length mirror, which there''s one in each ss, so I didn''t have to go back to Ha-rim''s hand mirror. Kyeong-min, this bastard... Let''s re at him! He whimpers and cower. I shouldn''t be doing this, but it''s fun. "Um... Are you following us?" "I remember you. Aren''t you the guy who threw the wine bottle at E?" Kyeong-min, who gathered the courage to speak up, cowered once again. I have to stop ying. But how do I exin it so that you understand it well? While I was thinking about it, Ha-rim came into the ssroom. She was out of breath from running all the way home to here. "Haa... Haa... Just like E said... Haa... I got around and came in through the back door of the garbage area..." "Good job." Fortunately, it seems that she didn''t encounter any other monsters. The eyes of the children are focused on Ha-rim, who is talking to me casually. I will have to leave the exnation to her. It''s absolutely not because it''s annoying. No. Ha-rim looked at me and started exining to the children about me helping. However, it was said on the premise that Ha-rim herself and the members should prepare gifts and games for E. The members still have doubts in their eyes. Ha-rim sent me a signal asking me to stay still. "Listen, don''t be surprised. This is not the world we used to live in. ording to E, this is a world full of monsters. A ce where monsters might attack us just like before." We fell here. The atmosphere gets cold. "It can''t be! How did we end up in a ce like that?" "Do I have to live with monsters forever?!" Mainly, Suho and Eun-jeong were greatly shaken. It seems that even Kyeong-min, who has maintained hisposure in everything, could not stand it this time. Yes, this is a normal reaction. Ha-rim who got over this so quickly is the strange one. What a mess this is. It''s good that the story moves quickly though... "Sigh..." Let''s signal it by making ufortable sounds and squinting our eyes. Ha-rim was startled and offered her chocte to me. No, I didn''t mean to ask for chocte. Chomp, chomp... What do you look at people as... Chomp, chomp... "Guys, no matter what the future holds, we have to survive. Let''s calm down for a moment!" "..." The children''s confusion subsided. The club president. It doesn''t seem to be a job for everyone. Ha-rim calmly continued her exnation. "Because we are E''s friends, E said that she would help us survive. We lived right now thanks to her. Do you see what I mean?" "Huh?" "We. Are. Friends. Right?" "Yes! You''re right, we''re E''s friends. Hahaha." Kyeong-min, you can''t act. I barely managed to hold back myughter. After bing E, it was hard not tough or ridicule someone. It feels like even my brain became like E''s. I''ve heard absurd stories about transnting a depressed patient organs to someone else and making them depressed, butpared to that, the whole body was changed, so I think it''s a virtue the personality hasn''t disappeared. "I''ll exin moreter. The priority right now is to follow E''s word and survive." The other kids looks with doubt in their eyes. They seem to think I''m more dangerous than any other monsters right now. However, it''s true I just saved them, so they had no choice but to silently obey my words. "I''ll tell what to do first." I materialized outside the mirror for a moment. The kids were shocked, but I didn''t want to pay attention to them right now. I put my hands on the corpse of the guard monster. Like Slenderman''s case, it began to turn into smoke and got absorbed by me. By feeling, I can tell the time of materialization increased. After the corpse disappeared, something fell. A glowing white talisman. "Exterminate the monsters and find these talismans, of course." Chapter 8 Chapter 8 "Exterminate monsters and collect talismans?"1 Kyeong-min asked. "Yeah, you can call them freaks, monsters, or ghosts, whatever you like. Anyway, get a talisman so you can survive. I''ll tell you why we are collecting talismanster." Kyeong-min has a lot of questions, but he decided to ask only the most important things because he thought she would pull out a knife if he asked too many questions. "But... What about those monsters?" If a monster rush in like the guard did just now, they won''tst long. They are elementary school students. If they don''t have a gun, they can''t even inflict a single scratch on a monster. This was an objectively reasonable worry. E exined to him. "There''s no need to specifically kill the monsters. Most monsters have a way to get rid of them. Of course, there are cases where special conditions or physical methods are needed, but at least the monsters living in this school have strategies. Using an analogy, it''s like riddles." Being able to kill it without any physical damage, Ha-rim imagined exorcists defeating monsters with supernatural powers. However, they do not have the means to do so. It wasn''t easy to figure out how they would do it. "If it''s really dangerous, call E with the hand mirror, but you know if you call her for something trivial...?" Kyeong-min nodded fiercely. "...Isn''t E going with us?" "E can''t deal with all of the monsters. She doesn''t have enough mirrors here, and she can''t use her power properly with that small hand mirror. Besides, if you can''t even do this in this world..." "If not..?" "Can you do anything more than just die?" E shrugged her shoulders and said. Blocking the option of running away, only the choice of living or dying remains. It also sounded like a warning that if you do something boring like run away, you will be killed. Ha-rim said with a grim expression. "Okay. How many do I need to collect?" "A total of four. I just collected one, so there are three left? Don''t be so nervous, there might be some that are surprisingly easy? Now, go find the monsters. Disband!" E urged them to go. Because the children were afraid of her, they could not resist and were kicked out of the ss. However, two ces were spoken to Ha-rim, who left the ssst. 3rd floor men''s restroom, and kennel. When Ha-rim looked back to ask what she meant, E had already disappeared. Children watching each other in the hallway. From the gazes, Ha-rim felt the anxiety of her members. It''s fine. She spoke to her teammates and walked down the hallway. "Where should we go?" "...3rd floor bathroom, let''s go there." Kyeong-min had doubts about the strangely specific ce, but he was convinced, thinking that the club president who had experienced the most supernatural spots would have a special sense of ces where ghosts would appear.2 She went down the stairs and stood in front of the men''s bathroom. Suho and Ha-rim took the lead, and the rest of the team stepped in, being wary of their surroundings. There was arge mirror in the room. Everyone looked at the mirror reflecting themselves and thought that maybe E was watching. E, where did she go? Nevermind, she should investigate the bathroom first. "Let''s open the doors one by one." "Before that, wait a minute." Kyeong-min held up his sses and stopped Ha-rim. He opened the notepad in his hand. "It''s better to prepare first. About what kind of ghosts wille out." "Which ghost? Can you tell?" Kyeong-min liked to gather information. Him, a member of the [Mystery Investigation Club], used the Inte to collect ghost stories and supernatural spots, which were written on this notepad. "There''s no information about E, but it''s written about the monster that chased us before. It''s probably Slenderman from a foreign ghost story. Teleportation, skinny and tall. Besides, he has no face and even uses tentacles!" There are many things that are difficult to see as a coincidence. Ha-rim realized what Kyeong-min wanted to say. "Are you saying that those monsters are rted to ghost stories?" "To be honest, I''m not sure, but there''s nothing wrong with being careful." "...Well... There are ghost stories about bathrooms..." What immediately came to mind was Hanako-san In The Bathroom, and the Red Tissue And Blue Tissue Paper ghost. Except for the two most famous, ghost stories in the bathroom are mostly unknow.3 "Hanako-san and the Red Tissue And Blue Tissue Paper ghost... Hanako-san, you mean the ghost that answers when you knock on the bathroom door, right?" "Yeah, but I don''t know if there''s a way to get rid of both of them." Red And Blue Tissue Paper ghost appear from the toilet bowl and asks "Do you want a red or blue paper?" If you choose a red paper, you will die covered in blood, and if you choose a blue paper, you will be strangled to death. On the other hand, Hanako-san story isn''t clear if she kills people or not, and that the results differ depending on the region, but they''re in Korea, so it is quite vague. "Mmm..." Then Suho intervened. "Wait, meeting Hanako-san requires a special ritual besides knocking on the door, right?"4 "What?" "Isn''t that right? E said it was a monster inside the school. That means it must be a monster you can meet without doing anything." Kyeong-min nodded as if he had a point. Then, what narrows it down is the Red And Blue Paper ghost. Even if it''s not that ghost, it''s better to be prepared. If you choose red paper, you will die, if you choose blue paper, you will die. How to do this? -Using an analogy, it''s like riddles. Ha-rim remembered E¡¯s words. And a crazy idea came to her. A simple idea that a kindergartener would do. As E said, if it''s like a riddle... "Hey guys, I have an idea." ... Ha-rim and the members carefully opened the toilet doors. First toilet, second toilet, third toilet... And stopped at the fourth toilet. Toilet 4 gave off an ominous aura... Ha-rim felt that if there was a ghost, it would exist there. Suho opened the door. There was a toilet. Four pairs of arms slipped out of the toilet and groaned ufortably. Eun-jeong was disgusted with the limp appearance, not paying attention to the crunchy joints. [Would you like a red paper? Or would you like a blue paper?] Suho answered without hesitation. "Red paper." [Red paper... Red paper.] "..." [You already have it.] After saying that, the ghost disappeared. Instead, a shining white talisman remained. "It''s fortunate that this method worked! And the ghost was a Red Paper Blue Paper ghost!" This was Ha-rim''s idea. Using the color light app, an app that was installed on Kyeong-min''s phone, Suho was illuminated with red light. Suho picked red tissue paper, but his body was already stained with red light, so the ghost didn''t touch Suho''s body, and the white tissue he had taken, without knowing it, turned red due to the red light, so it seems that the red tissue paper he was supposed to receive was treated as already there. Suho wiped away his cold sweat and was genuinely happy. "It wasn''t like a fight at all, but we did it somehow!" POV Switch - E ''[Dyeing the body in the color of choice and having the corresponding tissue paper]. Ha-rim Satisfied these two conditions beautifully. Isn''t it just like a yable character?'' Thought E, who was hiding in the corner of the bathroom mirror watching the delighted children. In the game, you have to paint your body with red chalk in the ssroom, dissolve the leftovers in water, and dye the white tissue paper. ''Fortunately, I didn''t have to worry.'' When an unexpected attackes, like Slenderman''s, the children themselves had to learn how to respond. Aside from being attacked, it''s time to be active, especially outside, and if there''s no mirror nearby, they''ll have to defeat the monsters by themselves. The help that a small hand mirror can give is limited. If you can''t defeat even this easy monster, it''s hard to survive in this world. "Ah." Ha-rim and I meet eyes. Startle. Are you really going to be so surprised every time our eyes meet? In order not to spoil the happy mood, I raised my index finger and brought it to my mouth. "...?" I guess she didn''t understand, but anyway, since I''ve confirmed that the [Mystery Investigation Club] is trustworthy, I''m going to do my own job. The destination is the 5th floor. It was easy to move up to the 4th floor by marking other mirrors on Ha-rim''s hand mirror, but on the 5th floor, you have to materialize yourself and go up. There is a [Suicidal Wannabe] who is too dangerous to leave to the children. ''I''m going to get rid of that guy.'' Chapter 9 Chapter 9 After materializing my body in the bathroom on the 4th floor, I came out into the hallway and went up the stairs to the 5th floor. The calm before the storm. Climb all the stairs and he will be there. It is fortunate that the children stopped on the 4th floor when they ran away from the guard. Otherwise, one person might have died. Climbing all the stairs, you can see a human figure hanging danglingly in the middle of the hallway on the 5th floor. A monster looking like a corpse that seems to havemitted suicide by hanging itself with a rope. [Suicidal Wannabe]. Stepping into the hallway, the monster speaks. [Let''s Die.] [How can I live in this world when I am bullied, can¡¯t study, and my parents hate me, let¡¯s just diefortably.] At the same time, countless ropes descend from the ceiling. Like snakes, they aimed at my neck. sh. I cut one of the ropes with my knife and ran to him. Materialization has a time limit, so I have to finish it quickly. [You know you have no future if you don''t go to college, right?]1 So many ropes came out that covered my field of vision. It was impossible to cut these countless ropes one by one, but avoiding them was possible if you knew the pattern. If you look at the floor of the hallway as abination of square tiles... ''There is a gap in the 9 o''clock tile at my location'' 9 o''clock, when I threw myself away at a tile, the nooses passed by just barely. Indeed, the pattern seems to be the same as the game. A trivial mob that is not even a boss, boasting a level of difficulty that pissed me off. How many saves have I loaded because of this guy... You''re dead.2 ''If you move quickly to the next one at 1 o''clock, pay attention to the time difference and move to 12 o''clock'' His reaction intensifies when he sees me passing through the rope like a rat. Either way, the distance gradually closed. He prepared the final berserk pattern, but I had no intention of waiting for it. Thump! The hallway was filled with an unbelievable heavy sound of a weak girl''s leg kicking the floor. After absorbing other monsters, I used my increased physical abilities to throw my body at the creature, skipping the pattern. I flew straight to him and swung my knife. sh. What I cut was the rope strangling him. The monster who fell to the ground had a seizure and screamed. [Can''t die, failed, failed, failed, failed!!] "You don''t exist. So you didn''t die." [No, Imitted suicide because I was bullied by Choi Mi-young and my grades were low] "A student named Choi Mi-yeong does not exist at this school. There never was and there isn''t now" [Liar.] "You know you have to be alive tomit suicide, right? Besides, what suicide because of poor grades? This is elementary school." [...Lies.] "Why do you keep lying, is this all you can say? Sigh, what is this? I thought you were a [Suicidal Wannabe], but you are just an idiot? If you''re going to lie, you have to be usible. Even getting caught and crying. Idiot. I''m in a bad mood so go away~" [...] After a silence, he turned into smoke and was absorbed by me. Materialization time increased again. A clich¨¦ made up of a school ghost story in which a studentmits suicide. A fake student ghost who forcibly took the ce of a school ghost story. That was the true nature of this monster. It is possible to eradicate it by interfering with suicide and denying its existence itself. Could all the children have been able to avoid such a wide-area attack by telling them how to dodge it? Not at all. Half of it was possible because my body was of a monster. By the way, it would have been much easier if I had used Slenderman''s teleportation, but I can''t use it. Is it because I''m less adaptable? I thought that if I absorbed this monster, I would be able to somewhat fly like the ropes, but nothing came out. Maybe the other monster''s skills can''t be used. In the first ce, monster fighting doesn''t even appear in the game, so it''s strange to expect it. Time will tell if it''s possible or not. I picked up the talisman and one special item left behind after the monster disappeared and returned to the mirror. Now let''s go back to the children. POV Switch - Ha-rim (A while back) E, who had been watching us from the corner of the mirror, disappeared. ''Did she stay by our side in case we were in danger?'' I doubted that E was going to keep her promise this time. Although it was what I asked for, I didn''t expect that she would help us so easily. It was a far cry from the one who lied to us at the mansion. When I saw the diary in the mansion, I thought that maybe she just wanted a "friend", which I''m half-sure. But why would she want to kill us? Could it be that killing people is considered "ying"? She might have thought that trying to kill us was a game between friends. E is both a monster and a child. If so... "Ha-rim, why are you so quiet?" Suho asked as if there were monsters in the mirror. His face was serious because we were in a situation that wasn''t strange even if it was true. "Ahaha. I got the feeling that E was watching..." "...It might be." Kyeong-min said that if it were a ghost, hiding and watching would be as natural as breathing. To him, E is a terrifying ghost. Whenever the word E was mentioned, he was the most agitated. I understood Kyeong-min''s reaction. No wonder, he was directly tormented by E, and even threw a wine bottle at her, so he must be thinking that he would be the first person to be killed if she got angry. "If she''s really watching, isn''t that a warning to catch another ghost quickly? We better hurry." I and the kids agreed with the idea. No one thought E''s patience would be good. "Let''s go to the kennel next." Again, a strangely specific ce. Kyeong-min intends to follow the president''s words, but among the four, there was one mysterious monster that only Ha-rim didn''t know about, so he decided to tell her.3 "By the way, there is one ce where we found a monster" "Huh? Where? "When we tried to go down the floor on the stairs opposite were we came in, there was a terrifying corpse monster. I don''t think you''ve met it... It''s really disgusting... Urgh..." He wasn''t affected too much because he saw it in such an urgent situation, but when he thought about it again, it was the first time in Kyeong-min''s life that he felt so disgusted.4 The other members also had a badplexion. They reacted like that just by thinking about it. They thought it would be better to be chased by E. If E gave me the locations, why did she only said two ces? There are three talismans left, and since I just got one, now I have two. It seems that there''s only two monsters left. "Let''s think about a strategy and then go there. A corpse... Was there anything unusual about it?" "It was a mutted corpse, as if it had been gnawed by a small animal. I met it while being chased by the guard, so I don''t know much else." Suho answered instead of Kyeong-min, who still had a badplexion. Since it is a small animal, there was one that came to mind. "It''s an small animal that gnaws... isn''t it a rat?" "If it''s a rat... that definitely fits the image. But, are there any ghost stories about rats?" At Suho''s words, Kyeong-min opens a notepad while fixing the slipped sses. However, the more he flipped through the notepad, the more vague his expression became. "...I don''t have any guesses this time around. Rats that carry diseases. Pied piper. Rats that eat fingernails and turn into humans. To say those are ghost stories...." It''s pretty vague. After a moment of silence, when he couldn''te up with an idea, I suggested it. "I guess I''ll have to see it for myself this time." The members nodded. I stood on the stairs on the other side of the second floor guided by the members. If you go down here, you''ll encounter that monster, right? "Be careful, Ha-rim." Giving an okay gesture to Eun-jeong, I quietly went down the stairs. Then, a muttering sound came directly from below. I stick my head out and observe the source of it. What I saw was a corpse that had been mutted and devoured to the point of nausea. A human-shaped piece of meat with holes drilled and eaten. Urgh. I barely endured the retching. I gave a detailed look. He was about the same height as me and wore a nametag . He couldn''t be seen properly because he was covered in blood, but the words "on duty" were clearly visible. [Tosun-ah, Sando-ah, let''s eat. Today, I secretly brought carrots from the garden... If I get caught...] "...?" After that, something came out of the corpse''s mouth. It''s a rabbit. A rabbit with a red mouth. It met my eyes. [Kieek!!!!] Rabbits began toe out of the corpse''s mouth without stopping. I ran away from the screaming rabbits. "Everyone run!" "Aaaaaagh!" The rabbits drool and chase after us. No matter who gets caught, nothing good will happen. So we ran nonstop. But I shouldn''t just run away. I have to find a way to do something. "Was there any ghost stories about rabbits?!" "There isn''t! But I heard about them raising rabbits in the kennel before!" It''s the first time I''ve heard of it, but Kyeong-min is good with information. The kennel is also the ce E told me about. Rabbits and breeding grounds. I realized that there is a big connection between the two. "Let''s go to the kennel!" "Okay!" We started running towards the kennel, which was empty. Strangely, there were many surveince cameras installed, so it was noticeable. And why was the school raising rabbits? They tried getting out of school. However, the speed of the rabbits was faster than expected. Even if you look for clues in the breeding grounds right now, can you respond if there is a rabbit right in front of your nose? "Cafeteria! Let''s go by the cafeteria and block the rabbits!" The kennel is behind the cafeteria. There are no disruptions in the route. Besides, I heard that the cafeteria door is open for teachers whoe out during vacation. I kicked the cafeteria door and got inside. At the same time, the members who entered together closed the door and blocked it. Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang! "Ugh... We can hold on! Ha-rim, we''ll be blocking it. You find a clue!" "Got it!" The moment I was about to leave through the back door of the cafeteria, Eun-jeong said. "I don¡¯t know if it will help, but the nametag on duty is in a box when you go out the back door! Whether it¡¯s the meal number or the vegetable garden number, they all use it!" "Okay!" When I came out of the cafeteria, I saw the kennel. However, the breeding grounds, which were supposed to be empty, were crowded with countless rabbits swarming like cockroaches. For the first time, I hated rabbits.5 "What are you eating?" There were unidentified meats in the rabbit''s feeder. ''Calm down. This is a riddle and a ghost story at the same time. Just find out the ws in the structure... Like the Red And Blue Tissue Paper ghost...'' I organized the clues so far. Rabbits, devoured corpses, food, on duty, a kennel that is no longer in operation, and lots of surveince cameras. "..." There are many surveince cameras in the kennel because children are at risk. I can''t see any dangers now, but there are a lot of cameras. In the past, there were risk factors. That is, an event that urred before. Does it have to do with the kennel''s closing? "Okay..." The focus is on our school rather than the usual urban legends. If a story that only circtes among students at our school is considered a ghost story... Let''s try to connect it with the nature of the school. The principal of our school always emphasized safety, saying the first priority is safety and second priority is safety too. That is why safety is the number one teaching in each ssroom. The principal emphasized it even during the training, and because of that, the tedious training time was prolonged, so we all cried out. Our homeroom teacher rebuked us forining as this was needed after a person from our school disappeared in the past... "That''s it!" The puzzle fits. If a student at the kennel goes missing, it makes sense that the breeding grounds has a lot of surveince cameras! If it was the principal''s personality, he would have abolished the operation of this ce. What matters is the reaction of the children. So absurd rumors were created. The missing child was on duty at the kennel. So, what if there was a ghost story about a child being eaten by a rabbit? And it''s these rabbits who reproduce that ghost story. ''Even if I think about it, it''s a ridiculous idea, but wouldn''t it work somehow?'' I put the nametag "on duty" that was next to the back door of the cafeteria. I picked up a broom that had been rolling around and pulled out all the meat from the feeder with it. The rabbits who had been disturbed from eating ran wildly as if they were angry. At this time, I found carrots that hadn''t been there before. As if doing it right, it seemed to lead me to the right answer. "Come on! Eat!" However, the rabbits do not eat the carrots even if given. What should I do... I, who was worried, had an idea. "Tosun-ah, Sando-ah, let''s eat. Today, I secretly brought carrots from the garden." [...] The rabbits disappear one by one. And there were only two rabbits left, but they were gentle, normal rabbits. They came over and ate the carrots. As a result, there were no rabbits who coveted meat, and no one on duty was killed or ate by them. "Is it done?" As if in response, a white talisman suddenly fell down. After picking it up, the rabbits that was eating the carrots were also gone. "...With this, there is only one talisman left. Ah, is everyone okay?!" What if they got hurt? I hurriedly returned to the group. There are broken doors and children stuck together. And there was E, who was roughly wiping off a liquid presumed to be the rabbit''s blood from her knife. E''s red eyes met mine. "You''re here~?" For some reason, I thought that E''s red eyes were pretty. Chapter 10 Chapter 10 "Hey... E. I just need to collect one talisman, so can you wait a bit?" Ha-rim speaks quietly so as not to offend me. I guess I know roughly what kind of misunderstanding there was. First of all, I denied Ha-rim''s words after wiping the knife that was soiled by killing the rabbits that attacked the children. "Wrong. They''re all gathered now." I took the remaining talisman and handed it over to her. With this, all the talismans have been gathered. Four talismans glowed and ascended into the sky, then spread out in all directions around the school. A transparent barrier is created. The scope is the whole school and the convenience store right in front of it. This barrrier ys the role of preventing the "physical invasion" of monsters. It doesn''t y a particrly meaningful role in games where save and load is possible, but it was a necessary task for survival now that it has be a reality. Anyway, with this I can take a breather. The children who had been staring nkly at the barrier turned their gazes back to me. They seem to be wondering what I''ve done. "This physically prevents monsters from entering. You can rest assured." Ha-rim''s expression improved at those words. She fell down as the tension left her body. The children went to help her. "Thank you for your help, E..." "...Right." I nodded and replied to her, who spoke in a weak voice. It is natural that both the body and mind are exhausted. Stress exhausts even those who stay still, let alone children who have been running around, so I need to give them a break. I pretended to be tired and yawned. "Ah~ I''m tired from acting so much outside~ I''m going back to the full-length mirror in the ssroom. See youter." After that, I went back to the mirror in the ss. A full-length mirror isfortable, and it''s a small consideration since they won''t be able to rest well if I''m next to them. POV Switch - Ha-rim "Haa... I lived." When E disappeared, Kyeong-min said. As I sensed that everyone needed a rest, I took each one to seat on the cafeteria floor. The group looked at me. They seem to have a lot of questions. I exined it one by one to them. "E agreed to help us? On the condition of providing snacks and games?" "Yeah.... Somehow it happened like that." It was hard for Suho to believe that. Obviously, E helped us, but the figure in the mansion was a blood-crazed ghost. It''s possible that so far it''s only been a whim, and it''s much more believable that she''s slowly harassing them and then try to kill everyone. "Didn''t you say see you tonight? If we y games with E again, won''t our lives be in danger?" Kyeong-min''s face seemed to read "I''m anxious". It might have been traumatic ying hide-and-seek. I made a suggestion to the group. "Be true friends with E?" The reaction of the members were "the hell this means?". I opened the diary I had brought from the mansion and exined it to the rest. E may be a vicious ghost now, but she was once an innocent child who was abused. Sorrow and pain warped her personality. If we correct it, she will no longer be a danger. "If E just wanted a friend and she considers killing to be ying... Then maybe we can survive by teaching her normal y?" "As expected, Kyeong-min is correct." "After listening to it, I feel sorry for E." Because Eun-jeong had a lot of affection, she forgot the memory of her fear and sympathized with E. Seeing her kindness, the rest of the group leaned toward agreeing with me. "...If it wasn''t for that transparent barrier, we''d still been chased by monsters... And she saved us from the rabbits... Alright, let''s try it!" Kyung-min clenched his fists and made up his mind. Growl... But there was an ugly sounding from his stomach. "First, let''s fill the stomach..." Giggles. Friends are still friends even if we are in different worlds. Being able tough just by being together. Will theree a day when we canugh with E too? I imagine a smiling E. Wrong. I see Eughing at us with her bloody knife. I''m is worried if we will be able to corrupt(?) E into our friend. Let''s think about it after eating something. "Looks like the barrier extends all the way to the convenience store. Let''s go get something to eat!" Eun-jeong said to me. "I don¡¯t have any money, can I just take it?" Since Eun-jeong was an exemry child who usually crossed the road with green light with her hand raised, she might feel guilty. But this is a different world, the same as where we live, except for being uninhabited, so maybe parallel world is the right expression? After hearing my thoughts, Eun-jeong nodded her head and got convinced. That''s how we brought various snacks from the convenience store. There were some foods that needed hot water, so I went into the home practice room and boiled the water. It''s a different world, but electricity and gas seem to be working. It''s a world we don''t even know. While taking a bite of triangr gimbap, I set up a strategy with the kids to deal with E, whom we would meet at night. POV Switch - E After all, a full-length mirror isfortable. It''s a good ce to organize my thoughts because there is a sense of security. Let''s organize our thoughts, first of all, we defeated the monsters and activated the barrier, and thanks to that, the children''s safety was secured to some extent. But it isn''t entirely safe. What can be prevented is a physical invasion. For example, if a beast-like monster rushes into the school, it will be blocked by the barrier surrounding the school. However, it is possible for a monster like me to move through something as a medium to infiltrate. The same goes for the type that teleports like Slenderman... This can be prepared by going on patrol every day, but there were cases where even that didn''t work. If you simply break through with "power". In this case, it breaks the barrier and invades. A monster capable of such a thing... Yes. This is the so-called "boss". There are four bosses in total. Excluding me, [E In The Mirror], there are three more. I once ran into the school surrounded by the barrier when trying do defeat one of the bosses in the game. As a result, the barrier was shattered. I remember it was shocking to see the ce I thought was a safe zone copse. Judging by the fact that the developers intentionally put in such a thing, it must have been what they were aiming for. ''Tsk, perverted developers. Fucking clowns!'' If that''s the case, can I, a boss, break the barrier? Not at all. Although [E In The Mirror] is a boss, it is more like a tutorial boss. If you ask me what that means, it means weak! Only the mean of attack is noteworthy, but it is not particrly strong. The defeat difficulty is also very easy. To be honest, one of the reasons I tried to entrust everything to the original characters in the first ce was because of the bosses. I, who struggled against Slenderman, a trash mob, in my mansion where I can exert my full power. How can I deal with bosses who are stronger than me outside! Thankfully I got the ability to materialize after defeating Slenderman... If I didn''t get it, it was really hopeless. While I was nning to deal with these bosses that had been patched in reality using gimmicks in the game. Suddenly the ssroom door opens. Ha-rim and her teammates? I hadn''t even gone to meet her yet, but she came on her own, and she had a strangely stiff expression on her face. She, who didn''t even tremble when dealing with monsters, getting this tense, to the point where I wondered if she hade to exorcise me for a moment. "...Oh? What do you need for you toe to me first?" E''s acting, which I''m used to. A smirk and a rxed manner of speaking. There is no feeling of incongruity. When I asked that question, Ha-rim said as the representative. "Of course I''m here to y with E!" ''y?'' ''Come to think of it, I made that suggestion...'' I epted it because it was strange to just reject the conditions proposed by the other side, but it''s impossible to refuse it now. I smiled as if it was interesting. "Are you doing something special? What game would you like to y?" It wouldn''t be bad to hang out for a change of mood. Would it be a game like Bonama, Shiritori, or simple Halli Galli. No matter how old I am, I know about the games that kids y these days, right?1 However, the game that came out of Ha-rim''s mouth was unexpected. "It''s called house y... Each person decides on a role and ys with each other!" What do you mean ying house?! Isn''t that a game that is yed by kindergarteners, not elementary school students? Am I misunderstanding? I don''t know because I''m old? Is it like that? To begin with, calling it a game would be ambiguous. Because it''s more like role y.2 I can''t refuse. Sigh. ying house at this age... No, let''s think positively. Because I didn''t have any friends from kindergarten to middle school. Let''s think that we can experience something that we couldn''t then. "...Okay. What is E''s role?" Ha-rim''s face, which agreed to the y, was bright. She told me my role right away. My role was that of "mom". I''m already getting a sense of bewilderment... The kids were busy moving around. It was as if the scenario had been nned in advance. Why are you so serious. Kyeong-min said to me who was sitting at a distance. "Uh... Mom! I''m back!!" What''s this... In my eyes, they''re children, so there''s no sense of incongruity, but they seemed to be overdoing it. Kyeong-min, who was in front of me, was breaking out in cold sweat, and I didn''t know why he was so desperate, like he made up his mind about something. "Wee..." Because of Kyeong-min''s burdensome acting, I slowly shifted my gaze to the other side. I saw Ha-rim, who was sitting on all fours. What kind of role are you? "Woof." ...I was really worried that these kids might have lost their minds because they were being chased by monsters. There is no item that recovers the spirit... "Mom! I''m hungry!" Kyeong-min... Where are you who tried to protect the children from me? I pulled out a knife, wondering if I should pretend to cook. "Uh... Heo-eok!" "Wait a minute! If the child is hungry, I will make food for him!" Ha-rim jumps up and says. Wasn''t your role a dog? I put the knife back. Only then did she feel relieved. Then, Suho, who had been watching me from the side, came to me. "Ha ha ha. Our honey looks tired today. Dad will cook it for you today." Suho pretended to cook, and then opened a bag of cookies. He used the bag as a te and set the snacks down on the floor. Ha-rim and Suho sit around me. She hands me the sweet cookie. It''s a sweet chocte cookie. It''s crispy and soft at the same time, and it looks like it''s brand new. I quietly epted the snack. Suho, who was watching me, said. "Ha ha, it feels really good to see the family together like this, doesn¡¯t it?" The way you talk is annoying. "...I see." "Happiness is when the person you love is by your side!" It''s strangely persistent. "I am a robber!" Eun-jeong opened the door and came in. She puts on a stic bag and calls out that she is a robber. She brought the index fingers of both her hands together and pointed them at us, taking the form of a gun. What is this. Hmm. do I need to hold back? I take out the knife. "Stay still! No one moves." I don''t want to think anymore. "...Stop." "Ahh! There''s nothing I can do about it!" After those words, Eun-jeong, wearing a stic bag, runs away. I don''t know how to react. When I stare at her in awe, Kyeong-min averts his eyes and yells out lines. "As expected! Mom, it''s clear that you love us!" Look me in the eyes and say it again. "As expected, honey. Protecting the family you love, now only happy things remain!" "Woof!" Immediately after, the childrenughed as if having a happy ending. """Ha ha ha ha ha""" Ha ha ha... Ha ha... Ha... "..." Ha ha... Ha... "..." Children who are embarrassed to see me expressionless. They were breaking out in cold sweat and talking about a failed operation and whatnot. I have a strong feeling that they wanted to show me something in this y, but I don''t know what. ...But it was fun. If someone listens to this, they might look at me with the eyes of a someoneughing at an old joke. But this stupid y is ridiculous. And it''s funny because it''s unexpected and quirky "Pft..." Augh came out. Childish, too childish. POV Switch - Ha-rim Eughed. It seemed that the operation had been sessful. It was a ying house where we worked our brains out to make E value human life. It was very crude, but in the end, she became someone who protects people... It should have been enough to teach her family affection. "It was pretty fun. Shall we yter like today? You can go back." We went to our club room after hearing that. And congratted ourselves on the sess. If we instill her with the right values in the future, no one will get hurt while ying like today. This must have narrowed the distance between E and us. I hope that one day soon I will be friends with Epletely and our lives will not be threatened by her. Chapter 11 Chapter 11 The day has passed. It''s only one day, but it''s also a precious one. Since it was early in the morning for the children to wake up, I materialized and walked around the school by myself. Then, I met eyes with a eight-legged ghost who was staring at me from the school wall. [Po. Po. Po. Po. Po.]1 "Get lost." [Po. Po. Po.] The ghost indifferently turned it eyes and went on its way. It seems to know that there is a barrier. I take a good look around once again. It should be around here... Found it! There are special itens in this game. [The Luckiest Failure], an item from [Suicidal Wannabe]. It took the shape of a broken rope. And the [Rabbit''s Paw] that I just found. It is an item obtained from the monster that Ha-rim and the children defeated. Lastly, [Four Leaf Clover] found in the flower bed. When youbine these three, something interesting happens. I put each material in one ce. Then, an [Artifact] is created with a bright light. A ne with a green gem embedded in a piece of wood in the shape of a rabbit''s foot. This is the [Shining Will], an essential artifact. The abilities are [Luck] and [Survival]. Thanks to the three ingredients, there are two skills! I picked it up. The minimum preparations have beenpleted. Now it''s time to go back to the children. Just in time for the children to wake up, I moved to the mirror in the ssroom where they were. As soon as the children woke up, they who exchanged nces with my red eyes were startled, but I can''t help it because it''s good to go early in the morning in many ways. Where are we going? Outside. I gave the children a little time and told them about it. "So you''re saying we have to exterminate the monster outside of school?" "Something wrong~?" You''re calm enough to ask why you have to do that. You may be wondering why you need to go out to a ce where there are terrifying monsters. I erased my smile and spoke seriously. "This world is not afortable ce where you can survive by hiding behind a barrier. You can''t survive unless you risk your life." "..." It''s cruel, but true. It''s difficult for me to cover everything because I have the limitations of being inside a mirror. No matter how much I know the clear condition, if the children I need to take to the ending can''t protect themselves, they will die in the blink of an eye. In other words, The kids shouldn''t be only the target for protection. I know. That''s irresponsible. But I need their cooperation as allies, not as objects of protection. What I''m going to do in the future will be difficult on my own. Even if I absorb the smokes, I don''t know how well it will work for the bosses we''ll meet in the future. If they don''t take the risk, they will have no choice but to watch helplessly. The [Bad Ending] that I have seen countless times. "Choose, survive and take the risk to return home. Or live the rest of your life here and die." Only the sound of swallowing saliva is heard in the silence. ''I thought I was finally safe, but I have be exposed to danger again?'' That''s what you''re thinking. It''s not obvious, but I can see traces of children''s tears. Those little marks that they hid in order not to make each other anxious. It shakes my heart. I''m begging you. Don''t lose to this idiot game world that drives children to their deaths. You guys have to struggle and stay alive. Both for you and for me. I calmly waited for their answers. "E. Will E help us live and return home?" Ha-rim, who barely opened her mouth, spoke. I answered. "...Because I promised." "In that case, I''ll do it!" Is this a child''s unique innocence or recklessness? She clenched her fists and said so. But either way it won''t matter. Because that answer was enough for me already. Ha-rim turns to the members who are still agitated and spoke. "Hey guys. Although we identally fell into a strange world, what we do hasn''t changed much. Experience a scary ce and return safely! E is helping us get back. So we must not hesitate!" The chatter subsides. Ha-rim, how the hell do you think like this? This hope and determination of this little kid amazes me then and now. Where does ites from? I don''t know if she''s like this because she''s a yable character or she was chosen as the protagonist for being like this. Fear is contagious. The funny thing is, hope is contagious too. I might have witnessed a weak ray of light prating the dark future that is about toe. "That''s right! Get used to scary ces!" "I don''t want to sound weak ." "I think I''ll be fine if I''m with everyone." Kyeong-min, Suho, and Eun-jeong say as if they were determined. "Good! Mystery Investigation Club, fighting!"2 The other children also decided to follow the president''s will. And then the children strengthens their will andfort each other. I''ve never met kids like you outside of the game, but if I were younger, I think I would have been anxious wanting to be friends. "It''s decided. Ha-rim. Take this." I smiled innocently and handed Ha-rim the [Shining Will] I had made earlier. After epting the artifact, She asks me. "Can I ask what this is?" "It''s a talisman called [Shining Will]. It''s a talisman that gives you strength to survive. Think of it as a minimum safety device." Harim wore it around her neck. She didn''t seem to feel ufortable about wearing it. Like everyone who were determined. I should do my best too. So I exined the operation to the children. Time Skip I took the children who are determined and got out of school. There''s a sight that is the same as the original world. However, the only difference is the destion of not being able to hear a single sound of a car passing by. First of all, the monster to be hunted is the [Turbo Granny]. This is a ghost that originated in Japan and has the characteristics of a very quick old woman. If you''re asking if that''s the only thing, yes. No big deal.3 The problem is that there are other monsters living in the tunnel where [Turbo Granny] haunts. It is said that a tunnel is a passageway that is open at both the front and back, but paradoxically, if the length of the tunnel is long, it creates as much fear as an enclosed space. The producers probably knew that, and ced 2-3 monsters in each tunnel. There are only two of them in this one, so if I help them by the side, they won''t be in any particr danger. "Suho, isn''t it heavy? Should I help?" "Not at all. It''s lighter than I thought?" I am being carried in a mirror by the children. The full-length mirror is too heavy, so it''s a medium size. It''s inconvenient, but there''s no problem in materializing it. "Wait." I stopped the kids for a moment. It was because I felt an ominous energy at the corner of the street. The monsters you might encounter here are... Oh, that''s it. As soon as I saw the monster, I cut it in the mirror. I saw it before it turned into smoke, and it was a frog the size of a child. This guy is a mass-produced junk mob monster called [The Gross You] that frequently appears. When attacked, it casts a curse that temporarily transforms the body. It looks like a frog, but it doesn''t croak, and it isn''t very threatening. "Oh, am I lucky to get it first try?" An item left behind by the monster that has turned to smoke and been absorbed. It is a randomly dropped item. It looks like a round frog egg. If you throw this at an opponent, the body will not change, but instead you will switch positions. Although it''s a monster that appears all the time, it''s a blessing in its own way when it drops an item. "It''s disgusting..." Eun-jeong said. Girls usually hate frogs. However, Ha-rim approached and picked up the tadpole egg. She doesn''t seem to like it, but if she thinks it''s necessary she doesn''t hesitate, Ha-rim seems to be the action type. I let her keep the frog egg. "Now go forward. Just look ahead, don''t look up the wall." Children who takes a step back at my words. Surprisingly, there was no child who did not listen to me. The eight-legged ghost that was watching over us gave up and moved to another ce. We saw various monsters on our way to the tunnel, but we didn''t bother attacking them, unless they were as weak as the frog monsters. The theme of this game is survival, notbat. If you openly fight, you may be lynched by monsters even during the daytime. As we moved like that, we arrived at the entrance of the tunnel before I knew it. Just looking at it, an ominous energy overflows. When the children got scared, Ha-rimforts them, telling them to cheer up. No matter how you look at it, it''s not like an elementary school student''s mental strength. "Now... are we going in?" I shook my head at Ha-rim''s words. Then I pointed to the ground right next to the tunnel entrance. "There''s a shovel over there, so dig here." There was a box with a talisman attached to the ce dug with the shovel. Oh, I can take the talisman. In the game, I could only press [Do you want to open it?] followed by [Yes]. Anyway, these talismans should be recycled. After taking it, I instructed them to open the box. All you see is white powder. Don''t get me wrong, it''s not something that makes you feel good when you eat it. It''s an item called [Purifying Salt]. Even if it''s against a strong monster, it will be of great help if you sprinkle it on your body. "Okay, everyone spray this all over your body." They sprinkled salt on each other after my instructions. Then Eun-jeong smiled brightly and said. "It feels good somehow." ...Salt, right? Anyway, now go through the tunnel. The front and back are open, but there is darkness. It was daytime until we entered, so the inside of the tunnel was bright. However, the more I went in, the more abnormal darkness ate away the light, and finally, we could only see the front. I instructed the children. "Now everyone shouts [Grandma, we want to run together!]" Then the children shouted together. "[Grandma, we want to run together!]" A cold aura pervades. When the children shiver from the sudden chill, Kyeong-min realizes that there is someone beside him. is it Suho? However, it was small and had skinny arms. Kyeong-min was surprised and took a step back. The children notices its presence. An old woman with a face that looked like she was going to die was looking at them. [If... You''re slower... Than me... What can you... Give...] I answered the question. "Take my leg." When I calmly said that, the children''s eyes were filled with astonishment. Ah. didn''t I exin? I''m fine. Because I''m a monster, it can be recovered somehow with supernatural powers... Maybe? [Turbo Granny] giggled unpleasantly. Then, she stood on a line that suddenly appeared on the floor "It will start once you cross that line. Everyone remembers the n, right?" The children nodded. The n is like this. [Turbo Granny] usually just passes the yer at high speed. However, if asked topete, it runs at a speed simr to that of the yer. Up until this point, you should be able to win by simply running. However, there is another strange thing in this tunnel, and that is [Infernal Hands].4 The ck hands that exist in the tunnel. The moment the yer starts the race, monsters try to grab the yer and drag him to hell. ''That''s why I used this salt.'' Since this salt is sprinkled on the body, there will be no dragging to hell, and it will only be a hindrance during the race. Therefore, the content of this n is to sprinkle salt on each other to shake off the obstacles of the monster and win the race. Isn''t it really simple? "Suho, instead of having salt, move the mirror to reflect the monsters." ''Cause I''m going to cut it. Suho, the only child who could lift me while running among the children, nodded in reply. The kids stood on the line with a nervous expression. They had a hand mirror in their hands when the countdown started. "We''ll start at one. Three... Two..." "One." The children ran. The lead is a girl, it is Harim! She is subtly ahead of [Turbo Granny]. But at the same time, an infernal hand aimed at Ha-rim''s ankle. Kyeong-min, who has good eyesight, seeds in stopping it by urately sprinkling salt even in the dark. Suho, who is the second fastest after Ha-rim, focused on supporting her and reflected the monsters that Kyeong-min missed in the mirror where I was. sh! sh! The hands of hell are severed and scattered. Come to think of it, I can''t see Eun-jeong. Where are you? Eun-jeong is... "Hehehe..." She forgot to run because she was being dragged by the hands, and was sprinkling salt all over the ce. If you listen carefully, it seems that she is shouting "Be careful"... Hmm. Originally, the [Infernal Hands] target those who fall behind first. Thanks to it, the burden on the children who were running has been reduced. Even in the face of obstacles, Ha-rim easily outpaces [Turbo Granny]. At this pace, you can easily win... -Jingle. A bell rang. It was clear and pure, enough for spirits to flock to it. At the entrance we entered, a woman with the lower body of a spider and dressed as a servant was waving a small bell. -Jingle. why is it here. [Spider Attendant]. She''s dangerous. Chapter 12 Chapter 12 [Spider Attendant] Servant of [Spider Lady], who is a "boss-level monster". It''s not a named monster, it''s more like a mass-produced type with several of them, so it''s not a very strong one. However, in the current situation, it was the worst opponent. [Spider Lady] shouldn''t live here, so why is it here? -Jingle. The bell rings. Contrary to the clear sound, sticky energy covers the body. It is natural that our speed is slowed due to the inconvenience of movement. Right now it''s only a small amount, but it''s a big deal when it oveps. Even if I directly participate in the race right now, [Turbo Granny] runs at the same speed as the other person. Now that the [Spider Attendant] has appeared, the odds of winning are zero. It has to be dealt with right away! Judging that there was no time for talking, I materialized right out of the mirror and ran in the opposite direction of the children. "You guys keep running!" As I passed Eun-jeong, who was marked by the [Infernal hands], most of them aimed at me. Are you in a hurry to die, so annoying! "Move!" [Infernal Hands] are cut into chunks with a single stroke. As they paused, I ran at full speed once more. As I got closer to the entrance, the silhouette of the [Spider Attendant] came into full view. However, the bell was already ready to ring. -Jingle. Once again, the pace slows down. It wasn''t to the extent that there was a big setback in the battle, but the race with [Turbo Granny] was already lost. If my legs are cut off in exchange for defeat, that spider''s next target will be children. I need to hurry up and finish it. A spider attendant holds a bell. A mysterious aura surrounds it. If you think I will continue to suffer, you are mistaken! "Do you think I''ll leave it like that?" Swoosh! sh!1 "Good~!" I threw the knife and cut off the hand holding the bell. While it was grabbing its own wrist, I passed the suffering monster and retrieved the fallen knife. At the same time, a sharp left spider leg lunged at me. Thud! Heavy. However, it is a slow attack even for me now who heard the bell. In session, the right spider leg is aiming for my side, so I twist my body a little and catch it by putting the leg between my armpits. It was only natural that the shells of the leg were harder than the hands of the human body. So, I stabbed a knife into the seam of the joint and pulled the leg itself off.2 [Mmmmmmmmm!!!!]3 "Now it can even scream." As if struggling while having a body bigger than mine, it stepped back. However, it didn''t matter as it was already over. I threw the knife at the head from the front. The moment it blocked it with its uncut hand, I was already in its blind spot. The human part of the [Spider Attendant] looking around was funny. At this moment, I was behind on the shoulder of the human part. "Goodbye~" sh! When I twisted and broke its head, the spider side of the lower body also became limp and turned into smoke. Only after absorbing the smoke that the head that was flooded with blood disappeared. The [Spider Attendant] was not a monster that was particrly aggressive in the game. An existence that appears in the middle of the stage for the boss fight and puts a curse or some kind of debuff on the yer. There were no monsters that would appear here, and there were battles that did not exist in the game, so it was natural to know that this world did not progress in the same direction as the game. ''I should be more careful.'' It feels like there is a thick fog covering an unclear future. I may have been in a bad mood all day. If only I hadn''t seen the [Spider Attendant''s] bell lying on the floor. ''Even though I just killed it, it came out.'' Sincebat is impossible in the game, it must be an item that can only be obtained by fulfilling certain conditions, but being able to obtain it by simply stealing it made me feel a bit relieved by the unexpected harvest. "By the way..." Why is my leg not cut off? The race must have already been over. POV Switch - Ha-rim (a while back) Ha-rim was leading the way in the dark. With the help of Suho and Kyeong-min, who supports from behind, the infernal hands attacks are repelled Were getting ahead of [Turbo Granny] herself. If we run like this, E''s legs won''t be cut off! -Jingle. A clear sound rings in my ears. At the same time, a web-like sticky aura felt entangling on me. I could hear it from behind. I wanted to turn around to see what was going on, but then realized that [Turbo Granny] was trying to pass me. ''Is it faster? No, my speed has slowed down!" "You guys keep running!" I heard E''s voice. Because E said it, I can only live by following her words! I ran at my full speed with such belief. Even if I''m slowed down, I can still make up for it. I need to be strong! I went deeper into the darkness of the tunnel. Now I could barely see my feet and the back of [Turbo Granny]. ''That''s...'' A white line appeared in my field of vision. I instinctively realized that that was the finish line. -Jingle. "Urgh!?" This time, the speed went down so much that I could definitely feel it! [Turbo Granny] disappears from sight. The finish line is getting closer, but E''s legs will be cut off if this continues. ''I have to do something!'' I rummaged through my pockets while running. Since it was an emergency, I was ready to even throw the hand mirror E gave me at [Turbo Granny] head. If it was a regr race, it would be a foul, and I would have to appear at the police station for injury, but this didn''t even pass through my mind.4 However, what was caught in my hand was not a mirror, but a frog egg. A frog egg the size of a bouncy ball that E gave me to keep. This came from a monster, so it shouldn''t be an ordinary item. Now let''s think about how to use this? ... I don''t know! "Hya!!" I threw the frog egg at [Turbo Granny]. It was next to impossible to aim urately at her in the dark. It was a gamble. The moment the frog egg left my hand, the jewel embedded in my ne emitted a green light. [Luck: May good luck follow those who do not give up.] Ssh! The sound of objects colliding with each other. Right after that, my vision shook a little. "This...!" I immediately noticed the change that had happened to me. [Turbo Granny]''s footsteps could be heard from behind! ''The location has switched!'' The finish line is just ahead. However, [Turbo Granny]''s footsteps chases me too quickly. If this continues, I will surely be overtaken at the finish line. And it''ll end. ''I''ll lose.'' Like the darkness of this tunnel that surrounds myself, solitude wraps my body. The loneliness of having no one by your side when you need someone''s help. I don''t see any friends who can alleviate this heart-wrenching despair. Lonely. ''But I''m already used to that!'' Ever since my parents passed away, I''ve been lonely. So I''ll run. I''ll run even though I know I''ll lose! With the intention of dying. The jewels on the ne begin to glow orange. [Survival: May those who are prepared for death reach the end] I suddenly felt the sticky energy that had been entangling me disappear, and at the same time, I lost consciousness for a moment. "..." When I came to my senses, I was breathing heavily. How did the match go? I looked around and found myself outside the tunnel. Then [Turbo Granny], who was frowning, caught my eye. [Tsk... How...]5 With those words, [Turbo Grandma] disappeared. Instead, there was a round ss bead falling in its ce. Judging that it was clearly important, I put it in my pocket. Right now I don''t see the others. When E exined the operation, she said the [Infernal Hands] won''t pose a problem for them, so they should be safe. Even so, I wanted to see my members quickly. I entered the tunnel again. POV Switch - E After defeating the [Spider Attendant], I decided to enter the tunnel and bring the children. The first one I met was Eun-jeong. "Stop! Don''t do it! Don''t!" She was caught by the hands and was being harassed. You''ve been through a lot, and you''ve got a lot of credit for helping the other kids being less disturbed. I swung the knife and saved her. Eun-jeong was scared and followed me by sticking to me. From your point of view, I am also a murderer, but since I am also a child, do you see me as someone you can rely on right now? The next one we met was Suho and Kyeong-min, who were stuck at the edge of the tunnel and caught by the [Infernal Hands]. Let''s ask them why they were on the edge like this, with theirplexion looking pale and shivering. On the way, they couldn''t chase after Ha-rim, so they hit the side of the tunnel to try to draw aggro from [Infernal Hands]. This idea was surprising. they are smart kids. It must have been scary, but you did well. And thest one I met was Ha-rim. Seeing that my leg wasn''t cut off, it seemed that she had won the match. As evidence of that, she is holding a marble. It always amazes me. It seems that she used the artifact somehow, and I was very curios about the method. But you''re probably tired, so you''ll have to put my curiosity aside. "Today ends with this! Let''s go back now." As we were leaving the tunnel, I thought as I cut down the hands that were in my way. Is there any way to get rid of these guys? I remember that there was no way to permanently eradicate the monsters that were assimted with the map. But it''s annoying to experiment. We made our way to the entrance and went outside. The appearance of children who could not be seen well in the dark is clearly visible. There doesn''t seem to be any injuries. But for some reason, I felt empty, like I''m missing something. When the children looked at each other and turned their heads to me, the boys turned their heads to the side hurriedly, their ears seemed a little red, and still very scared. "E! The... The skirt!" When I looked down at Eun-jeong''s words, a [Infernal Hand] that followed from the darkness of the tunnel pulled up my skirt... sh! "...You''d better forget it." Am I angry with the children when I''m an adult? I am. Fortunately, the skirt was long, so they couldn''t even see my panties, but it was embarrassing because it was almost visible. Even so, I''m really sorry that I''m taking my anger out.... No, I''m not mad. Don''t give me the chocte, Ha-rim. After that, the way home with me and the children gave off an awkward time. Chapter 13 Chapter 13 Me and the children returned safely to school. We walked slowly, looking around, so it was only natural that the sun had begun to set. "Today''s work is over. If you need to call me, knock on the mirror there." Ha-rim nodded. I returned to the full-length mirror in the ssroom to let the weary children rest. Returning to the ssroom, I immediately checked today''s harvests. First of all, [Purifying Salt]. I had to stop by the farming spot on our way back to school because we used it all in the tunnel. There are more ces to farm this, so I''ll have to go find more when I can. The next item was the [Speed Marble] obtained from [Turbo Granny], which was the purpose of this n.1 Originally, it was nned tobine [Purifying Salt] and [Speed Marble] to create an artifact that increases the wearer''s speed. However, once you get the [Spider''s Bell], an item that wasn''t nned, the story changes. [Spider''s Bell] is a tricky item to obtain through a specific method in the boss stage. I got it by luck. Of course, the timing was bad, and my heart was racing. I put these items together. Just like when the artifact was created for the first time, pure white light radiates out, and it transforms into apletely new object. [Sacred Sound]2 This is a bell-shaped artifact that is used in the second half of the game and has performance equivalent to the artifact given to Ha-rim. Just because an item is hard to find doesn''t necessarily mean it''s good. Now that such a game has be a reality, efficiency must be carefully considered, and this is an artifact that is good to acquire even if you take risks. Their abilities are [Purification] and [Speed]. Again, there are two skills thanks to the three items. Who should I give this to... Ok, I decided. Let''s give it to that kid. I''ve suddenly chose, so I''ll tell him when the timees. It''s time to eat now, so I can probablye back in about two hours. Then, while I wait, let''s go to sleep in this mirror to soothe the boredom. If I had a setting that I couldn''t sleep because I was a monster, I would have gone crazy from boredom long ago. I think so. Knock knock. I hear a knock on a mirror I marked. I''m sure they''re eating, but I can''t believe a monster has invaded! With that in mind, I hurriedly moved. POV Switch - Ha-rim (right after E''s return to the mirror) "I think we did well this time, somehow. No one is hurt, right?" I continued talking while checking the members'' physical condition. "Fortunately, no one seems to have been hurt. Although we got a little soil and salt from being dragged around by the [Infernal Hands]." I brushed off the mess from Eun-jeong''s clothes. Suho and Kyeong-min, who saw it, also cleaned themselves. After that, Kyeong-min said. "I''m d E saved me. It''s still scary, but I think the strategy of trying to be friends with her is good." In the middle of the n, unexpected things happened, but in the end everyone was safe. This is because E guided them through the weak points of the monsters and the safe route to travel back and forth. In addition, Kyeong-min also acknowledged E''s power when she defeated the spider monster and rescued them who were captured by the hands. Suho also said that when E saved him, he was so grateful that he forgot about the past when she attacked them. Then he looked at me and said. "Ha-rim is really amazing too. In the end, she won against the ghost!" "That''s probably thanks to E." "What do you mean?" I showed the ne hanging around my neck to the members. A ne in the shape of a rabbit''s foot with a shiny green jewel embedded in it. I could tell by feeling that this gave me strength at the decisive moment. Even if it wasn''t perceptible, it shined before. As soon as I exined that, the members showed interest in the ne. As they touched it, they responded that they could feel a divine energy. "If the ne E gave you is a useful item to help survive against monsters, then why did she gave it? We can escape likest time." Certainly, it is difficult to say that a rtionship of trust was formed in just three days. However, it is also true that E is helping us. About that, I had an theory. "Perhaps E has a lot of affection?" Kyeong-min tilted his head. He didn''t seem to understand, so I decided to exin further. "E is a demon twisted by abuse. And she always wanted a friend. If so, she''s in a state where she''scking affection... Roughly speaking, she''s attached to us!"3 Kyeong-min puts on a tired expression. In his head, the verbal abuse he heard from E is probably being remembered. -Oh! Did youe here to y with E again? But well? I just want to kill you guys. Or. -Ahaha! Do you think I''ll save you if you make an excuse? That''s funny~ It sounds stupid. When I think about it, I lose confidence in my im. But if she''s not fond of us, she wouldn''t want to sacrifice her leg for a bet! What gave strength to my argument was Eun-jeong, who even cried out of fear of E. "When E saved me from the hands, I was scared and unconsciously grabbed her arm and followed her. She wasn''t angry and didn''t scare me. And she smelled nice..." "...What does the smell has to do with it?" Eun-jeong, who lightly ignored Suho''s point, continued. "It must be that the house y fromst time worked!" Come to think of it, it was Eun-jeong who came up with the idea of ying house. I remember that Kyeong-min objected to the idea of ying house at this age, but was epted because she insisted strongly enough to be suspicious. Looking at it now, Eun-jeong might just have been fond of ying house. Anyway, given the circumstances, E might have affection for us. That means we have a chance to get closer to her. "Guys, we need to be best friends with E. So I''ll make a suggestion. Today we''re having lunch with her!" Kyeong-min cautiously raised his hand and said. "Will it really be okay? It might be dangerous because she may suddenly change." Hearing that, I shook my head. We cannot survive unless we take risks. It was also what E taught me. "I think that in order to get close to E, we need to shorten the physical distance. So the risk must be reduced to some extent." The members'' expressions be serious. It was funny how they became so serious before eating a meal, but I couldn''t help butugh. We took the convenience store food we brought the other day out of the refrigerator in the ssroom and set it up. We sat in a circle, each putting something to eat in front of E''s chair. "Now we call her...?" After receiving the consent of the members, I slowly knocked on arge mirror in E''s seat. Knock knock. POV Switch - E There were children around me who were looking at me with awkward expressions. Ha-rim, who was sitting next to me, greeted. "Hi E." "...Hi." What are these kids thinking? It looks like they are going to have a meal, considering that it is part of the game likest time. Did these kids invite me to eat? Whether they are alert or not, no matter how much I''m acting, there is nothing good about being with a madman for a long time. "What did you call me for? Wouldn''t it be interesting if you called me for no reason?" Ha-rim said with a nervous expression. "I just want to eat with E... Can''t I?" "..." I can''t believe she called because she really wanted to eat together. I don''t think I know what children think. It could be a strategy to reduce my risk to them by bing friendly with me, who was once an enemy... But there is no reason to take this risk, and the possibility of sess is slim. [That killer is helping you! Let''s get acquainted first! You lost your life because the conversation went wrong. It''s a pity.] It can happen like that, so it''s wise to keep a certain distance unless your head is pure. Do you really think you can be friends with a killer named E? If that''s true, children are more innocent than I thought. Since I don''t want to continue doing this weird acting, I thought it wouldn''t be bad to hang out with them. They are children and I am an adult. I don''t think we''ll really get along, but if I pretend to be friends, you''ll listen to me much better. It''s absolutely not because I want to eat the fresh cream bread in front of me. "Okay. I''ll hang out with you." "Yeah! Here''s something E might like." Whipped cream bread and chocte cookies. Convenience store fruit and lemonade. It is a diet full of sugar. Something more like a snack than a meal. It''s probably because they don''t know what I like besides sweets, so let''s eat. I casually picked up the bag of bread. Then Ha-rim opened the bag by hand. After that, I felt as if I had be a baby as they prepared all the other bags and drinks without any hassle. I was just about to bite off the bread. And then, the eyes of the children who had been focusing on their food, trying not to pay attention, hovered to me. Aside from being ufortable, I felt that those eyes contained a different kind of emotion than the ones normally sent to me, like fear and tension. It''s probably curiosity. Why? Ah. I get it. When I saw myself through the eyes of children, they were curious about how I would react to modern food, as I am a foreigner with blond hair and an old ghost. The reason Western ghosts of the past shed tears after eating bread from the modern K convenience store!... As a contemporary Korean, being treated like this doesn''t feel good. So, before I ate the bread, I looked at the hot chicken stir-fried noodles in the cup that Suho was eating. ''Give me.''4 As a proud Korean, I will prove that I am no different from you guys. Suho felt my gaze and broke out in sweat. "E. This is very spicy." I loved spicy food in the past, so you''re afraid I can''t eat even one of those things? I didn''t care. Eventually, unable to ovee the pressure, Suho poured some of the contents into a ramen cup and handed it to me. Look closely. There is no reaction from foreigners you expect. Because inside is a Korean who likes spicy food. Slurp. "...Hey, are you okay?" Harim asked worriedly. Am I all right? Nay.5 "Huuu... Haaa... Hu... Ha." Seriously, I almost asked if he had put purifying salt for exorcism in it. Why does my tongue hurt? Is it because of E''s body? Give it back, give me back my pride! "Here''s a drink!" I took the lemonade and drank it. Ugh... It''s still spicy. "Hey. I gave it to you because you asked for it. You know?" Don''t worry, I won''t me you, Suho. After barely cooling my tongue, I ate the bread quietly. Whipped cream that gently wraps around the injured tongue. Oh, people should live ording to their tongue. Because my previous body and E¡¯s have different tastes. This is a part I need to ept. When I didn''t show any sign of anger, the children were relieved. One by one, they start eating their own food. However, the atmosphere is quite awkward. Is it because I am here? At this time, Ha-rim brought up a topic to lighten the mood. "Everyone. How was the operation?" It must have been scary, would there be anything else? However, Eun-jeong seemed to have a different opinion. "It was scary... But thanks to E''s help... I was reassured." Reassured... There''s nothing better than being trusted by a weak child. It''s like we''re already one step closer. "Me and Kyeong-min were scared, but E helped us and we survived." "I was able to win thanks to the ne E gave me too!" What is this atmosphere, why are you praising me? In the past, let alonepliments, I was called a misfortune by the people around me, so I''m weak to these things! I''ve only had one friend in my whole life... I was so embarrassed that I couldn''t look at her in the eyes. her eyes are drawn to me, as if she noticed that my reaction was strange. Should I say something too? "...E thanks you for following her words..." I couldn''t finish talking. It was because the expression on her face was something like "E... Praised me?!". It''s like we got closer. It''s still too early. "...Nevermind. It''s only natural. If you don''t want to die, you''d better keep doing it." I feel like a fool. Wouldn''t my face be red? I feel like I just reacted like a tsundere, but cute like in a cartoon. "Uh... Yeah! Okay!" Ha-rim answers with a bright expression. Don''t answer me. You guys, don''t let things get out of hand like this. It''s a warning from a killer. You know?. Chapter 14 Chapter 14 After the meal, Ha-rim discusses with the children for a while and then said that they will start ying games. What is it going to be? Last time Iughed at it because it was so ridiculous, but I don''t think ying with kids is fun. This is the price for helping the Mystery Club, and for me it''s just something to soothe my boredom, so in terms of fun, it''s better than doing nothing. However, in terms of interest, I''m curious in how kids y. Because I had no friends when I was this age. The first time I made friends was when I first entered high school. -Are you the guy who missed school because he was struck by lightning on that road? Thanks to the nicknames from elementary and middle school that followed all the way to high school, I thought it was impossible to make friends. So I was sitting quietly and reading a book, and a certain senior talked to me. -What''s up? -Why are you so tense? You look interesting. Do you want to be friends? Even if it looked like empty words, the senior was not a person with a normal personality. He also looked like a thug. He was a big guy, so to be honest, I was scared. -What?1 -It''s okay to talk casually. -For someone older than me, it''s a little hard... ...Looking back on it now, he was a really reckless person. "E! The game is ready!" Ha-rim said to me who was reminiscing. This time, the game prepared was a quiz. It''s normal this time. No matter how you think about it, ying house is quite weird. Kyeong-min exins the rules as the moderator. First, sit on the chair brought from the club room. In my case, it''s putting a mirror on a chair so that it doesn''t fall over. After that, we listen to the quiz given by him. Then, by grabbing the recorder on the table and raising it, we get a chance to answer the quiz on a firste, first-served basis. You win if you get the most right answers. It''s a simple rule. "I will give this to whoever gets the most correct answers." In Kyeong-min''s hand, there was a huge candy advertised by apany in the past. It''s a limited edition, and even at convenience stores, there only one. It tastes good too, and they even announced that they would give you a game machine if your package had a special seal saying that you won. It''s so popr that people like me can''t get it unless a miracle happens. It looks like it was at the convenience store in front of the school. Even I, who hated sweet things, would have purchased it if I had seen it. If you don''t get it now, you probably won''t taste it for the rest of your life. Still, it wasn''t something I really cared. I don''t really want topete with kids just because I have a child''s body. I''m an adult after all, so there''s no way I''m getting engrossed in a quiz game. "Question one. What is the word for Inte politeness?" At this time, Eun-jeong picked up the recorder. "Answer! Netiquette!"2 Kim Eun-jeong, you bastard...! Noticing the anger in my gaze, she trembled and turned her head away. Should I pull the knife? No, bear with it, the E inside me. I took my eyes off Eun-jeong and focused on the next question Kyeong-min gave. I hear a sigh of relief. "Question two. Which of the following actions should not be taken on a friend? Number one, hugging. Number two, holding hands. Number three, raising a knife and stabbing. Number four, teach to study." Suho picked the recorder. "Answer one." "Ding!" "Un. For. Tu. Na. Te. Ly. You are wrong." The difficulty level of the question seems odd, but it looks like it''s a bonus problem! I raised the recorder while inside the mirror. "...Answer three." "Correct!" That''s good! Hurry up and give us the next problem! "Question three. What do you call the theory that the sun is the center of the universe and thes revolve around it?" Oh what the fuck. My memory is fuzzy. Then Ha-rim picked the recorder. "Answer! Heliocentric model!" Ah! I knew it! I felt betrayed that my answer was intercepted(?). Is even this good kid aiming for my candy? "Question four. Which of the following does not fall under the category of y? Number one, causing bloodshed. Number two, word chain. Number three..."3 In this way the quiz proceeded. I lost many questions about what elementary school students should know. However, because I got through all the easy problems, I was ahead in the overall score. Thanks to that, I proudly won the candy. Ah! This cute candy! Live in the mirror with me foreverforeverforever foreverforeverforeverforeverforeverforever.4 With this, the game is over. Roughly satisfied, I tried to go back to the mirror after the game. However, Ha-rim asked if I could give her a moment. I nodded nonchntly and asked to see her in the mirror in the women''s bathroom. As I waited in the mirror in the bathroom, Ha-rim hesitantly approached me and told me something. "Hey. E, there are a few things I''d like to ask... Can I?" "...I''m in a good mood right now, so I''ll answer your questions." After she was given permission, she rxed and asked me. "What does E think of us?" It''s a question that''s oddly difficult to answer. What do I think... Children destined with a tragic fate? That''s what I''m thinking. But suddenly asking this seems to be because of the built up trust thanks to the atmosphere of the meal and game that we just had. The trust that I would not suddenly try to kill on a whim. How should I respond so that I can be like E and get closer... "Well, ymates?" Was this too innocent? But the right words don''te to mind. That''s right, I''ve only had one friend all my life... And I even had none when I got older, so I died without living up to my name. In other words, I have no such thing as a conversational sense.5 "But E betted her legs for us... And gave amulets and helped us in many ways. Ah! I''m not saying E is lying! I just thought we would be closer. Haha..." So what she wants to say is, we aren''t as close as she thought? It was not persuasive to im that they were friendly while acting so awkwardly. It seems that she wants to hear through my mouth that I and the Mystery Club are friends. She remembers that I lied at the mansion, but she seems to feel that my words are trustworthy because I have paid off my karma with the help I have faithfully done so far. But you never know how much you can trust. I don''t really need a ymate right now,I''m just helping you guys, so take care of yourself and follow me~! Can you believe it? I had to make sure what Ha-rim wanted to hear from me. I asked with the smirk typical of E. "What does Ha-rim want to hear from me~?" "Well... E told we were friends. Does E really consider us one?" If you ask me, no. Because I''m an adult. It''s hard to form a bond between people with a big age difference, so we''re not something I would call friends. However, when making an agreement with Ha-rim, I inadvertently said that she was a friend, and since I need to be friendly, it would be better to pretend like that. There is no reason to refute. "Yes. Friends. Let''s call it ymates and friends." "Then, since we''re friends. You won''t hurt us... will you?" Is this your purpose? "If you listen to me carefully, I won''t kill you. Well. Don''t worry, I''ll watch it even if the game isn''t fun." Hearing that, Ha-rim was relieved. With this, you would have less to worry about dying every time you were with me. If you fall into a world like this, and there''s a bomb next to you that doesn''t know when it will explode, you''ll go crazy with stress. I want to let people know that I''m harmless and stress them out as little as possible, but I have to get close and join them. "By the way, E. Is that all we need to do?" The topic that seemed to have been settled continues again. What are you saying all of a sudden? "Hmm?" "E risked her leg to help us in the tunnel. Are you okay with only ying?" Pure. It''s so innocent I don''t know how to react, it''s great when you get big gains for little. What are you trying to do? Ha-rim wasn''t saying things like "I don''t understand why you''re doing this" or "I can''t believe that survival can be guaranteed under such favorable conditions." It just she''s feeling guilty. Because I did everything I could to help them, but they can''t give anything back. I returned the ghost''s favor and fell asleep~! I want to shout in her face that it would be better to worry about surviving by using anything before paying back. For you to give something. After seeing the ending, there are so many things you guys will lose. The unfortunate fate I''m talking about is not just the process of reaching an ending. Basically, this game is a horror one. It''s not that horror games don''t have happy endings, but given the nature of the genre, I can''tin even if the true ending is a hopeless one, unless it''s a really imusible garbage ending. As the theme of this game is aimed at survival rather than defeating monsters. No matter how hard she struggles, she can only survive in front of a giant being. The moment you see the ending. A gigantic existence born from this small world. It''s going to destroy the outside world. I can''t even openly talk about this in front of the kids who are trying to live. ...It makes me feel depressed. The story should end like that. "Is that all you have to say?" "Huh?" "If that bothers you, prepare a gift that E will like. I''ll give a hint, it doesn''t have to be precious. I''m going now, so don''t hold on to me." After speaking casually, I returned to the ssroom mirror. Ah, I felt pretty good when I was enjoying the game, but... Let''s fall asleep while making ns for tomorrow. POV Switch - 3rd person Ha-rim, who was left alone after E went back, was puzzled by her sudden change of attitude. She was not angry, and Ha-rim could even see sadness for a moment as she went back. She wonders what E was grieving, as this is the first real emotion that she showed. Could it have been something to do with her past? How can she solve it? Thinking about that, she went back to the children who were waiting for her. Chapter 15 Chapter 15 "We''re going to the temple today." I said to the children who were eating triangr kimbaps for breakfast. Judging from the clothes they were using hanging by the window and wearing gym uniforms, they seem to be paying attention to cleanliness. Maybe because I''m a monster, I didn''t get dirty. Perhaps that''s why I am so indifferent to basic everyday necessities. I''ll have to stop by their respective homester to bring various items. "Are there any temples around here?" Kyeong-min shook his head at Suho''s question. This is a ce close to a parallel world, one step away from the real world. So I thought there would be one over there too, but it doesn''t seems to be the case. Well, there''s no way such a gloomy temple could exist in real life. "There is. Just go to the ce I direct you to. Oh, that''s right. Take this." I handed Eun-jeong the artifact I made the other day, the [Sacred Sound]. Eun-jeong, who received it, looks around and then stares at me. I was about to exin it anyway.1 "It''s a bell that purifies the surroundings and lightens the body. You''ll get a feel for it when you try it." After hearing those words, Eun-jeong shakes the bell back and forth once. -Jingle. Divine energy spreads to the surroundings through sound waves. The children felt peaceful at the moment. Simr to the feeling of lying on the floor and drinking a cool drink on a sunny day. However, I shuddered a little. "Is something wrong, E?" "Yes. A little. It tickles." I was about to make a weird noise. I didn''t expect this. It doesn''t hurt or make me feel bad, but if I listen to it continuously, I might run away because it tickles. "It has a purification effect, but it can''t harm monsters. It''s only used to nullify curses. Did you just shake the bell back and forth? This time, shake it left and right." Eun-jeong shook the bell from side to side. -Jingle. It sounds different than the first one. It feels a little more high-pitched. "My body feels light." Suho said while swinging his arms around. And it seems that this effect also applies to me, a monster. I know that the buff is applied to the person the user perceives as an ally. I am definitely being recognized as one by Eun-jeong. Even though her physical abilities are poor, Eun-jeong, who takes good care of the members, shows the qualities of a supporter. Except for special cases, only Ha-rim, the yable character, receives buffs in the game. However, since they act as a group this time, this artifact capable of area buffs will work efficiently. "Hey E." Eun-jeonges up to me as if she has questions. she couldn''t even look at me in the eyes before, but she seems to be more friendly than before. It must be because I was in a good mood during the meal and game yesterday. "What do you want to know?" "Is the reason we go out of school to get these things?" Yes. In order to deal with the bosses in the future, I need to get anything that could help. There is nothing more inefficient than having children who are not strong going around in groups. However, unlike the game, they have the advantage of being able to use multiple artifacts at the same time, so I will make the most of it. "That''s right. You have to take a big risk to get back home. It is preparation for that time." "I see..." I''m d you understood with these words. However, Eun-jeong, who I thought had finished her business, wiggled her hand and said to me. "E. Thank you for giving me this." "...You better use it well." "Yes!" Somehow. You might think of a tsundere who hides her shyness, but I am not that kind of person. It''s just not natural to act friendly right now~ Let''s say it just sounds the same. Is it awkward? Anyway, I exined the strategy to the children the same way I exined the [Turbo Granny] n the other day. After the exnation, we went out of the school again. Basically, the outside is a demonic world where monsters live, but due to the nature of the game, stronger monsters appear over time, so there won''t be any beings that are too strong. Except for the gimmick-type monsters that only appear in certain ces. I guided the children through the mirror held by Suho. "Don''t look at the top of the wall likest time. And if you see a suspicious object in front of you, reflect it in the mirror where I am." Shortly after saying this, I heard Eun-jeong make a startled sound. "Kya!..." Suho hurriedly pointed the mirror at Eun-jeong. Then, behind the telephone pole, I saw a little boy smiling mischievously. Oh, him. I whispered to the little boy. "I found you~" [Hehehe...] The boyughed and became smoke that was absorbed into my body. Simr to the previous frog monster, it is a mass-produced monster with multiples of them. The frog monster was an annoying monster that changed your body, but this guy is all about hiding. He is a monster who appears everywhere, so I was surprised every time I saw it. Something fell in the ce where the kid was. A mitten-shaped sticker. For reference, this is a probability drop item. I think I was lucky, as was the case with the frog monsterst time. Did Ha-rim''s artifact''s skill, [Luck], activate? There was no such function in the game, but now that it has been patched in reality, maybe... Firstly, I instructed Ha-rim to pick it up. The item is [Secret y]. Don''t get me wrong, it''s just the name. If you use that sticker, you will temporarily be stealthier, making it easier to avoid monsters. It is disposable and has a short duration, so you should use it sparingly. The items we''re going to get now is important, but collecting these drops will be of great help too. After getting all the necessary items, we''ll focus farming these things. As I moved carefully, I saw a corner store. "Let''s stop by that corner store for a while." After I said that, the children went into the building. "Urgh! This is..." The children are agitated. Because there was a gruesome body there. A body that looked like it had been hacked to pieces with a knife from face to toe. Just looking at it instills fear. Considering the children''s mental health, I warned them not to look at it as much as they could. I knew in advance that there was a body here. But why did Ie here? Because the body itself is a gimmick. "Ha-rim. Take the handcuffs there." She was taken aback for a moment, then listened to me and grabbed the handcuffs next to the corpse. "Who''s there!" Entering the store, someone shouts at the children. It was an adult man dressed as a policeman and holding a baton and a shield with the word "Police" written on it in his hand. The children get startled and start whispering. "Police...?" "There were people alive besides us!" To the children who have only seen strange things like me, the man was like a sweet rain during a drought. It was natural for their expressions to brighten up. I feel sick to my stomach. Still, I had to do it. "Come to me now! [The perpetrator] is near! Come with me, I will protect you. I will take you to safety." At the end, the children hurriedly followed the policeman and left the store. They''re scared that the culprit who created such a terrible body is near. "Now follow me!" The children followed the instructions of the man and moved. He entered a deep alley. An alleyway that seems like it would be full of crime. Thump... Thump... Thump... Thump... There was a sound of footsteps. Someone is following them. In this situation, the only thing that could be following is the killer who murdered people in the corner store. The children trembled and said to the police about their anxiety. "Help, I think the culprit is after us!" "It''s a big deal! Come on, follow me!" The steps of the policeman are getting faster and faster. At the same time, the children chasing after him also start walking quickly. The scary thing is that the speed at which the killer pursue them also increases. Thump thump thump thump. "At us! It''sing after us!" "As long as I''m here it''s fine! Come on, follow me!" The man is running now. The children gasp as they enter deeper alleys. "Huh... Hah! Please run a little slower!" [Follow me! Hurry up and follow me!] thumpthumpthumpthumpthumpthumpthumpthumpthumpthumpthumpthump!! When we came to a dead end, the policeman was nowhere to be seen. However, the sound of the killer chasing was still elerating. The kids panic. The fear of the sudden disappearance of the person who protected them. A terrible monster created by an ominous story of a policeman running away and abandoning the target of protection. That was the identity of this monster. It can be solved by catching the culprit who is the cause of the fear. A shadow in the shape of an adult man holding a knife appears from the corner. Then he runs at us brandishing his knife. "Ah!" Ignoring the fussing children, I cut him in the mirror with a knife. A monster with its arms and legs shed one after another and scattered. I instructed Ha-rim to put the handcuffs on the guy. She did not hesitate this time and handcuffed him right away. Then it turned into smoke and was absorbed into my body. An item dropped at the same time. Nice! I pped my hands to wake up the children''s who were in a daze. "Huh? What did we just do?" Kyeong-min groaned. I decided to answer that question. "How do you feel about meeting a mental attack type monster?" In the game, only [I think I have to follow the words.] is printed in the game window, but I was curious about how it would work in reality, and I needed to let the children experience it. And of course, I need the drop too! This game sucks, but I like that the locations of items that can be synthesized aren''t too far apart. "It''s embarrassing..." "Because if you don¡¯t keep your senses, you will get hurt. You¡¯d better be careful." Mental attacks are unfamiliar, so it would be a good thing to experience them at least once. This must have made them aware. "Ha-rim. You seem to have noticed it on the way." On the way, I saw that Ha-rim''s ne was shining and the haze in her eyes had faded. Perhaps the effect of [Survival] was activated. The [Survival] skill has a function that adjusts values such as stamina, stealth, or curse resistance to be more favorable to survival depending on the situation. Seeing that she even resisted mental attacks that were not possible in the game, it seems that it received a huge boost with the reality patch. It''s almost unbelievable to say that it''s an artifact that can be obtained in the early stages. I guessed she also benefited from this effect at [Turbo Granny]. "I believed in E because she had aid back expression..." Was I making that kind of expression? I didn''t know. I''ll have to pay attention to facial expressions too. By the way, you believed in me. Hmm. Should I be d? "This time, I''ve been watching because I wanted to give you the experience. Next time, tell me as soon as you notice." "Okay, E." "This is what a mental attack feels like..." I instructed Suho to pick up the things that the monster had left behind. It was the shield held by the police monster. It would be difficult to hold it with a mirror, so he instructed Kyeong-min to hold me. Since Kyung-min is also a boy, he shouldn''t suffer that much. Suho, who is holding the police shield, exims that it is surprisingly light. It is not an ordinary shield because it can block the attacks of monsters to some extent. Of course, it''s still not at a artifact level, so it''s better to just avoid it. "Now let''s get going again. Turn right around the corner." The children again proceed ording to my instructions. In the way, we met a frog monster and got some drops. Thank you frog. It''s about time we see it... Oh, there it is. "There it is." "Wow... That¡¯s tantly gloomy..." Kyeong-min said that with a tired expression. Although it is a small temple, suspicious amulets are attached to it, the head of a Buddha statue is broken, and because it is an old temple, ominous noises can be heard through the holes whenever the wind blows. But you guys who enter an old mansion just to write a club report are weird enough.2 "Are we going in there?" "Yes. But wait a minute." After saying that, I instructed Kyeong-min to pass the temple and go to the fire station that we could see in the distance. "Uh?" We went without saying anything, but he stopped on the way as if something was blocking him. Actually, it is blocked. I knocked on the invisible wall and tried to hit it, but it didn''t even budge. If I''m right, this is the end of the world. In this indie game, which is not an open world, the map is bound to be limited. "This is the end of this world. Although it is a parallel version, it is not as big as the original." "Then, is our world beyond that?" I shook my head at those words. The outside that can be seen by the naked eye seems to exist, but in fact, it only serves as a background to the yer. The parallel world refers to a circr space whose radius is the distance to where we are currently located, with the church quite far from here as the center. It''s world where it''s not too much trouble to travel even if you don''t ride a car. It''s really small when you look at it this way. When I realized that, I was relieved. If there were no restrictions on space in this world, the scale would have grown absurdlyrge. As expected, the elements of the game are still present even when bing real. No matter how scary the monsters are, in the end, they are limited by the system. If they see the ending. They''ll be able to go home. After thinking about it, I stared at Ha-rim. "What''s wrong E?" She asks. "...It''s nothing." I averted my eyes. Chapter 16 Chapter 16 We walked to the suspicious temple. Normally, temples are fancy andrge, but this is a small temple, so the structure came into view at a nce. Well, it''s not even a boss fight, so there''s no need to make it wider. You can see several statues of Buddha whose heads have fallen off. All of the ponds are dry, and the structures with a Buddhist feel are wrapped in spider webs, making it difficult to recognize their original form. Spider webs are the best for creating a spooky atmosphere. But isn''t there too many? Is this also a part of the reality patch... If not... With that thought in mind, I ordered to open the door to enter the building. Click. "Looks like it''s locked." Oh right. You had to solve the riddle and enter through another passage, right? But that''s annoying. I got out of the mirror for a second and kicked the door to pieces.1 Oh cool! We can just break it in, instead of finding the key or some other route? I know it''s trying to add a puzzle element, but I hate annoying things. """...""" "What?" They''re making faces like I''m denyingmon sense. I didn''t care and went back to the mirror. The time to be active outside is precious, so we should save it even a little. The structure of this building is very simple. It consists of only a hallway and one room, and when viewed from above, it was arge square with a small square in the center. The room consisted of sliding doors on all four sides, sliding left or right. The shape is designed to be very easy to see when someone passes through the hallway. Don''t you already have an idea in how the exorcism will happen? It is simr to [The Rose of Sharon Blooms Again].2 In the center, a monster in the shape of a Buddha statue sings an evil song. This nursery rhyme is a curse, and even if you plug your ears, you will be affected. If you get cursed, your ears will be cut off and you will die instantly, so you must have [Sacred Sound] or another artifact with a purification skill. However, if you use the bell, it will know our location and open one of the doors, trying to attack you, but you can avoid being caught by hiding between the objects ced in the hallway. This is how you protect yourself from this monster, and the way to get rid of it is even simpler. Hitting a special Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva. A total of four Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva are located in each corner of the hallway, and if you hit the one without ears three times, the monster will be exorcised. I asked in a low voice if they were ready. The children nodded their heads with determined expressions. So let''s get started. The kids go inside. Then, the broken door was repaired and the surroundings became dark. The sound of singing began to be heard from the room ahead. [At the corner of Udun pce.] [There is a monk who cut his ears standing.] The children moved in a hurry. They went around a corner. This Ksitigarbha has ears. Not this guy. [How many more people are standing.] [Three of them are standing.] Go straight to the next corner. Is this the guy? It turned out to be a Ksitigarbha with ears again. The song is halfway through, so it''s time to shake the bell. I whispered to Eun-jeong. "Be careful of branches that make noise if you step on them and ring the bell. Don''t forget to find a ce to hide." [The monk who cuts his earsughs.] [Not hearing children crying anymore.] -Jingle. The bell rings at the moment when the ears start to hurt. The clear sound ripples through the air, and the eerie curse disappears. "Ah..." I covered my mouth to hold back the sound of being tickled. Swoosh! [...] A Buddha statue opens the door and examines the hallway. If it doesn''t find us, it will close the door again and go back. However. Thud. The sound of the Buddha taking a step is heard. What the hell. I had to step away from the mirror and check what was going on. The statue is the same as the one seen in the game. But the legs and head of a spider protruding from the inside of the stomach puzzled me. It looked like a spider parasitized it one-sidedly, but even though the Buddha statue was a monster, it didn''t seem to care because it was closer to an object than a living thing. I considered it was possible for his behavior to change. However, I couldn''t even imagine that the monsters would merge. Besides, it''s a spider again! Why do these jerks keep appearing! At this point, it was clear that something had happened to the boss monster [Spider Lady]. It only makes an appearance at chapter three! I mean, why is it influencing the early stage so much? If this is the case, I have no choice but to revise the strategy. If it closes the door and sing the song again while wandering the hallway, we will be discovered. In other words, I have to do something now! Seeing the mysterious statue approaching, Ha-rim asked in a trembling voice. "E, what do we do?" "...Go find the Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva!" I jumped out of the mirror. And kicked the metal body two-and-a-half timesrger than an adult male. Bang! With a loud sound, the giant was pushed away and went back into the central room. I followed it. The spider monster on the lower half of the body seems mortified. "It''s a foul if the tagger goes out into the hallway." [Kieeaek!!!] The sharp legs of the spider and the arms of the Buddha swing wildly. The sound of cutting the air was sharp, so I intuitively felt that it would be difficult to kill it as simple as the [Spider Attendant]. [At the corner of Udun pce.] [There is a monk who cut his ears standing.] The nursery rhymees from the mouth of it. This song was something that could be sung while attacking. First of all, the attack range is longer than mine. If it shows a gap while avoiding an attack, it would be better to stab the spider''s head in one shot. POV Switch - Ha-rim E jumped out of the mirror and kicked the monster. It''s amazing. That giant is being pushed away. How does she get that much power from such a small body? Is it rted to the ck smoke that E absorbs? "Let''s go, guys!" The n seems to have gone awry, but what we have to do hasn''t changed. As E was fighting the tagger, she would be able to defeat him rather quickly. But E said she has a time limit on hering out, so we have to finish it soon! "Ha-rim, look over there! It''s a Ksitigarbha with ears cut off!" At the ce Kyeong-min pointed at, there was a Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva who had no ears. It really is! It''s right over there! [At the corner of Udun pce.] [There is a monk who cut his ears standing.] An unpleasant song that rings in your ears. E had told me that if it sang all of that nursery rhyme, my ears would be cut off and I would die instantly. I''d rather interrupt it right away. "Eun-jeong, purification!" "Got it!" -Jingle. The sound of Eun-jeong''s bell washes away the unpleasant aura. Good! Now we hit it! However, the body of the Bodhisattva in front of me shakes. Then, a spider leg protruded from the inside of it. ck ck ck ck ck! A Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva that runs away from us at great speed. I froze for a moment at the sight. "The Bodhisattva is running away!" "Eww, gross!" "Isn''t it too fast?" In addition, not only the earless Bodhisattva, but spider legs also protrude from the bodies of other ones, and they run away in all directions. It''s too fast. We need to speed up too. I shouted at Eun-jeong. "Eun-jeong, speed!" "Okay!" -Jingle. Eun-jeong waves the bell in the other direction. My body bes lighter. "Run and catch it!" Me and the members ran at full speed. The corridors were too short to run and there were many obstacles, so I couldn''t speed up. I''m going to need another way. "Suho and Eun-jeong are going to go in the opposite direction! It''s a closed ce anyway, so you''ll catch them if you keep running!" "Got it!" "And Eun-jeong, cleanse the curse periodically!¡± "Yes!" Bang!! Shortly after parting ways with Suho and Eun-jeong, E flew through the door from the center room. It seems that the monster in the form of a Buddha statue got a strike. "E, are you okay?!" "Nevere near or interfere." E said, her red eyes glowing in anger. At the sight of her, I winced a little. Even during the operation, if an unexpected situation urs, we decided to look at the situation and proceed ording to the n, but she told me not to intervene to the point where she herself had to step in. E charges at the monster again exhaling a ferocious aura. The violent sound of fighting can be heard in the middle room. If I get hit even once in that fight, I don''t think I''ll even have bones left. "Ha-rim, it''s over there!" Kyeong-min pointed to the ceiling. There, an earless Ksitigarbha was moving at high speed. I can''t reach there. Do I only need to hit it? I picked up one of the objects that had fallen in the hallway along the way. If this ne power functions the way I thought it would, it will work. "Ha!" [Luck]. The object I threw flew away drawing a strange line. The earless Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva took a direct hit from it. "Nice!" It staggered and fell. When I looked at it again, it had ears. I didn''t see it wrong. E said that if you hit an earless Bodhisattva, it will get ears, and one of the remaining ones will randomly lose its ears. "If the Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva on Suho''s side has changed, they will drive it here." As expected, the Ksitigarbha with a spider leg appears with Suho. This time, without ears. I and Kyeong-min jumped in and grabbed the Bodhisattva so that it could not escape. I got goosebumps when I heard a crackling noise from inside. "E!" "You''re done!" Suho strikes it with the shield he was holding. It has ears again. Now you just have to hit it once more. Where is it? "Ha-rim, beside you!" At that moment, another Ksitigarbha passed right next to me. We turned the corner to chase after it and saw it running into the central room. let''s try following. There, I could see E being held down by the huge arm of the Buddha statue. It''s a crisis! I have to help! I thought of the Bodhisattva who was knocked down after being hit by Suho''s shield while looking around. POV Switch - E While avoiding the spider''s attack, a golden arm came crashing down on me, and I had no choice but to grab it. A tremendous weight pushes me down. Is it a characteristic of this body? The more I was attacked, the more the anger inside me seemed to explode. "Even if I''m weak..." I''m still one of the bosses!!! I hold the monster''s arm in reverse with the power and arm strength that I had gathered to the limit with my psychokinesis, which I hadn''t been using against it until now. The body of the Buddha statue leans, but the lower half of the spider doesn''t. The legs then aim for my body and stabs me. Or it would''ve stabbed. "Ah.. E! Watch out!" Ha-rim, who intruded, threw a Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva towards the spider. In an instant, the spider''s attack stopped. It seems that it is reluctant to attack its allies. Suho then lunges forward with his shield, striking the body. The spider monster shows an opening. I passed through the legs like lightning and decapitated the spider''s head that pierced the statue''s stomach. The fishy smell of blood exalts my body. The arm of the Buddha statue strikes me again. "Is it over already?" I threw the knife at the Bodhisattva who quietly escaped. Every time the children caught one, the statue reacted, so I knew that we needed to hit it only one more time. Then, the statue, which was about to strike with its arm, stopped functioning like a machine that stopped working. "Suho? Can you give me the shield?" After that I took the shield. I hope it still works even after being merged with another monster. Unsurprisingly, the frozen statue still muttered something. If you try hearing it, it''s sounded disrespectful. After muttering a few words, the Buddha statue stops again, and letters are engraved on the police shield. With this, it waspleted. A new artifact! And the monsters turned into smoke and were absorbed into me. The materialization time was tight, but I''m d. If an unexpected situation urs on the way back, it will be difficult in many ways. I handed over the shield to Suho and returned to the mirror. "Are we done, E?" "Yeah, it''s over now." "I''m d." Ha-rim rxed. Ah, wouldn''t that be okay? "I''m d? Why are you d?" I said with a smile. "Eh...?" She tilts her head with a puzzled look. "I''m sure I told you not to interfere?" "Eh?" "Why didn''t you listen to me~?" Ha-rim thought to herself. The face is smiling, but the eyes are not smiling at all! Are you mad about that? Chapter 17 Chapter 17 I thought to myself. It''s a big deal! The scary aura radiating from E and the glowing red eyes made everyone know that she was angry. I did well until now, but this time I had upset E. "Hey... E? It''s not that I didn''t want to listen..." "But in the end you still did it? Did I see it wrong~?" What I was trying to say sounded like an excuse to E. Her cold reaction made my back wet with sweat. Why is she so mad? Should I give her some chocte? As I thought about it, E''s eyes grew colder. They say that when you get hit by cold snow falling from the sky, it stings to the point of hurting. "Why? Why didn''t you listen to E? Ah! I get it!" E suddenly smiled brightly. Normally, I would have admired her because she was pretty, but now I was even more scared than when she was with an angry expression. "You''re not afraid of E anymore? That''s why you didn''t listen to me! Is it? Isn''t it? Am I wrong? Hey?" I inadvertently took a step back. Heo-eok... I''m wrong. It''s not an anger that can be relieved by giving sweets! Stay calm, I need to stay calm! Even such great anger will be relieved if you calmly untie it like a tangled earphone. Come to think of it, what was E upset about? First of all, I helped her, who was struggling. Although I went against E''s word, the timing is strange even for her when she got mad at the person who helped. We sessfullypleted the exorcism.... What the hell could be the problem. ...Damnit, I can''t recall anything. It''s a matter of survival if she get''s more angry because I didn''t answer well here! Please remember! At this time, when I was lost, the ne suddenly glowed weakly enough that only I could notice it. Why at this timing? [Survival]. A memory pops up in my mind. It was when I was passing by the roadside. A cat was dragging its leg across the road as if it was injured. Suddenly there was the sound of an engine. A car was driving down the road at high speed. I urgently tried to save the cat, but it was too far away. I thought it was going to get hit, so I closed my eyes. But the animal was unharmed. The cat was in the arms of a little boy I have never seen before. He jumped in and saved the cat. It deserved praise, but the child''s mother was very angry. Ah. I think I know why E is angry. "I''m sorry E..." "You''re sorry? Is that all..." "But I couldn''t help it!" "What?" E''s eyes widen. Is she angrier? No, I have to go strong here! I boldly took E''s hand and continue my words. "Because I don''t want E to get hurt! I never want to see a friend get hurt!" "You... Suddenly saying such things." Pushed by my momentum, I felt E''s anger fade. This time E stepped back from me. To be honest, I don''t even know where I got this kind of courage. Still, I was filled with the thought that I had to push through. It seems that the members are shocked by my actions, but now is not the time to care. Pushed by my momentum, E continue to walk backwards until eventually she was blocked by a wall and could not escape. "Is it because E didn''t want us to get hurt?" "No, that..." Before E could finish her sentence, I followed up with another blow. "E also keeps trying to hurt herself! Same asst time! I''m worried and I''m sorry! Just like E cared for us, so did we!" "Who cares about whom...!" "Don''t you, E? We care about E!" I mean it. The words came out without hesitation because they came from the heart, not to defuse the current situation. No matter how much of a strong monster she is, I don''t want to see her legs cut off and be hurt trying to help us. I sincerely looked at E as if asking for an answer. And I though that, if possible, I would like to understand E''s heart and be real friends. Thinking about this made it easier to face her red eyes, which had been burdensome to meet before. E, who was demanding an answer, became the target of questioning instead. Complete reversal in roles. E, who seemed flustered and couldn''t say anything, finally averted her gaze and grumbled. "...Do what you want..." "What did you say?" I asked again because I couldn''t hear it properly. "I told you to do whatever you want! Whether or not you die because of meddling!" After that, E went into the mirror and showed her back. She looked more sullen than angry. After exchanging nces with the group, we decided to return to school. As Suho was carrying the shield, Kyeong-min carried the mirror. "...It''s left, not that way." "Huh? Ah... I see! Thanks E." "..." Still, I thought it was cute when I saw E, who dutifully pointed out the correct way. POV Switch - E (A while back) It would be reckless to intervene in a fight without listening to me. Especially when the only way to get rid of it is physically. I wanted the children to help me as teammates rather than protecting them, but it''s still too early. I didn''t have all the items, and even the shield I gave Suho wasn''t perfect. In other words, even one hit might give a broken bone. If a child other than Suho who had the shield gets hit, it would''ve died instantly! Ha-rim was able to help with the rabbits, but it''s hard to deal with unexpected things like now. Sorry kids, but I had to point it out. "Hey... E? It''s not that I didn''t want to listen..." Doesn''t matter what intentions you had to interfere in the fight. I''m sorry, but children who don''t listen to adults should be scolded! "But in the end you still did it? Did I see it wrong~?" I said it, intentionally lengthening the end. Hmm. Are you thinking about how to resolve this? I decided to go a little fiercer at Ha-rim, who couldn''t say anything. "Why? Why didn''t you listen to E? Ah! I get it!" "You''re not afraid of E anymore? That''s why you didn''t listen to me! Is it? Isn''t it? Am I wrong? Hey?" Har-im, pushed by my momentum, took a step back. Now, Suho, Kyeong-min, and Eun-jeong are aplices. If you guys do something dangerous like this again, I won''t let you go. Come on, tell me! You will never disobey my instructions again! "I''m sorry E..." Sigh. The important thing now isn''t an apology, but a promise not to do it again. Promise to not break my instructions! I tried to connect the words needed to express that it was the incorrect answer. "You''re sorry? Is that all..." Then Ha-rim cuts me off. "But I couldn''t help it!" "What?" Quite surprising. Ha-rim, who always flinched and got surprised when I looked at her. Are you refuting my words? Just yesterday she was still tense when talking to me, so I had no choice but to ask back. Instead of answering, she held my hand. Why are you holding hands! It''s something counsellors tell children to do sometimes, but it felt weird when I was subjected to it. And for some reason, her momentum was unusual. "Because I don''t want E to get hurt! I never want to see a friend get hurt!" Ha-rim said that with an extremely serious expression. ''What embarrassing things is this kid talking about?!'' Are kids like that? Is it because she hasn''t reached puberty yet, so she''s saying such cheesy words without hesitation? "You... Suddenly saying such things." Every time Ha-rim speaks, her face gets closer. I unconsciously backed away because it was burdensome. Ha-rim follow me. Maybe this kid was always reckless, because every time I took a step back she followed me. Before I knew it, my back collided with a wall. I should be angry, but the words don''te out properly. "Is it because E didn''t want us the get hurt?" "No, that..." "E also keeps trying to hurt herself! Same asst time! I''m worried and I''m sorry! Just like E cared for us, so did we!" I feel like dying. I''m embarrassed! I reflexively tried to refute the words that pierced my heart. "Who cares about whom...!" "Don''t you, E? We care about E!" Ha-ri asked as if she wouldn''t ept it. I felt ashamed knowing the roles were being reversed. An adult losing momentum to a child! I just hope my face isn''t blushing. Ha-rim''s pupils met my eyes. Her sincerity could be seen in her eyes. Such a stupid good kid. It seems that her concern for me was sincere. Why can you show your sincerity to me like that? I don''t think you''ve fallen in love, but otherwise I can''t understand it. Fighting happens when someone get mad you, then ignores you, and finally stops loving you. In other words, if you remove the root of the cause and appeal to them, it means there isn''t a reason to being angry anymore. By continuing being angry means the person wishes to break the rtionship. Ha-rim looks straight at me as if asking for an answer. I averted my eyes. I knew that I had lost not only in momentum, but in words as well. I''m angry, but if I get more angry here, it''ll be a step back as the affection I''ve built up will crumble. However, because of my petty pride or because it was unfair that I was pushed while trying to discipline her, I grumbled. "...Do what you want..." "What did you say?" "I told you to do whatever you want! Whether or not you die because of meddling!" After that, I went back to the mirror and turned around. Because my face must be red. If it were my original body, I wouldn''t have said such a childish thing! Am I right to treat these children as children? I feel weird. But... It''s refreshing, and I missed it. When was thest time I had an argument with someone? -Friend. What are you so upset about? And who else put tacks in your shoes? -Please don''t call me a friend. I don''t remember ever being friends with a guy whomits crime. -Bastard... You need some friends. -Ah, what kind of friend says that! -What did I say? That misfortune or whatever would stop someday? -What kind of nonsense, are you going to go away now? Do you want to die? And I won''t be unhappy forever. I keep being depressed and unhappy, but I won''t be like that all the time. -No. You will be unhappy for the rest of your life. That''s the kind of constitution you have. Until now, you yourself has felt it deeply... Should I kill you and transfer it to another body? Making you bastard... Possess someone! -Stop reading web novels. ''Why did I remember this?'' POV Switch - Ha-rim It was after we got back to school. E went back to the full-length mirror in the ssroom without saying a word. I don''t think it''s a big deal because she doesn''t look angry, but I had to listen to the concerns and worries of the members. "What the hell were you thinking?" Let''s say Suho was mad. I''m embarrassed haha... I couldn''t help butugh. If that didn''t work, it might have been really dangerous. However, I felt that the E in the mansion was different from the E now. A little friendlier, less moody... And above all, cute. Maybe I acted like that because I had this strange certainty. I had to apologize and admit that I wascent. "Sorry. I guess I was a little crazy..." Kyeong-min waved his hand as if he was done. "I''m d it ended well. I honestly thought E would draw her knife." "That''s right. It may have been like that before, but... E now is kind of... Soft! And she smells good." Suho insists that the smell doesn''t matter, but Eun-jeong ignores him. I agreed with her. Eun-jeong is trustworthy because she notices other people''s feeling well. As a result of asking Suho and Kyeong-min, we came to a conclusion that E is definitely feeling affection for us now. "I honestly can''t believe it. E was a ghost who had been threatening to kill us a few days ago... But if you look at what happened today, she''s much less dangerous now. The more friendly we be, the more E''s attitude changes." Kyeong-min said with his sses shining. He even said it would be a good idea to boldly close the distance between us and her. Considering that Kyeong-min, who suffered the most from E, said this, the other members must have thought the same. "Good! Let''s consider the next step. Hmm... Okay! That would be nice!" As I was trying toe up with a n, a good idea came to me. Being in a group is great for socializing, but if you don''t get to know each other individually, you''ll feel left out. Alright, that''s what we must do! "Chatting and skinship one-on-one!"1 """What?""" "I see! Okay! I''ll try my best!" Unlike the bewildered boys, Eun-jeong answered vigorously. "Hey Ha-rim... Is skinship really necessary?" "Hmm? Originally, when the body is close, the heart is also close! Didn''t you know that?" "I mean... It''s not wrong." "Then it doesn''t matter! Even if everyone is scared, try to be friendly with E! Go for it!" POV Switch - 3rd-person At the unexpectedly na?ve reaction, the boys shut their mouths. It is said that touching is natural between girls, but do they really not know that it will be more awkward than anything else for them as the opposite gender? During the break before eating, Kyeong-min and Suho went to the men''s restroom. It''s because Ha-rim said it would be safer to pair up in preparation for any unexpected event. "Hey..." "What." "E is also a girl, can we do skinship?" "...No." The president''s judgement is trustworthy, but there are times when she has ideas that are too pure. Because of that, sometimes it''s very difficult. It''s awkward not to properly carry out the assigned n, but when the conversation between the boys as about to end with the skinship problem, Kyeong-min said something unexpected. "On second thought, is E really a girl?" "What do you mean?" "The monsters we met. Most of them had to do with ghost stories. To be precise, something like an ominous rumor or idea." "...Go on." "If we hypothesize that an abstract concept called a story gained strength and formed psychical form... E is also a girl only in form. It means that she might not really be a girl. "...That makes sense! Lee Kyeong-min, aren''t you really smart? And not only because you read a lot of books!" "Heh." Kyeong-min raises his sses and smiles slightly. "But it''s only a hypothesis, and there''s no way to confirm it, right?" "...I didn''t think of that. Hmm. If it''s only taking shape, it might not have anything where it''s not usually visible." "Like when you enter a building in a game using a bug, and there''s nothing inside?" "Yeah! That''s right. E''s inside must be empty! For example... Underwear!" Eureka! Kyeong-min said that as if he had obtained an amazing clue. The feeling of approaching the secrets of this world was so sweet that it was easy to get intoxicated. Suho also sympathized with the excited Kyeong-min and was excited as well. "I see! The underwear! You mean the panties? If so, just check E''s panties... Oh wait, that sounds strange." Suho didn''t notice before because of the less straightforward term "underwear", but his head went cold at the mention of the word "panties". And Kyeong-min felt it too. They, who had be perverts in an istant, felt weird. If Ha-rim ou Eun-jeong heard about such obscenities, they would''ve despised them as if they were trash. Receiving such stares from trusted friends was probably worse than getting hurt. """......""" "...Let''s stop." "Right..." Kyeong-min and Suho felt a sense of shame and decided to go back. They''ll bury this conversation in a corner of their minds and hold the quietest funeral in the world. If only the two of them were quiet, no one would know. "Go on, it''s fun." """?!!!""" But unfortunately, the person who shouldn''t have listened to it the most heard it. They hoped it wouldn''t be the case, but E was smiling at them in the mirror in the restroom sink. Suho and Kyeong-min felt dizzy. Chapter 18 Chapter 18 There wasn''t any monsters invading the school, but as I was patrolling from mirror to mirror, I heard the boys talking. The ce is the men''s restroom. Looking out of the mirror, I saw Suho and Kyeong-min talking. What are they talking about? "On second thought, is E really a girl?" When I overheard it, he was talking about something really unexpected. What are you saying. Aren''t I a girl? Could it be that they found out that I was originally a man! "What do you mean?" When Suho said that as if he didn''t understand, I calmed down my panicked mind and focused my ears. "The monsters we met. Most of them had to do with ghost stories. To be precise, something like an ominous rumor or idea." "...Go on." "If we hypothesize that an abstract concept called a story gained strength and formed psychical form... E is also a girl only in form. It means that she might not really be a girl. "...That makes sense! Lee Kyeong-min, aren''t you really smart? And not only because you read a lot of books!" "Heh." God, I never thought these kids would have such profound thoughts. Even I am concerned about my identity. They didn''t find out that I was originally a man, but isn''t this just as shocking?. Are monsters like me, no, E, rooted in "concepts"? The moment I had this thought. In ghost stories, is the "ghost" first or the "story"? A person who sees a ghost gets surprised and spreads it. In this case, the ghost must exist first. It must exist to be witnessed. However, the monsters lurking here are not things that can exist inmon sense. First of all, this world is a horror game, but let''s put aside the option of "just because" and think about it. Now that this world has be a reality for me, I desperately need information about the world in addition to the knowledge of the game. Hypothesis one. In fact, all the monsters actually exist, and the ones wandering around in this small world are the culprits of stories spread by those who witnessed them. In this case, beings that are closer to "phenomenon" than monsters, such as the [Police Monster] and [Suicide Wannabe], cannot be exined. These entities are not something that can be "seen" like ghosts. In the first ce, it doesn''t even have a clear enough substance to spread like a ghost story. This is because, in particr, [Police Monster] is derived from the fear caused by the disappearance of the police who would protect them in times of danger. It''s closer to a "phenomenon" than a "monster" like Slenderman. ''This kind of entity is based on abstract concepts from the root.'' Now, let''s move on to the next hypothesis. Hypothesis two. In fact, monsters do not exist in reality, and all abstract concepts such as ghost stories or disturbing imaginations have acquired physical form within this small world. In this case, everything is exined. Whether it''s Slenderman, a toilet ghost, a police ghost, or even a slice of mint chocte pizza, it''s okay to say that a disturbing concept created by people has taken shape.1 But. "But it''s only a hypothesis, and there''s no way to confirm it, right?" Right. In the end, it is only a hypothesis and there is no way to prove it. However, it seemed that the answer that would satisfy my curiosity existed in the brain of the clever Kyeong-min. "...I didn''t think of that. Hmm. If it''s only taking shape, it might not have anything where it''s not usually visible." "Like when you enter a building in a game using a bug, and there''s nothing inside?" Oh? Oh oh? So there was such a thing. Anything worth trying? I thought in my mind what things I could give it a try. For example... "Yeah! That''s right. E''s inside must be empty! For example... Underwear!" I see! Like Kyeong-min said, my underwear... ''?????????" "I see! The underwear! You mean the panties? If so, just check E''s panties..." Wait a minute, what the hell are these kids talking about?! Why are my panties in this conversation! For a moment, I forgot that I was a man and felt a crisis for my chastity. So, without realizing it, I was holding down my skirt. You really don''t want to try, do you? No matter how much boys have a perverted side, it''s not like that, right? How am I supposed to react if you really try! "Oh wait, that sounds strange." Fortunately, Suho noticed the problem. It seems that they did not intend to lift my skirt on purpose. They, who had been chatting happily until just now, suddenly became gloomy. ...They seem to be reflecting. I''m d they''re pure children. Just in case, I''m not angry. Actually, the high-level conversation was a little fun. However, it seems that you can take advantage of this situation. So, I spoke to stop the boys who were about to go back. "Go on, it''s fun." At my unexpected appearance, the boys made expressions as if they had seen a demon instead of a ghost. I wasn''t angry, but it didn''t change the fact that they did bad things. Did they had the guts to make fun of ghosts? "Ah~ Don¡¯t be so surprised! Because I''m not angry. Actually, it surprised me? I never thought you guys would be looking at me with such eyes." "Ah.. No! You got it all be wrong! Really really I can exin! Just one chance... Huh? You''re not mad?" Kyeong-min, who was hurriedly making excuses not knowing that his sses were slipping, wondered why I wasn''t angry. "Yes. But since you said that, you''ll have to take responsibility. All you have to do is listen to my simple request." It was only then that Kyeong-min corrected his sses and asked me nervously. "If it''s a simple request..." I smiled and instructed them. The first thing is that the two of them wait apart. And cover their ears to not hear a sound. What we are going to do now is a very simple experiment. My body is also fundamentally the same as the monsters that roam outside. If my body is a man-made abstract concept that has acquired a physical form, wouldn''t it be likewise changeable by a person''s thoughts? That''s the idea. First of all, I got out of the mirror and went to Suho first and asked. "Imagine that E¡¯s nails are long." "Okay." Suho imagined it so strongly that it made him frown. However, there was no change in my nails. Is it because he had already seen it? Unobserved areas may be different. "Imagine E has a mole on her wrist." When I checked before, there was no mole on my wrist. But what about now? ...Still nothing. Or maybe not only the person, but also the part I perceived was not affected. Something that even I don''t know and others may not know either... There is one. Body odor. The body odor is something that I myself can''t notice and the only ones close enough to contact with it were Ha-rim and Eun-jeong. In other words, the boys never smelled me. "Have you ever smelled E?" "Huh?! No I didn''t... Why?" Great. Hands smell different as they touch other things, so pass. If so, this part. After loosening the cor of my clothes a bit, I pushed the nape of my neck against Suho''s nose. "?! Wait E!" It was quite itchy with the breath blowing on my neck. I also felt a little strange. "Shh. Now tell me what does it smells like?" Suho was taken aback for a moment, but when he saw my serious expression, he hesitantly said with a blushing face. Is the day hot? "Smells sweet... Like cotton candy." "...I see" Is it really? I can''t smell anything when I sniff myself. Do I really smell like that? Now we check with Kyeong-min if the smell Suho felt is the same for him. "You wait." I went to where Kyeong-min was standing. He was covering his ears. "Did you hear what I talked with Suho? I won''t get angry even if you heard it, so just tell me. It''s something important." "No, I didn''t listen at all." "Good. Now it''s a very simple thing, answer a question." "Yes!" "Have you ever smelled E?" "Eh?! No, I never have." Nice. As I did with Suho, I loosened the cor of my clothes and pushed the nape of my neck. "?!!" This guy! Don''t resist! I pressed Kyeong-min''s head and made it close to me. Urgh. It tickles. After confirming that Kyeong-min breathed in and out, I released him. "What does E smells like?" "Urgh... It smells like a mixture of a strong rose scent and a sweet smell like cotton candy." His face turned bright red and he spoke like he was dying. However, I couldn''t pay attention to Suho''s or Kyeong-min''s face because I was getting excited. This is because the joy of approaching the truth made people easily drunk on sess. The reactions of the two are different! The smell of cotton candy and the smell of roses are distinctly different. Kyeong-min must have thought that I would smell like roses. That''s what he thought when he saw my headdress. Perhaps the scent of cotton candy was the result of experimenting with Suho first, so the smell remained. Other people''s thoughts or beliefs won''t shake my roots, but now I know that a very small concept like smell is affected. Monsters are an abstract concept, and it has been proven that it is a being influenced by thoughts! Of course, you won''t be able to weaken or exorcise them just by thinking. Still, this was a great discovery. I put on a satisfied face as I looked at the two. They shuddered, unable to meet my eyes. Do you think I''m mad? I need to tell a joke to ease the tension. "Aren''t you still curious about what''s inside the ghost''s skirt~?" Iughed as I said that. They flinch. Still not enough? "Isn''t bad to call a body empty?"2 """E!""" They explode at my high-level joke. I found it funny and startedughing. "Hahaha! It''s a joke, a joke!" I returned to the mirror to recover because the materialization time was ending. Now I''ll have to go back to patrolling. "Hey... Hey E!" Then Suho calls trying to stop me. "What you heard, to Ha-rim and Eun-jeong..." Aha. It was obvious how the girls would react to the boys if they were caught saying such things about me. Of course, I am male too. I knew the fear all too well. "Well, what should I do~?" But the yfulness kicks in again. I yed with my hair and murmured as if I was thinking about telling them. It''s so fun to see the expression the two despairing. I''m sorry though, so I will stop. "If you follow me well, I won''t tell them. It''s our secret!" "Thank you..." Suho and Kyeong-min are finally relieved. Their faces looks like the tension was all gone. It''s pretty emaciated. I''m slightly sorry. "See you nextter, perverts~" Giggles. After onest teasing, I moved to another mirror. Oh, I''m relieved. I even paid back for when I lost against Ha-rim with words. Am I disqualified as an adult? But after possessing this body, teasing others is so much fun. It''s all because you guys are great for teasing. POV Switch - 3rd person E teased them until the end. Even without saying a word, Suho and Kyeong-min were thinking the same thing. A promise to not say anything strange like that again. They went back to the club room a long time after E went away. It was because the experiment left the two flustered, so they had to take time to calm down. Of course, they''re in an age where they already had sexual education at school, but hearing and experiencing it yourself were two different things.3 When they returned to the club room, they had to listen to Ha-rim''s words the she was worried that they took a long time. They lied they werete because they triedpleting the assigned task. Ha-rim was surprised that they had already done it. At mealtime, E ate together. Whenever Kyeong-min and Suho met her eyes, they both blushed and avoided her stare. And E yed pranks on them, wondering if they were still afraid of the topic. Like fluttering the hem of her skirt slightly or saying that her mouth was itchy. Eun-jeong was at a loss and somehow managed to get over it by offering a drink. Suho and Kyeong-min had a strange and indescribable feeling for a girl named E, together with a desire for revenge for the nasty teasing on them. But do they know? That their feelings when they first met E were quite different from now. Like all friends, the distance of their hearts became closer without their knowledge. And at the side, Ha-rim looked at the scene as it seemed the boys and E quickly became close. She had no idea that the task she gave them would be so effective. However. ''I think I talked to her the most, but why...'' Ha-rim was sulking a little. "Hey Ha-rim." Eun-jeong approaches and whispers to her. "E''s smell has changed. At first it smelled like cotton candy, but it also smells like roses now." "Huh?" "I only secretly said this to Suho, but now it has changed. Does this means I lied?" Sometimes, she doesn''t understands Eun-jeong. Chapter 19 Chapter 19 "E. Is it really okay not to y?" "Well, E doesn''t always want to y." It''s good to do that, but it''s going to be tiring for the children if we y everyday. I cared for the kids. For some reason, Ha-rim seems to be regretful, but it must be because of my mood. "We''ll be leaving tomorrow, so let''s relieve the fatigue." "Okay!... Are you still upset about what happened in the morning?"1 Who does Ha-rim think I am? Was this what she wanted to say when she called me to the restroom? I deliberately emphasized it. "No. I. Am. Not." "Then a reconciliation handshake... Can you do it?" Suddenly? The offer came out of the blue, but it''s not like I can''t do it. Eun-jeong also asked this when she introduced me a new snack. Is it a coincidence? I reached out from the mirror and shook Ha-rim''s hand. Sess. She muttered. I don''t know what the n is, but I believe it''s not a bad thing. After Ha-rim said that we should y games tomorrow, she went back to the ssroom. Tomorrow''s task is to get some of the items necessary for an artifact and give it to Kyeong-min... The requiredponents needed for synthesis can be acquired tomorrow and the day after. Time is not tight. But it wasn''t infinite either. Because this game has a time limit of thirty days, befitting the title of summer vacation. On the 30th day, a gigantic being with horns, in other words, the devil, is born from an egg in this world. Actually, I don''t know if it''s a resurrection, arrival, or birth, but I think it''s thetter because this worlds copses at the same time it appears. Anyway, if I count from the time the children fell into this world, there is plenty of time left. When I yed the game, there was time skips because of the system, but the time limit itself isn''t a problem, but instead the opposite. The thing is, the story cannot be finished unless time passes. Except for E, who you meet from the beginning, there are conditions to deal with each boss in the chapters two, three, and four. One of the conditions is to wait. Even in the game, there are almost no "foreshadowing", and one of them shows "they" will arrive in this world. Of course, I could go to the boss right away. ''But that''s too dangerous.'' Wouldn''t the ending be different if I kill the boss right away? I remember charging into the boss room with that thought The boss fights the yer with an unreasonable level of difficulty, and I was unable to defeat it in the end. The final boss was weakened by "them", and because of the conditions to trigger and get the way to exorcise it, it was possible for mere children to fight back and defeat the devil in reverse. ...Although they die one by one. It''s impossible even in a game where you simply operate with a keyboard, so it''s even harder now that it became reality. ''Even if I make full use of the artifacts, it''s impossible.'' For that reason, I am spending time farming items to clear the final battle, but it''s frustrating in many ways because there is no progress in the story. ''It would be nice they arrived soon, but how did they break into this world and how did they all die? There''s so many things I want to ask.'' I understand that summer vacation is based on thirty days, but I don''t like the fact that the devil is born on the 30th regardless of whether or not the boss is defeated. As if whatever we do, nothing affects it. Thanks to that, there were times when I was annoyed that I had to wait like this every time I had a new ythrough. Thirty days. Thirty days... The period when this little world copses. The period of the rebirth of the devil. The period of separating from the children. An ending that can be called a "happy ending" between multiple ones is one in which you survive without being caught up in the copse of this world. In fact, I don''t know what happens to the monsters after the protagonist group gets to the outside world. Perhaps nothing will happen. Or maybe the outside will be in chaos. Can the kids who see the outside after surviving the best they could ept it? "..." It''s unavoidable. For the children and me. So let''s ept. Just like I did in the past when I was unhappy. I muttered as if brainwashing myself, recalling how I coped with past misfortunes. ept it. ept it. ept it. Don''t resist like a child. Adapt to reality. If I reach the ending, it''s enough. It''s enough for the children to survive, and it''s enough for me to go back. I''m satisfied with that. "..." The mind settles down. Calmly clear my consciousness as if meditating. Then I hear small voices in my subconscious. ''Why the hell are you doing this?'' ... ''It''s easier if you just cry out loud. At least you will look like a human if you frown, get annoyed, and shout.'' ... ''You''repletely abnormal. You''re just missing something. Are you mentally ill?'' ... ''That''s why you didn''t shed a single tear when your parents died.'' ... ''...Won''t you cry even if I die?'' ...... When I went to the children, the were already prepared to depart and waiting for me. In the middle, Ha-rim was wearing a bag, as if she remembered how they handled the mass-produced monsters and prepared to pack some item drops. I was a little happy because it looked like they were getting used to it. Ha-rim put the mirror where I was in a ce where the children could see and went back to where she was sitting. "Hmm?" However. I found a bandage on Ha-rim''s finger. I asked why she got hurt. "Haha. It''s just a paper cut." Is there any paper here? It was a trivial thing, so I decided to just skip it. I exined the operation to them. The ce is not too far, but I said it''s necessary to be careful because of the nature of this world, which bes more dangerous as time goes by. After the exnation, Suho raised his hand. I nodded as a sign for him to talk. "What ability does this shield have?" "It''s a simple but powerful ability. It is just a shield that helps you block well. It can''t block curses, but it should be able to block ghost attacks that pass through walls. But don''t be overconfident." Suho seemed satisfied with the answer. He was a kid who always tried to be at the front. I feel like my mind is at ease now. The time hase. We ate a simple meal and set off. They touched the artifacts I gave them as they came out of the school. "E, was that sign originally there?" There was a sign that Ha-rim had never seen before. "Go this way" it said. In response to Ha-rim''s question, Kyeong-min said he had never seen it. The words of Kyeong-min, who has a meticulous personality, are highly reliable. Then... "The sign over there. You were caught, so can you disappear?" ... I drew my knife. Then, bug legs appeared from the signboard, and like a cockroach quickly hiding in a corner, swoosh! It ran away. Ha-rim and Eun-jeong resisted screaming. I see, it seems that the time hase for those to appear. It was a creature that pretended to be an object and attacked whenever an opportunity appeared. There are a lot of these guys, too, but they''re annoying creatures who won''t give you items when you catch them. The children got tired of having to question everything in the road, so it is a good decision to secure a safe ce first. asionally, I caught a frog monster and went looking for the hiding child ghost. The loot that came out got into Ha-rim''s bag. Looking at Eun-jeong, she appears to be okay, acting cute. I''m d she seems to be adapting well. After passing through the alleyway, I see a crosswalk. There was a traffic light next to it, and if you don''t cross at the red light nor raise your hand, you''ll die instantly in a car ident. I also raised my hand in the mirror just in case. [Ttadan ttan ttlan~ Ttadan dandan~]2 Before we even cross the street, we could hear a music box that toddlers would like. It was such a sweet and disturbing sound at the same that it made me feel ufortable. Hmm. This... It''s that guy. I instructed the children to hide. We hid behind a mailbox next to us. And a certain truck passes by. There was a giant ice cream ornament at the top of the vehicle. At the side, a picture of a mascot was drawn and colorful letters were written, looking very childish. [Mefi''s Exciting Ice Cream]3 This appearance is often used for abducting from abroad, and it is said that there were often cases in the past when children approached an ice cream truck were kidnapped in an instant. A monster derived from the paradoxical image of an ice cream truck for kids. Poor taste in many ways. Except for Ha-rim, who has a curse resistant artifact, the eyes of the children became hazy. All that they have in their heads should be the desire to eat ice cream. It''s a monster that inflicts such mental attacks, so it can''t be helped. "Ha-rim, wake up Eun-jeong and ask her to purify." "Okay!" She shakes Eun-jeong. "Ice cream...?" You haven''te to your senses yet. Ha-rim muttered that and pinched her. Then Eun-jeong shouts in pain with tears in her eyes. Looks like Ha-rim gets radical when ites do issues directly rted to life. -Jingle. Urgh. It tickles. After all, purification isn''t good for my body. When Eun-jeong shakes the bell, the children''s mind clear up. Thankfully they didn''t run at the truck. Looks like they paid attention. "I''ll be gone for a while." I slipped out of the mirror and approached the ice cream truck. There, an old man in a mascot clothes was smiling brightly. I was disgusted with the fact that the mascot looked good. [What kind of ice cream should I give you, littledy!] "Cherry vored ice cream!" [Excellent choice!] He handed me a carefully prepared cherry-vored ice cream. At that moment, I jumped and cut him from the chin to the head with my knife. The blood oozing out became the topping for the ice creams that had been taken out. Iughed, saying "The topping is nasty!", and two tall men who were hiding in the ice cream storagepartment rushed at me. "Are you guys going to kidnap me?" I leisurely dodged their attacks and shed at them. These child criminals bastards! After they turned into smoke and were absorbed by me, only the ice cream they gave was left behind. I took it. Another monster maye because of themotion just now. After looking around, I went back to the kids. "What is that ice cream?" Suho asked. As they could see, it was an ice cream. Of course, I also added an exnation that eating it doesn''t only end with pain. Ha-rim wondered why I brought it if I couldn''t eat it, but he thought I had an idea. It''s a cone-shaped ice cream, so I can''t put it in the bag she brought. It''s annoying, but I have to hold it. I held it in my hand and entered the mirror to guide the children. However, the sweet smell of it tickled my nose because I kept holding it. Hmm... It''s summer, so it''s hot. It doesn''t melt because it''s treated as an item drop. A little bit. Can''t I taste it a little bit? I''m a monster so I will be fine. My body is different! I slowly brought the ice cream to my mouth. "E...!" Then Ha-rim gives me a warning in a small voice. I almost dropped the item in a fright like a child caught doing something bad. "If you eat that, it won''t only end with pain." "...You seem to have forgotten. I''m a monster. I won''t die like this." "..." "And I was just trying to get a little taste." Ha-rim stares. I averted my eyes. She held out her hand to me in the mirror. Do you want to shake hands? "E, isn''t it heavy? I''ll hold it." "...I''m fine." POV Switch - 3rd person Ha-rim''s expression bes serious at E''s curt reaction. Becuse she remembered that the curse of the Buddha statua also posed a threat to E. Couldn''t the mental attack from the ice cream truck affect E? That''s what she thought. Looks like they need to purify her. "Eun-jeong, purification." "Eh... What?" "Purification." -Jingle. Divine aura spreads. It sounded pleasant for the children, but it tickled E who is a monster. "What?! Wait, Ha-rim, you!" "E, are you okay now? Give me the ice cream." "No, you''re-" When she was about to say "misunderstanding", Ha-rim took Eun-jeong bell and kept shaking it. In this type of situation, she has no mercy. -Jingle jingle jingle. POV Switch - E "Aah?!" A bell that sways rhythmically. My body trembles and shivers. Tickle! Tickle! I hurriedly passed the ice cream before an embarrassing sound came out of my mouth. I never though Ha-rim would do this to me. And when I got a little upset and tried to open my mouth. "Sorry. I was worried about E. Are you okay now?" It''s cowardly. The worried eyes were pitiful. "...Don''t make so much noise with the bell in the streets." Ha-rim nodded and gave me the candy in her pockets. I put it in my mouth. Moving forward again, there''s a crossroad. As long we sneak past here we will arrive at the ce. The kids froze for a moment. Because of a very strange sight. What they were looking at was the other side of the fork in the road where we were supposed to go, which was a park filed with trees. It was too much to call it an eco-friendly park. The vines invaded where people could rest, and it was unpleasantly damp. The park is dark both during the day and night thanks to the growing trees that block even the sunlight. But that isn''t the most peculiar thing. Like fruits, mobile phones, earpieces, walkie-talkies, etc. Any electronic for calling were hanging in clusters. In addition to that, there were dozen of old public phone boots under the trees. Some were broken and some were intact, but most were rusted out and no one would want to use them. A space where items of human civilization and eerie nature meet to create a surreal atmosphere. I have no doubt that it has the magical power of bewitching people. I said, guiding the children who were staring nkly to that direction. "Even if you have to run away, never go in there." If you don''t want to meet the second boss. Chapter 20 Chapter 20 The ce we arrived is an old gray building. I thought about it when I yed the game, but it''s a very deste building. The shape is like a cube, and there are no graffiti, windows nor even the name of the building present. I think it''s probably because the creators made it a little rough. Get to work, developers. There is only one entrance. The front door. Ha-rim approaches and turns the doorknob. Click. [It doesn''t open. I think I need a key.] I got out of the mirror and tried to break down the door, feeling as if such a message would appear in the game. "E wait!" Ha-rim stopped me and took out a key from her bag. As expected from a yable character... Her item picking skills are top-notch. I didn''t care and took a kicking stance. "Why are you trying to break the door when we have the key?!" You wouldn''t know. The feeling of having to go through puzzles or riddles while rummaging through every nook and cranny of the stage to open a locked door. Click! While Suho stopped me, Ha-rim opened the door with the key. Unbelievable! When I looked at Ha-rim with my eyes trembling from the feeling of betrayal, she avoided my gaze. "The door... I don''t think you need to break it!" Impossible. We entered the building. Unlike the stark exterior, there were quite a few decent pieces of furniture inside. There are a lot of familiar furniture that would bemonly used in a normal home, so it gives a sense of alienation. The building has three floors. And on each floor, there are three rooms with doors on the left and right, and each ce is decorated like a child''s bedroom. The three mirrors brought by the children were ced on each floor. This made it easier for me to supervise. I didn''t forget to check each room before starting. Also, it would be difficult for any spiders toe out. No cobwebs or anything. It''s clear. Sandman and Boogeyman. Sandman is an entity who encourages sleep and is known to help people do that by sprinkling sand in their eyes. They may not be evil in the folklore, but the unknown has always evoked fear. Next, the Boogeyman is a monster who mainly targets children, scaring them by hiding behind doors, inside closets, and under beds. An imaginary entity created by adults to scare kids. It is no exaggeration to say that they are the main enemies of children. "Are your hearts ready? If so, turn on that music box." When Ha-rim opened the lid of the music box on top of the drawer, the music starts ying by itself. A song to put children to sleep. It makes me feel ufortable because the ghost is actually forcing me to sleep. Blink. Blink. The lights used to illuminate the inside of the building flickers and thenpletely turn off. Instead, glowing sun and moon-shaped stickers stuck to the wallpaper revealed the inside. Squeak... The door to the backmost room on the first floor opens. There stood an old man with bloodshot eyes in pajamas. It''s Sandman. The Sandman had a beard that was so thick that it hid his face, and he put his hand inside the beard and pulled out an hourss. He ced it in the hallway. Then went back to his room. An hourss ced in a conspicuous ce. "Get in position." Ha-rim stood in front of the door and the children each picked up a piece of furniture that could be used as a weapon. A grain of sand fell in the hourss. "Start." Sand slowly rises form the bottom. POV Switch - Ha-rim There are a total of five rooms on this floor. Among them, we have to find the Boogeyman and Sandman who are hiding. I opened the notebook. The strategy that E had told me was written down. On the first floor, Sandman''s hiding ce is the bed in the room with the sun pattern on it. I opened the door and removed the nket from the bed. Sandman, who was hiding, red resentfully with red bloodshot eyes. I swallowed my saliva. The resentment was so deep that I couldn''t see the depth, so it was hard to endure it. Then, Sandman didn''t do anything, turned invisible and disappeared. And suddenly drowsiness pours in. It feels like if I fall asleep now, I will never wake up. The sound of the music box urges me to sleep. I staggered outside. Next, I went into the room where the moon,ntern, and bonfire were drawn. The Boogeyman''s hiding ce is under the bed opposite to Sandman''s. Because of my hazy mind, I could put my face under the bed without hesitation. There was a man with a pale face and a wide smile. His limbs were unusually long, making him look like an insect. Rather than hidden under the bed, it looked like he was crumpled. [-!!!!!!] He suddenly screamed. My hazy mind gets startled and wakes up. After the boogeyman screamed, he ran upstairs on all fours. Thumpthump. My startled heart starts beating faster and faster. As if it will explode! I chased after the Boogeyman and headed upstairs. The sand in my feet hinders my running. When I looked closely, it was a hand made of sand. In addition, little by little it took on a human form. Puck! Suho blocks the sand hand holding my leg with his shield. It was obviously sand, so there would be no damage, but it seemed to be in pain. Kyeong-min and Eun-jeong were also holding furniture and blocking the sand creatures as much as possible. I didn''t miss the chance and ran. -Jingle. Eun-jeong saw me running and rang the bell to lighten my body. Running is much better now. Second floor. We have to find the Sandman again. If I find Sandman, I will fall into a sleep from which I will not wake up. Before that happens, find the Boogeyman and wake up. And when I meet the Boogeyman, my startled heart beats fast and bursts. I need to do this repetitive task of finding Sandman again and calming down. In the notebook, Sandman is in the closet of the room with the picture of a pillow. I opened it. This time, the Sandman terrifyingly crumples his face. Tears of blood were flowing from his eyes. As he tore the pillow he had brought to sleep, he red at me as if to warn that he would kill me if I disturbed his sleep again, then disappeared once more. Drowsiness pours. When I left the room, the members were also on the second floor. The stairs are blocked by a human figure. I met E''s eyes in the mirror ced on the second floor. It was a pretty smiling face. I guess I''m doing well. But I have to hurry. The next room is a bedroom with the picture of an rm clock. Entering the room, I opened the box ced in a corner. There was a crumpled Boogeyman there. Kideugkideug.1 [-!!!!!!] A scream that hurts the eardrum. I wake up from sleepiness. The Boogeyman jumps out of the box and runs upstairs. I follow him without hesitation. Third floor. This time, out of the six rooms, two doors were quietly opened. At first nce, it looked like that the Sandman and the Boogeyman forgot to close the door as they entered. I opened the notebook. 3rd floor. Ignore the open doors. Reveal the hidden 7th door. As written, I entered and exited the first room on the left three times and entered and exited the second room on the right once. The room I came out of has turned into a in wall. It was the same every other door, but instead there was a trapdoor at the end of the hallway. I nced at the mirror on the third floor and opened the trapdoor. It was deep like a sewer, and I wouldn''t go down even as a joke. I heard a strange sound from the bottom of the dark and listened. [Death to the child who disturbed sleep.] [Death to the child who does not sleep.] A figure with arge body was slowly climbing up. A ck spherical monster with the Sandman and Boogeyman''s faces wriggles and runs towards me. Looking at it, it has ck legs. It drags the slimy mucus and tries to catch me with its eight pairs of legs! [Kiaaaaakk!!!] The gap between the two faces widened, and a long tongue emerged from it. I had a bad feeling about it. I freaked out and took a step back. The monster burst out of the trapdoor and ran towards me. It nned to swallow me in one bite while opening its mouth. "If you''re hungry, would you like to eat this?" E jumped out from behind me and threw the cherry ice cream at it. The monster gulps it down. It started convulsing like hydrochloric acid had been poured into its mouth. [Kieeeeekk!!!] E, did you try to eat that? I stared at her with my tired eyes. It even made me wonder if the monster was stabbed too. E walked lightly and shed the Sandman and Boogeyman''s faces off with her knife. Dark red blood gushed out. Urgh. How could E do such a cruel thing so calmly? "Ha-rim. Give me the notebook." I handed it to E. She rubbed it against the blood. The notebook was dyed red. Seeing that, E muttered, "There''s not much blood". The monster turned into smoke and was absorbed into E''s body. ording to her, the time to be active outside became longer. What''s the principle? Step. Step. One by one, the memberse up to the third floor. After defeating the monster, the sand seems to have disappeared as well. E said that today is over, so we should go back. I''m d there are no surprises this time! Now all that remains is to return to school and relieve our mental exhaustion. POV Switch - E I looked at the red notebook in my hand and made a satisfied expression. I didn''t do a lot this time. I didn''t intervene except for thest second to build up the children''s experience, and they did a really good job. In particr, the gimmick that Ha-rim experienced is easy to make mistakes, but it''s really reliable to know they can deal with it. We started going back the way we came. There were no unexpected situations, so I felt good today. I feel good, and I don''t think I''ve materialized much. Shall we step out of the mirror and guide the children this time? I stepped out and enjoyed the fresh air. I told the kids that I was leading the way. "E~ Don''t go too fast!" said Ha-rim anxiously. I don''t know who is worried about whom. I gave a small warning and passed the fork in the road we had seen previously. "..." And there was something that shouldn''t have been there. ... I gave a hand signal to stop and wait behind my back without being obvious. Ha-rim, who noticed it, stops the group. There is a sense of tension. I nced at the children to see if they had stopped and turned my gaze back to "her". A little girl wearing a hat decorated with sunflowers. She was staring at me with a nk expression. Oh god why is she outside the boss stage. I stay quiet. She tilts her head at my silence. "Hello E." I forced a smile and replied. "...Hi Mary." Chapter 21 Chapter 21 Mary. It is one of the most famous ghost stories. If you search Mary''s Phone on the Inte right away, you will find out what it is. There are many variations, but there''s something they all have inmon. [Hello, it''s Mary. I''m right at XXX now.] Mary calls the person in the ghost story. After telling the person who answered the phone her location, she hangs up. [Hello, it''s Mary. I''m right at XXX now.] Another call. The main character of the story, who thought it was a prank call, realizes that the location Mary is talking about is getting closer to him. When the terrified protagonist gets thest phone call. [Hello, it''s Mary. I''m right behind you now.] It is said that the person who receives thest call dies. What was surprising was that this vicious monster who kills people greeted me. It''s a different reaction from the monsters who have attacked me because of invading their territory, and the atmosphere is also different from those who just say what they want without letting you talk. She even knows my name. There shouldn''t have been any way to talk to Mary, but maybe a boss-level monster is something different? Come to think of it, E also talked to me normally. I said something safe to Mary, who stared nkly at me. "Long time no see..." I nced at Mary''s eyes. It is difficult to read because she''s expressionless. Fortunately, Mary nodded her head in agreement. "Yeah. It''s been a while since we''ve talked. And now E can get out of the mirror." Apparently, E and Mary are acquaintances. How did the two of them knew each other? What they both have inmon is that they are bosses in charge of chapters one and two. Quite interesting. "Huh? Ah, I can do it now..." "That''s right. That''s great. One of E''s wishes hase true." "What E- I wished for?" At my question, Mary''s expression showed a feeling of doubt. So it wasn''t all that expressionless. "E sometimes forgets. But has E even forgotten her wishes?" I felt a strong pressure from the face that seemed indifferent to everything in the world. It''s a reaction to seeing something that could never happen. It''s andmine. I hurriedly dismissed it. "Of course I remember. I''m just surprised that you remembered." "So it''s like that. E and Mary didn''t talk much. But Mary still remembers what E said." Hmm? We aren''t that close? The more she talks, the more riddlese out. It''s like a sphinx. "Why didn''t we talk a lot~?" At my question, Mary puffed out her cheeks, looking a little angry. "E has a bad personality. E told Mary not to call because it was annoying. Doesn''t E remember that?" Said Mary, pointing to the receiver in her own hand. E, this bad-tempered girl. She even had a temper with other monsters. Judging from the emphasis on the receiver, it seems that she was using the phone rather than meeting her. "That... Was it? Ahem, ahem... Why is Mary here?" "Mary felt the monsters rejoice. So she came out for a while to find out. It''s awkward to leave ''home'', but Mary thinks she has gotten bettertely. E too?" What does she mean? The monsters are happy? I want to ask, but I think it''s better to end this. I don''t want to take any further risks. "Yeah. Right... Will Mary still be here? E is about to leave. By the way... Isn''t awkward being out of ''home'' for too long?" "I see. Then Mary will go back too. I''ll call you from time to time, so answer it. Don''t get angry at Mary again..." "Okay, I won''t get angry." I''m d to hear you''re going home. But I don''t even have a phone, so how can I contact you? No, let''s not think about it too deeply. Any more riddles and I''ll get a headache. I waved and said goodbye to Mary. Then she turned her head and went back to where she came. Chapter two boss Mary... She''s a person of interest. I watched her as I signaled to the children toe out quickly. They rushed off and went out of Mary''s perceptible range. I barely caught my breath and followed the kids. At Ha-rim''s eyes asking who that monster was, I quietly said "I''ll tell you at school, so let''s just go for now." Phew. I''m getting really tired. I have to go back and rest. ... Back at school, I exined to Kyeong-min about the red notebook. It''s not a finished artifact yet, but it should be usable. If Eun-jeong''s artifact is in charge of purifying and buffing, Kyeong-min''s one is in charge of debuffing. Before acquiring [Evil Beast''s Eye], you can use [Slow], which is a downgraded version of [Restriction]. With Eun-jeong''s [Speed], thepatibility is good. Kyeong-min didn''t like the fact that the notebook was stained with blood. However, being able to use a magical artifact was too attractive. When I sat around having dinner with the children, Ha-rim brought up the topic of what happened during the day. "E. Who is that monster called Mary?" "Hm... Have you ever heard of [Mary''s Phone Call]? At this moment, Kyeong-min took out his notebook, flipped through the pages and read the information he knew. Most of the contents matched the information I had. "The girl you saw during the day is Mary, the monster of that story." "As expected." Ha-rim herself had an idea about Mary''s identity, as it was a famous story. But the real question was something else. "Is E close to Mary?" Eun-jeong asks me. This is what I was curious about. Friendship between monsters is a new information even for me to hear. However, if I recklessly say that I am close, wouldn''t my position be ambiguous... "It''s a familiar face. But we''re not very close. Even if I tell not to, she would kill you if she saw you?" I said while staring at Suho in particr. In each chapter, one child dies, and in thest chapter, only Ha-rim survives and fights thest boss. Originally, if Kyeong-min died in chapter one, Suho would die in chapter two. While trying to protect Eun-jeong from Mary, who suddenly appeared behind, he is stabbed instead. Suho has the shield, and I''m present, so it won''t go the way it was originally. Still, the risk is unavoidable. "E will warn you in advance, if Mary decides to attack, it isn''t guaranteed that even she can stop it." The words made the children nervous. I showed them a brute force to deal with even thergest monsters without getting hurt. Even with the body of a delicate girl, no one will think that I am weak. Because of this, my words will sound heavier. After all, the difference in strength between me, the prologue boss, and Mary, who was weak and was barely able to attack, was too great. No matter how much I absorb monsters and be stronger little by little, I can''t win while protecting everyone. Our only option is to avoid and hold out as much as possible until "they" arrive. "If Mary attacks, don''t intervene and run away. We''re not ready to take her down. The situation is different fromst time, so don''t even think that you can survive if you do well. If you don''t follow my words, I will not help you." If they intervene likest time, one person will definitely die. But if I fight alone, I will be able to survive by wasting time. Assuming that there is a marked mirror left, if I hide in it, Mary can''t harm me. "The answer?" "...Okay." After hearing Ha-rim, I put the remaining macaron into my mouth, Hmm! What an amazing sweetness. "Come on guys, don''t be too nervous. Mary went back without doing anything, and we''ve been doing great so far!" Ha-rim brought an object to relieve the heavy mood. It was something like wooden sticks in a circr cup, and it was used for drawing lots. "Oh, was that in the teacher''s office?" When Suho asked, Ha-rim nodded. "It''s used when choosing someone to stay on duty, and the person who draws the special stick loses. But today''s game is not that, but a king''s game!"1 King Game. A game in which the person who draws the prize bes the king and gives orders. You have to give orders by naming them by number, and the king cannot know the number. I heard that it''s often done at drinking parties, but since I was always bullied, I had no reason to y drinking games. I might be a little expectant. Ha-rim put the cup in the middle of the group, and everyone pulled the sticks at the same time. What I held in my hand was the winning stick. I was thrilled inside. I, who was called the ghost of misfortune, won the prize! It was nothing short of a miracle. This is because the unlucky constitution disappeared when the body changed. If you look at it differently, it would be strange if I was still unlucky. I gave the order while shaking the winning stick in triumph. "Number one, imitate a dog." Then, Kyeong-min sighed and stood on all fours. "Woof..." As if embarrassed, Kyeong-min lowered his head. I couldn''t hold back the burst ofughter and made fun of him. "Ahahaha! He said woof woof! Aren''t you quite good at this? "..." It looks like his hands are shaking, but I''m sure he isn''t angry, right? We put the sticks back in the cup. Ha-rim closed her eyes and mixed them around. We pull out. Another winning stick! I said with a rxed smile. "Hm... Number two, handstands for one minute." "Eek!" Is it Eun-jeong this time? Seeing her like that, Iughed. She leaned against the wall and grunted. After the hard work, she was out of breath. "Hm... Eun-jeong, didn''t you need to exercise? Shouldn''t you thank me?" "..." I continued to draw the winning stick after that. Even I felt ufortable with myself. But it was purely idental, so the children were speechless. Me, who became king, made Suho and Kyeong-min hug, made Eun-jeong jump like a rabbit, and made Ha-rim tell her embarrassing dark history. Finding out what the children disliked, I persistently dug into that weakness and ordered it. And at the end, I couldn''t stand still and made fun of them. A situation where the head is dominated by the body. POV Switch - 3rd Person The kids nned to give only light penalties, considering that if they became king, E would be angry with the punishment. Even though they became quite close, they still had fear of the monster named E. "Ahahaha! Aren''t you guys really luck? Without me, you wouldn''t be able to live even one second in this world? Hmm... What would be the cause of death? identally hit by an old chandelier and die? Something like that~?" But now, in the hearts of the children, they were filled with only the desire to take revenge on E''s depravity, which was fueled by her excitement. E, who had been babbling ording to her bodily instinct, did not stop mocking until the moment she put the stick back. POV Switch - E "Um~ Let''s see." I checked the stick. Tsk, number three. Not the king this time. Well, it''s not like I''m being punished for not being the king, so I regained my rxed smile. It was Ha-rim who held the winning stick. However, Ha-rim''s expression was strange. It was the first time I saw such a cruel expression. She was looking at me as if she was looking at her enemy. Did I mess around too much? Looking back, maybe I was too immersed. Being excited while ying is no different from a child. I will have to restrain myself. But she doesn''t know my number, so even if she wants to take revenge, she can''t. As soon as I realized that, ridicule came out without my knowledge. "You want revenge? But what? You don''t know my number, so you can''t punish me." Oops. ...It doesn''t matter. Originally, the strong enjoy many things. Today is a lucky day. No chance for revenge. I was proud! [Luck].2 Until Ha-rim''s ne shines. "Number three." It was a voice colder than a Yuki-onna breath.3 I involuntarily shuddered. It must have been quite a shock to have her dark history exposed. Was it too embarrassing to go to a supernatural spot for the club leader assignment and get startled multiple times by animals that jumped out? I waited patiently for the punishment. "Get tickled by everyone." "Pft." What is this? Tickling doesn''t hurt, and I can''t feel it very well. You call this revenge? Is it because they are kids? However, the eyes of the children approaching me were unusual. I gulped and stepped out of the mirror. I raised both my arms as a sign to tickle me. Ha-rim came up behind me and touched my armpit. "Kya?!" Ah. What happened? Even if it just brushed by? "Wait a moment..." s, Ha-rim didn''t stop. I knew for the first time that tickling can be painful. "Hu! Ha! Ahahahaha! Stop! Ahahahaha!" After making a lot of embarrassing noises, Ha-rim let go of me. I shuddered. I never thought tickling could be this scary. I didn''t know because I had never been tickled by anyone. "Phew... Is it over?" But this time, Suho grabbed my shoulders from the back and Eun-jeong pulled me down. Kyeong-min was looking at my body and estimating where I would be weak. Ah. All of them are angry. "Wait a minute. E admits she was ying too far. But E doesn''t think she''ll be very happy if it continues." "..." "Even a monster can make mistakes. It''s a game for E in the first ce, so shouldn''t E have fun?" "..." "Are... Are you angry? Are you going to get mad? Hm? I''m going to pull the knife and swing it. If you quit now, I will forgive you... Huh?!" At that moment, my head was hit with a stimulus that would cause my body to squirm. Why? Why aren''t you guys afraid of me yet?! "Ahahahahaha! Heh! Ah! Hahaha!" Foot, waist, and armpits are trampled. It was even more ruthless because they were children. These guys are demons. Devils! My lungs hurt, and one second equals one year. Why the hell did they do such a nasty thing! Especially Kyeong-min and Suho! Are you guys getting revenge for the teasing from thest time. Please make this hell end. POV Switch - 3rd Person "...He... Ha... Ahaha... Uhh..." As a result of the revenge, E, who had been tickled until the children''s anger were relieved, was limp. Eun-jeong looked at her anxiously. "Ha-rim, E is broken..." E was staring into space with dead eyes. It was shocking that Ha-rim had made E, who was terrifying even to herself, get to this point. What if she got up and shed with her knife. But if she really didn''t like it, she could just stab everyone and get out. Letting herself get pranked like this means E must think of them as true friends! Realizing that, Ha-rim said with a pleasant smile. "Hm... Let''s end the game with this." Ha-rim helped E return to the mirror by raising her up, helping her recover quicker. And, of course, she gave E choctes of apology. With today as an opportunity, E and the children have became friends who could exchange pranks without realizing it. On one hand, E flinched and was startled at the mere sight of the bending motion of their fingers, but she couldn''t bear to be mad at the kids. And on the other hand, it was the first time of her life that sheughed so wildly while afraid of tickling, so it''s a secret that she felt a strange sense of relief. Chapter 22 Chapter 22 It was midnight. I heard the sound of someone swinging something at the end of the hallway, so I checked to see if it was an intruder. There, Suho was wielding his shield. "What are you doing at this hour?" "Huh? E is here?" Now you don''t get surprised when I suddenly appear behind. As if Suho had not swung once or twice, he was covered in sweat. What are you working so hard on? "I just practiced because I wanted to handle the shield a little better." This is a wonderful thing. But it is dangerous to be alone. I didn''t sprinkle purifying salt in the ssroom and club room for nothing. "It''s dangerous to walk around alone. Aren''t you too careless?" Suho scratched his head at my words. He was smiling softly. I felt annoyed and asked why he was smiling. "Seeing it this way. E seems to worry about us a lot." "...I''m just keeping my promise. I know you want to protect them, but it''s not good to be alone." Suho became sullen. I felt a bit sorry for him, so I added some words. "...If you''re practicing, I''ll stand by your side." I avoided Suho''s gaze, looking as if my words were surprising. I did said I would help them, but it is still unexpected. First of all, it''s because I''m a monster. Protecting them is enough to fulfill the promise, but this right now was obviously kindness. "I''ll only protect you for a short while. Go to bed when you''re done." "Uh... Okay." After that, Suho silently swung his shield. He seemed to pay attention to his center of gravity, as if he knew that it was easy to be swayed by a shield because he had the body of a child. He also showed an attitude of throwing his attacks at a stable angle, and thinking about it, Ha-rim, Kyeong-min, and Suho all showed to have good brains. Why is Eun-jeong not included? She doesn''t like to move and often shows a fierce personality... It''s awkward just watching without saying anything. Shall we try talking? Usually, children with tendencies to protect others often have an object of protection from early on in their lives. Recalling that, I indirectly asked him. "Do you have a brother?"1 "Eh? How did you know? I have one younger sister." "Just a feeling." "But why did you ask if I have a brother?" When I brought up the topic, Suho stopped his practice and started talking. Looks like this guy is close with his sister. I was an only child, so I wondered what it would feel like to have a younger sister. "What does it feel like to have a sister? Just asking." "Hm... Annoying. Sometimes we have to share a lot, and she always messes with myputer." "..." "But I am her brother. I want to protect her." Is it like that? If I had a guardian, no, an older brother, would he have wanted to take care of me?2 No matter how much I think about it, I''m sure he would try to kick me out of the house like my mother... Even if I listen to him, it is difficult to understand. "Understanding it... It''s difficult." As I muttered, Suho looked sad. Is it something to be so sad about not being able to form a consensus? "Even if it''s not necessarily a family member like a sister, you might want to protect someone. For example... Friends with weak stamina like Eun-jeong. The more affection you get, the bigger your heart grows. What about E?" "Um... Because you are weaker than me, I want to protect you..." Aren''t I saying something very strange right now? What is this guy talking about? Looking back, I could see that the corners of Suho''s mouth went up the more I spoke. Could he be doing this on purpose... "Are you teasing E?" When I narrowed my eyes, he shook his hand in embarrassment. "What? No! I''m just d you''re worried about us." "...I remember being tickled the other day, so you better be careful." "Ahaha... We were in a happy mood at that time. Did you hate it that much?" "Did you just ask if I hated it?! You tormented E so mercilessly!" I was honestly about to cry. "But E made fun of us too. At that time, we were very embarrassed. It was your own fault!" This little boy... Retorted?! This guy! You''ve grown so much! Sigh... Enough. What I am doing arguing with the kid. It''s good that he''sfortable, but I never thought he''d tease me the other way around. I don''t hate it. "Now go to bed and sleep. It''ste." "Okay." Suho wiped himself with a towel hung in the bathroom and cleaned himself with soap. As I was staring at him, he gave me a nce asking me not to look. I moved to another nearby mirror. After confirming that he had finished cleaning up and entered the club room, I continued to patrol. ...The younger sister. She must be out there. "..." No. I epted it. It''s already over. I am not a child! I washed my face dry to break my thoughts. I need to get some fresh air outside. It was the moment when I slipped out of the mirror. The paws of a white beast appeared in my field of vision. "Urgh?!" A physical force that could not be resisted with a body with a small mass. I said goodbye to the floor and my body flew through the air. While flying, I looked back. White fur. Looks like a tiger. It''s [Jangsanbeom]!3 Why are you here? And he jumped out of the mirror. Plus, right at the moment I got out of it The situation is dire. But even if I am flying, the wall is right behind. I just need to kick it and jump towards him. [Ding dong!] I bent my legs tond on the wall, but there was no collision between my feet and what I was waiting for. There is no wall. What happened? without knowing why, I was pushed into the space that reced the wall. "An elevator?" I intuitively sensed a crisis. But before I could even put strength into my legs, the elevator closed. [Ding dong! Going to the 666th floor.] "Open it! Open the door!" I punched the door, but it didn''t even budge. This was a "gimmick" type, so it seemed difficult to physically interfere. [Ding dong!] When I woke up, I was in a dark space. The elevator that took me was nowhere to be found. I can''t move to a mirror. Shit... POV Switch - Ha-rim Tweet tweet tweet... The sound of birds chirping. A symbol of morning. Me and the others opened our eyes. As expected, the sun hung in the sky greeted us. Oh, good morning! I shook Eun-jeong, who was sleeping, for her to wake up and fix her clothes. [Everyone, we have to go to ss now.] The teacher said vacation is already over. Soothing my regret, I asked Kyeong-min. "What was this ss again?" "It''s math!" Eun-jeongined. "Urgh... I hate math." I rummage through my bag to find the textbook... Where is it? I searched everywhere, but it wasn''t here. It was full of strange trinkets. There were a lot of bouncy balls that looked like frog eggs. But since I''m in school, I need the textbooks. I put on my bag and said. "Teacher, I don''t have any books." I told the truth to the teacher outside the ssroom. But why didn''t he enter already? [The teacher will give you an extra, soe outside.] Everyone stood up at the same time. Then, one after another, they lined up and headed for the door. I''m having a headache. Why? Is it because I ate salty food from the convenience store? No, something is weird... "Ha-rim, what''s wrong?" Suho asks me. "I just feel like I forgot something. Come to think of it, Suho, didn''t you forget your shield?" "Oh, right. It''s important, but I forgot." Then, Kyeong-min and Eun-jeong also said they forgot and pulled out their own items. "Let''s go now." We stood in a line, starting with Suho, and me at the very end. We opened the door and took two steps outside. We always did this, so why it feels so awkward? My head hurts. As if resisting something that invades the mind. It''s weird. It''s so strange! [Survival]. The moment I left the ssroom, the ne glowed. Immediately, I threw myself at the children in front. The others who were pushed by my body fell down one after another. "Urgh?!" The paws of a white beast passed over my head at the same time we fell. A single attack powerful enough to cut the air; If it hit, our heads would became powder. Without a chance for the beast to raise its head, I pulled out the pin of the fire extinguisher that was right next to me and blocked its vision. [Ha-rim, what are you doing!!!] "Don''t imitate the teacher!" He is someone who listens to even a simple counseling seriously! Swoosh! The front paw swings again in the ce where I was. It heard my voice and attacked, but missed. I strongly shook Eun-jeong to bring her to her senses. She rang the bell with a hazy expression. -Jingle. Then, the mind became clear and the members who noticed this abnormal situation took their positions. Suho raised his shield and Kyeong-min opened his red notebook. The fire extinguisher mist gradually disappeared and the monster that attacked us was revealed. Red eyes and white fur. A monster in the shape of a tiger. I know what it is, it''s a very famous monster. Jangsanbeom. A beast that mimics human voices. Its pictured to have a brutal, warlike and bloodthirsty image. Faced with danger, E naturally came to my mind. Where is E? Why isn''t she helping us?! The salt sprinkled on the front door must have worked since it didn''t attack us when we were sleeping! I decided we had to go back inside. "!!!" But there, instead of a door, an elevator was revealing its inner space, like a beast opening its mouth. The door was obviously on the inside of where the salt was sprinkled. This was the loophole in preventing the "physical" intrusion that E was talking about. Before I could fully grasp the situation, Jangsanbeom tensed. Kyeong-min noticed it and warned us. "Be careful! It''s going to jump!" Hearing those words, Suho stepped forward. As expected, Jangsanbeom, who kicked the floor and jumped to attack us, collided with the shield. "Urgh!" It wouldn''t be strange if Suho has pushed back, but thanks to the enchantment on the shield, it seemed to have helped him maintain his position. [Don''t ignore the teacher''s words!!!] Before even asking if he''s okay, Jangsanbeom prepares for the next attack. It''s better to dodge this attack than to block it. "Eun-jeong!" After calling her name, she rang the bell again. -Jingle. My body bes lighter. After reading my thoughts, Suho backed away little by little, and with lighter movements, he let go of the attack, not blocking it anymore. Our bodies became lighter, but the beast is still too fast. I threw the empty fire extinguisher, but it doesn''t affect it. Even if we run away, he is faster than us who have the bell''s effect! What do we do now! At this moment, Kyeong-min looked at the red notebook in his hand and muttered something. He waved his hand as if performing a ritual and sprinkled red powder that suddenly appeared at the monster! [Cough! Cough! Who''s throwing the chalk!!] It''s movement have slowed down! With this, even if we run away, we won''t be caught! "We have no means of attack! Let''s run away for now!" Without E, who had the biggest power, all we could do was hold out. We have to retreat. After saying that, I turned around. Then Eun-jeong grabbed my arm. She looked like she saw something bad. No way... [Am I pretty?] ...A woman in a red mask was approaching from the other hallway. I wanted to scream. But no. In such urgent situation, we can''t run away, and Suho, who keeps blocking the Jangsanbeom, is also being pushed back. We can survive if we take one side out. Action rather than thought. All of a sudden, I ran to the Jangsanbeom. "Suho, stop him!" "You''re being reckless again!" While Suho said that, he protected me with his shield from the attack. I deliberately hit Jangsanbeom and ran away. [Oh my god~ Did Ha-rim hit me? I guess she wants to die?] Now it even imitates E''s way of speaking. It feels dirty. "I''ll take care of him! You guys, while dealing with that woman, find an opportunity and run away!" I ran towards the stairs to the next floor. The monster moved at the same speed as me even while cursed by Kyeong-min. I rummaged through my bag. I took a sticker among the frog eggs. How do I use this? -E. How do we use this? -It''s a sticker. Just take it off. The school stairs are in the form of a curved square staircase. When you climb all the first steps, the second part is faced the other way. The moment Jangsanbeom was going to pass by me, I used the sticker. I felt a strange aura enveloping me. I noticed my body became transparent! I held my breath and leaned against the wall. "..." Fortunately, it passed by me and ran upstairs. Did I barely escaped him? I calmed my excessively beating heart and organized my thoughts. Monsters broke into the school. The number is at least three. An elevator monster, a red mask, and the long-legged behemoth. Let''s see what I can do. I sneaked up the stairs and thought of a way to kill the Jangsanbeom. If I use the items I picked outside the school... [Hahahaha! Kakakaka!] Laughter interrupts my thoughts. I put my body back against the wall and inspected the situation. Kids my age walk by,ughing happily. They shook like mirages. Even so, the dangerous weapons in their hands scratched the walls and floors. Thankfully, I was still transparent, so I wasn''t caught, but if I''m chased by both Jangsanbeom and the kids at the same time, I will one-hundred percent die. What''s happening. E, where the hell are you! Chapter 23 Chapter 23 While Ha-rim lured Jangsanbeom, Kyeong-min, Suho, and Eun-jeong confronted the woman wearing a red mask. As soon as Kyeong-min saw her mask, he knew what kind of monster she was. As for her identity, as the appearance suggests, it''s [Red Mask]1 Besides, she even holds scissors, so there is no room for misunderstanding. As Suho moved to block the approaching [Red Mask], Kyeong-min stopped him. "Calm down. Running away is the priority." Suho was only thinking about protecting the group from the opponent in front of them because his thinking was dull due to being exposed to danger. When Kyeong-min stopped him, it was only then that he felt the blood rushing to his head subside. "Eun-jeong, are you okay?" Kyeong-min asked Eun-jeong, who might have panicked, to make sure. Eun-jeong has trained her mind by experiencing strange things, so she can respond with courage! She answered. Kyeong-min looked at the red mask before running away. She just approaches and doesn''t attack. Why? The [Red Mask], feeling the gaze, took off its mask and revealed a mouth torn up to the ears. Eun-jeong instinctively hid behind Suho. [Am I pretty?] Kyeong-min guessed she didn''t attack because she wanted to ask this. "Um... I mean." He thought he would die no matter what he answered here. In the ghost stories, if you say she''s ugly, she''ll get offended and kill you, and if you say she''s pretty, she''ll make you look the same. So how about avoiding the answer? He awkwardly took the time, pretending to be troubled. "I mean... Hm... If you look closely... Hm... That... Wait a minute... Ahem..." He''s fiddling with his sses for no reason. [...] "If you look carefully at the straight chin... No... This style... Quite..." He even pretended to search the Inte for trendy styles, even though he didn''t have connection. [...] "Wow, it''s really pretty!... It may or may not seem like it... But looking at it objectively..." [Red Mask], who had been listening quietly, swung the scissors as if angry. [Die.] "Run away!!" Time wasting doesn''t work! Kyeong-min thought he was good ating up with ideas like Ha-rim. "Let''s go to the ssroom! It was the only other ce where E sprinkled the salt!" "Right, that ce!" They are in a state of being speeded up as allies of Eun-jeong. The red mask was also much faster than a normal person, but it was nothingpared to them. The children entered the ssroom with the salt sprinkled. Slide click. "It will be safe here for now." Kyeong-min gulped and looked at the small window on the door. The [Red Mask], staring nkly at them from the outside, scratched the wall with the scissors in her hand and went back. Survived. "What about Ha-rim? We have to help!" Eun-jeong said, fidgeting with her fingers. Kyeong-min answered as he fixed his sses. "I think so too. But after a while. If we leave immediately, we will run into the red mask again." Suho, who fixed his shield in order to jump out at any moment, also judged that his words made sense. The shielder took a deep breath, calmed down, and suggested that it would be good to leave in three minutes. "Is there any way to defeat it?" As Suho murmurs, the children fall into thought. At a time like this, they wondered if Ha-rim would havee up with an idea right away. "Ah." One minuteter, an exmation flowed from Kyeong-min''s mouth. Suho asked if he had any good ideas. "There is." "Really?" Suho''s face brightened. He looked at Kyeong-min with expectant eyes. "Yes, I know." However, Kyeong-min''s eyes were strange. The pupils are blurry. "About the case of a group death of children in an orphanage that used to house kids with disabilities." ... "...What?" Ominous words kepting out of Kyeong-min''s mouth. "The vigers thought that the handicapped children were disgusting, so the food has been poisoned. The poisoned kids vomited, cried and then died. The woman who looked after them cursed the vigers as she shed tears of blood. Rumor has it that she made a pact with the devil or something? Huh. It''s really unfortunate. I saw people struggling like bugs, the vige was set on fire and people fled." "What the hell are you talking about! Wake up!" Suho shakes Kyeong-min wildly, but he doesn''t show signs ofing to his senses. Eun-jeong hurriedly tried to purify him with the bell. "...But none of them escaped. They were caught like bugs in a spider''s web and died one by one. Later, the bodies of the dead came up from the graves, and they looked like spiders with eight legs..." Kyeong-min isn''t even listening. Then, Eun-jeong pointed at the top of his head. She seemed to gesture that there was something there. Eun-jeong has good senses. Then... Suho''s shield brushed right above Kyeong-min''s head. Then bam! There was a noise and the sound of hitting something. When Suho narrowed his eyes, he was able to recognize a transparent object on Kyeong-min''s head. He was possessed. The existence suffered and then disappeared. Being possessed by a ghost is amon ghost story, so it manifested as a monster. "Cough! Cough!" "Kyeong-min, are you okay now?" He gasped and said with a bluish face that he almost died. A monster appeared before, this time it''s a monster again. There were too many. What happened to the peaceful time just now? Kyeong-min even thought that someone had intentionally summoned the monsters. Suho put his face out of the ssroom together with Kyung-min, who was still in pain, and carefully examine the situation. Swoosh! "Eh?!" Swoosh! Suddenly, pollen flew towards them. Suho, who managed to block it by closing the door, confirmed that the clutter in the hallway floated up and down. "...What is it now..." "Perhaps a poltergeist..." "I''ll go sit down..." POV Switch - Ha-rim [Crackle! Crackle!] Laughing children are wandering the halls. Looking at their height, they seem to be in the same age or in a lower grade. What kind of creature is it? Differently from E, I can''t get rid of monsters by attacking them. The only way to defeat it is to dig into loopholes likest time. However, I still don''t know their identity. To make matters worse, there was only one sheet left. The long-legged tiger is on the upper floor, but I''m gradually reaching the limit by using almost all the stickers. It was at the moment I gave up on finding a way to defeat him and decided that it would be better to just go down and join the group. Bam!!! At the same time as there was a loud sound, the body of the ghost children shook greatly. ''Just now...!'' A loud sound and swaying body... Are they affected by noise? And when I looked closely, there was a kid wearing a gym uniform that is only used at our school. "..." Think carefully. I''m sure I cane up with a solution from my past memories. The ne shone faintly. [Survival] It was night. I called Kyeong-min and Suho to the club room to prepare for the school festival. This is because each club had to operate a booth during the event. Since we weren''t particrly good with our hands, all we could do was collect ghost stories and make a small collection. Eun-jeong joined recently, so she wasn''t there at the time. It was originally a reading club. I agreed to Kyeong-min suggestion to finish it in one day and go y, and I came to school at night andpiled all the stories until the time the teacher allowed. Then I heard Kyeong-min muttering something unexpected. "What''s so surprising?" "Just... They say that the sound of childrenughing and talking during the day is manifested at night." "Wow, that''s a scary story. Let''s put that in the ghost story collection!" We put that story in the book. ... This is it! I turned on my phone, yed music loudly and set it down on the floor. Hearing that, the children stoppedughing and ran towards me. However, as they approached, their bodies shook greatly and then scattered, disappearingpletely. Since it''s a monster made of sound, if you bury it on noise, its very existence will be denied. That''s not a bad idea in my opinion. If a simr situation arises, I might be able to use it again. One done. Growl... "Ah." I was no longer transparent. Besides, since the music was ying loudly, it was only natural for it to pinpoint my location. I should have moved right away, but I messed up. [Uncle told you in advanced that he would not take care of you.] The Jangsanbeom ran towards me. I fled recklessly without even having time to pack my phone. I thought trying getting rid of him in the same way before. But my speed was slow. Or rather, Jangsanbeom speed is too fast. The bell and notebook effects worn out. As it is, I will be caught for sure. I first took the sheet out of the bag. A sheet with only one sticker left. Will this method work again? But I have no choice but to do it. I tried to remove the sticker from the sheet. [!!!!!!!!] Jangsanbeom roared. This beast has a special organ in its mouth, allowing it to make a sobrenatural roar, and its said that if you hear it, your body stiffens. My hands froze and I dropped the sheet. Do I pick it up? What do I do after picking it? In fact, even if I had used it without dropping it, the roar would have already been unavoidable because of the distance. Wrong answer from the start. So then? What should I do? My head, driven to the extreme, came up with an idea. It was an ingenious n, but at the same time too risky for something that came to mind out of nowhere. It''s a n that I wouldn''t even know if I would die in vain. Still, there is no room for hesitation. I have to live. No matter what happens, living is the best. My mom said that before she died. Forgive me for being so reckless, because I will definitely seed. I opened the hallway window. Do ir die. The moment the tiger tried to attack me, I jumped out of the window. The ground is visible. Thud!!! ... Still alive. "I did it!" Looking out of the window, I saw a bloody Jangsanbeom The secret to my n was the frog eggs in my bag. It''s an item I got from a strange frog we often met outside. They came out every time E fought, so it was inconvenient to carry it around, so I even prepared this bag. It''s unconvertable to think that it''s a real egg. However, since it''s a monster, life will not be born. Anyway, frog eggs had the ability to change the location of the target the host hit. There was a previous situation of using it when fighting [Turbo Granny]. What I did was simple. After jumping out of the window, I threw a frog egg at Jangsanbeom. [Luck] At the same time as the ne glowed, the egg hit the tiger while drawing a weird curve, and him, who swapped positions with me, fell without knowing why. My heart is still racing. If Jangsanbeom had avoided it, or if the ne didn''t activate, I''d end up like him. "Urgh..." When I think about it, chills run down my spine. It''s because I lived. Better not tell this to the others. Because this wasn''t a normal behavior for anyone to see.... Nheless, the idea that I have to take risks to survive didn''t change. That makes it two. I muttered that and decided to retrieve the sheet and phone and find the others. Step step. With courage and sense unlike a child, I survived this time too. Like it was natural. Chapter 24 Chapter 24 I was walking through a dark space. There were no monsters or objects in the ce that I was sent by the elevator monster. Mirror shift doesn''t work. It was as if I was cut off from the world. If I don''t return to the mirror before the materialization time ends, my body might disappear. An elevator monster that takes the yer to a random location in the game, but there was no ce like this. But more important than anything else, the children were in danger. In particr, a physical method is needed to get rid of Jangsanbeom. Usually, this type is a monster made to run away like Slenderman. I got impatient and started running. There was nothing I could do but run in the endless dark space. Then I stepped on something. Do objects exist in this space? I picked it up. ...A curtain? A stage curtain used to announce the start of a performance. why is this here? Besides, it is not an ordinary curtain. It is an "item". An item used by monsters that cannot be obtained in the game. The monster who uses this is [Pierrot]1 It was another boss-level monster. Chapter one boss is E. Chapter two boss is Mary. Chapter three boss is Spider Lady. The boss of thest part, chapter 4, is Pierrot. Why is his stuff here? I rummaged through the curtains and found a note. This is also a note that I haven''t seen in the game. [Who is reading this note? Arachne? Mary? Or is it E? It doesn''t matter who it is. Since you are trapped here, it seems that you have done something useless too. But don''t worry! Because I''ve prepared an escape tool! Use this curtain to escape. If you''rete like me, you won''t be able to use your hands. Fuck. On the subject of a half-demon. I failed! I should have been more careful. I hear his voice in my head. I''ll have to cut this short. I''m still being pursued. PS: Mary, the answer to yourst question is no. And Arachne, stop your nonsense before your precious things are taken away. If a third party find this, please pass this note to them.] This concludes the content of the note. I don''t know what the heck is going on in here, but I''m pretty sure it''s not the game I used to know. Still, there is no time to think. I quickly channeled my supernatural power to use the curtains. Then they twitched as if it were alive and covered my view. The curtain opens. A ssroom appears before me. I took a step and returned to the school. As soon as I got to the original world, I moved to the mirror. Children. Need to find the kids. They''re not in the club room. Where are you? Bam! A sound came from below. Perhaps the ce is the ssroom sprinkled with salt. Go immediately to the mirror. As soon as I move, what I see is a woman with a torn mouth holding scissors. Floating objects. An elevator.2 And Suho, Kyeong-min, and Eun-jeong with scratches. It seemed that they were barely holding on by relying on the shield of protection. Angry. I felt the anger boiling inside me. I jumped out of the mirror and shouted as if spitting out mes. "Don''t think about going back unscathed!!!!" The ssroom shakes. Dust falls from the ceiling and the floor creaks. Red mask pointed a pair of scissors at me and came running. I kicked it. Bam!! The red mask fainted for a moment as it collided with the desks, making a dull impact noise. I ran to the elevator monster. It tried to close the door that had been opened, as if to hide itself. I shed my knife to prevent it from closingpletely and kicked the door to pieces. The forced event of moving location, as consequence, can''t be triggered without closing the door. The elevator monster that lost its doors was incapacitated and finally destroyed. After that, floating objects tried to attack me. I didn''t even dodge it. Then, with my telekinesis, I tied them together. Then I press down the resisting monster as much as possible. If it can''t cause a "phenomenon", it''s the same as not existing. Especially for a monster like this! The poltergeist lost its phenomenon and disappeared as its existence faded. [Am I prettyprettyprettypretty!!!] The red mask, which fainted for a while, tried to stand up again. I grabbed it by the head before it stood up. And then, I poured out my anger by pushing it down to the ground. [You dare! This small fry!! Die!! I''ll kill you!!!] Bang! Bang! Bang! Every time I hit its head on the floor, blood spurts out. I threw away the sunken head and took a deep breath. The monsters turned into smoke almost instantly and were absorbed into me. "...Woah." I feel like my head is spinning. I looked up to see the condition of the children. There were Suho and Kyeong-min who looked shaky. "Ah." It was too extreme. Especially when I brutally killed the red mask. This is what happens when you be scarier than the monster. Of course. I don''t know why my heart hurts Then someone hugged me. It was Eun-jeong. "I was scared! E!" The uneasy feelings that remained were subdued. I gently patted her back. Eun-jeong, who is the most timid in the club, tends to rely on others. It warms my heart that the target is me. It was only after the bloody atmosphere was over that Kyeong-min and Suho approached me. "Thank you for helping, E. But Ha-rim is still in danger!" Come to think of it, she was nowhere to be seen. "Ha-rim lured Jangsanbeom by herself. We have to help her." I immediately removed Eun-jeong from me and told her that I would be back soon. Ha-rim. I don''t think she''s going to be easily defeated because she''s the main character, but I have to be safe! Knock. Knock. Knock... A knock was heard. I told the kids to knock on the mirror when calling me. If so, this signal must be from her. Thank god. You''re alive. POV Switch - Ha-rim It was after I defeated the Jangsanbeom and started searching for the others. I saw something pass by in the bathroom mirror "E, are you here?" I approached the bathroom mirror. And then the mirror changed. It was like a phenomenon where two mirrors are ced facing each other and the images continue infinitely. The infinite me who looks at myself. The 4th reflection started to get closer as it crossed the mirror. This is one of the famous mirror ghost stories. I mistakenly assumed that E would be the only mirror monster and was caught off guard. "Ah..." The body does not move. Is this its ability? Since Eun-jeong isn''t here, I''m powerless against this type of monster...! [Survival] The ne glows. My body resisted the monster''s ability, and I was able to move little by little. But it doesn''t seem like I can escape. If so... Knock. Knock. Knock. I knocked on the mirror. The method used to call E. Calling E, who hadn''t appeared until now, is almost pointless. Still, it''s better to try everything I can. Better an uncertain possibility than a sure failure. Please, don''t be defeated by a monster. I prayed inwardly. Right before the reflectionpletely crossed the mirror. Someone grabbed its head. "It''s you. The one that moved the monsters inside the barrier." It was E! She looked very angry. The mirror monster struggled and spewed a bloody aura. E''s expression blurred slightly. "You... Are you fighting for territory? With me?" This time, E radiated a tremendous aura. It was much more powerful and darker than the mirror monster. This time, the mirror monster''s appearance began to blur. A territorial fight between the mirror monsters. When the derived areas ovepped, they seemed to deny each other by force. "Losing to a small fry!" The monster screamed. Its appearance gradually faded, and then it turned into smoke and was absorbed by E. The monster in our house is stronger! "...Ha-rim is safe." "E." I felt pure joy at E, who had rescued me. Having someone to rely on was such a relief. I felt it even more when it was gone. "By the way, what about Jangsanbeom?" "I dealt with it!" When I said that, E put on a slightly surprised expression, then gave me a smile. It''s pretty. "...That''s good." "It''s over there." E got out of the mirror and looked out her window. There, she saw Jangsanbeom, who flinched as it hadn''t died yet. "What about the others?" "It''ll be safe for now. It looks like all the other monsters have been eliminated. Go down and collect the kids." Just as E said, I gathered them. Even though it wasn''t long, it was a reunion I missed enough to bring tears to my eyes. After hugging the members one by one, I went with E to the ce where Jangsanbeom was. E frowned and asked. "Now tell me. Who sent you here? Don''t act innocent. I know you can talk and I know that none of you have the ability tomand a monster. [...] "Answer me." [...] "Answer me!!!" E''s voice rang out loudly. My body trembled slightly. Jangsanbeom opened its mouth. It was smiling. Like a child excited about the idea of telling a secret. A monster like this listened to someone else''s orders? I don''t know if monsters have a hierarchy, but Jangsanbeom is definitely not the type to obey someone. Suspicious. [...Kill...] At this moment, Jangsanbeom mouth opened. It was imitating someone''s voice. The voice was like a machine, so it was awkward to consider it as human. It''s very unique, you wouldn''t mistake it as anyone else. [...Go to school and run amok... Kill the children...] [...However... That child...] Crack... Before it could finish its words, Jangsanbeom head fell off. Blood spurted out and we backed away stunned, the spilled blood on the floor moving and taking shape. A reverse pentagram. And a half-goat face with a carved horn in the center. If you investigate the ult, you''ll know what this means, even if you don''t like it. The Devil. ... We returned to the ssroom. E told me to go sleep, but I honestly couldn''t rest that easily. Even though I was mentally exhausted, I couldn''t sleep because of nightmares. And then, Eun-jeong grabbed E and asked. "Can''t we sleep together, E?" E looked perplexed. She didn''t refuse though. "There is not much time left for materialization..." "Then, just until we fall asleep?" "...Okay." Eun-jeong seemed to bepletely dependent on her. E, who quickly took down the monsters, was reassuring. It has been a long time since I had the feeling of relying on someone. Come to think of it, why did E go to a different ce every time we went to sleep? In fact, maybe it was because she was afraid that we would be ufortable. If so, from the beginning... Ah, I''m overthinking it. It''s just because we''re friends. With the nkets collected by searching each ssroom. Wey down in a formation surrounding E. Eun-jeong fell asleep while holding the hem of E''s skirt. She seems to have a sleeping habit, but it felt strange to see E pampering her. How many opportunities will there be in life to be taken care by a ghost? I also sneakily grabbed E''s soft hand. She was startled and flinched, but didn''t stop it. The red eyes that stare at me are soft. Warm. Pretty. I fell asleep easily, with eyes simr to those of my mother, whom I missed. Chapter 25 Chapter 25 The day after the children woke up, I was busy looking for defensive items. If the kids were attacked again, it would be unpredictable knowing if they would die. The first thing I got was the [Cheshire Cat''s Drop]. It''s an item obtained by hunting a strange cat that appears randomly, being a bell that rings when a designated enemy is near. "Designate monsters other than me as enemies." The bells jingle and spread evenly throughout the school. Woosh... It also has a transparent function, so they don''t show their ugly appearances. Next is a soldier doll. An item that can be obtained by defeating a monster in the form of a North Korean soldier. It has the ability to attack designated enemies. Of course, it''s attacks are painful, but it doesn''t help much in killing them. However, it does some damage when umted, so it should be a small help. In the first ce, this is a game where survival is the focus rather than elimination, so tools that unterally inflict strong damage on monsters are rare. Lastly, I brought purification salt and ced it in each area of the school. It is particrly effective against monsters and there are many ces to farm, so I n to use it like toilet paper. I told the children who had been struggling since morning collecting items about the current situation. Roughly speaking, I said that the Devil had attacked. "Devil..." Kyeong-min is a well-informed person, so I wondered if he knew a lot about it. However, he put on an ambiguous expression. "Honestly, we mainly researched urban legends, and sometimes there are stories about demons, but if you ask me if I know about it... Not much?" The fact that a demon from mythology actually exists was enough to make the children agitated. If there are demons, do angels exist too? Are demons also regarded as monsters? A lot of opinions came out, but I couldn''t find any useful information. ording to my knowledge, he will be a huge demon that will appear after the ending. The Devil stays still as if it has nothing to do with him whether the main character defeats the bosses or not, and then only shows up in the ending. Why is he targeting us now? It looks like we''ve offended him, but can the likes of us have any influence on him? All we did was move to survive... Oh, no way. ...Is the children''s survival a problem? The immediate difference from the original is that I moved out of the boss stage and that none of the children have died yet. If one of these two is the cause, it''s likely thetter. It would make sense if Slenderman, who appeared in the beginning, was also sent by the devil. And apparently he was targeting the children. Did the kid''s survival offend the Devil? I stopped thinking here. Why? Even if I ask a question, there won''t be an answer. After telling the children what I knew, I took out an item. "Urgh..." The item I took out was the [Evil Beast''s Eye]. This is used to upgrade Kyeong-min''s notebook into aplete artifact. Originally, it was an item that had to be obtained by going directly to Jangsanbeom, but thanks to the raid, it saved us the effort of finding it. I put the item into Kyeong-min''s notebook. Then it was transformed into apletely different object. The blood-stained notebook turned into an old-fashioned sorcery book. In the center of it, the eyes of Jangsanbeom are embedded. The function of this artifact is [Restriction], which has been upgraded from [Slow]. It is a skill that can temporarily hold monsters, greatly increasing the chance of survival. With this, all the essential artifacts have been gathered. "E. What are we going to do next?" Ha-rim asked me. They thought that it would be helpful to prepare their minds if I talked about our future schedule in advance. Shall I? "The monsters will be stronger as the days go by. Surviving from them is the basic goal." Kyeong-min takes notes. I nced at him and continued. "And we have to defeat the powerful monsters." "Powerful monsters?" "I''m talking about the three strongest monsters. Mary, whom we met earlier, and Spider Lady and Pierrot, whom we will meetter. We have to deal with them." Of course we can''t win. Only when "they" arrive the minimum conditions are met. Right now, we have no choice but to wait while collecting items until they appear. I feel like were wasting time, but what can I do? "We are preparing to fight them. They''re really strong, so we can''t confront them yet." If we face off against Mary, who has a stupid expression, I cannot guaranteed victory. In addition, ording to the setting, the bosses are stronger depending on the order they appearter. "If we defeat those monsters... Can we go back home?" Ha-rim asks. If you kill them, you can go back home... It''s not exactly urate, but in the end, you''ll have to defeat them, so I nodded my head. "...Yes, you can go back." The children were relieved by my words. They look forward to a hopeful future and calm their hearts. Meanwhile, a sense of guilt squeezes my heart. But now I''m used to it. It''s not like they can''t go back All I have to do is click [Yes] indifferently, as if I was pressing an option in a game. [Do you ept?] [Yes.] I pretended that nothing happened and warned them. "We will diligently defeat monsters and collect helpful items. Don''t act like it''s all over yet." "Okay!" Ha-rim replies vigorously. She''s in good spirits. I finished my errands, so it was time to move to another mirror to organize my thoughts for a while. "Wait, E." But Eun-jeong called me. "Hm?" "E. Will you sleep with us today?" If the kids don''t feel ufortable with me, I think so. Even if there is a safety device, having me by their side is the most efficient. "If that makes you feel safe." "I feel reassured when E is by my side! That''s why I want you to sleep with me." "..." It really feels nice being wanted. But I don''t know how to respond to such innocent reactions. How would the original E react? "Aren''t you afraid of E?" I made an evil face. "Nope!" ...This answer reminds me of the saying that a dog does not know how to be afraid of a tiger. The kid is not afraid. "E is pretty and strong, and she also protects us. so it''s not scary. Rather, I want you to stay by my side." Eun-jeong said with her eyes shining brightly. I think I know what she''s feeling. If a bear protects you when you are chased by a wolf, it will be reassuring. Even more now when they know that the school isn''tpletely safe. If they are not afraid of me, they will be mostfortable next to me. "...That, yes. I see." Even if I know it in my head, it''s a bit embarrassing. Also, the gaze is burdensome. Eun-jeong seemed to have forgotten all my threats in the past. Her words are full of sincerity. "Cough. In the future, I will protect you and stay by your side when you sleep. Okay?" "Okay! Thank you!" Seeing Eun-jeong''s bright smile on her face made me smile too. And then, I suddenly felt a sense of incongruity. Since when did I be such an emotional person? Every time I talk to the children, I feel that something inside me is changing little by little. But it''s warm and cozy, so I can''t resist it. Could it have something to do with my body bing a monster? Hmm... I don''t think so. Being able to even affect the heart... I know my heart the best. ... After about two days have passed. I suggested that the children go pack their necessities. "Don''t you guys have clothes, detergent, and other things you need? We''re going to have a quick stop by your houses. I''ll take one by one. Think ahead of time about what you need." Now we wait for "them" toe. Since it''s only a few weeks away, I decided it would be a good idea to stock up on essentials. Moving in groups is inefficient. So they decided who goes first. The kids yed rock-paper-scissors, and Eun-jeong, who won with scissors, was the first. I took her out of the school. Her house was within a ten-minute walk. She skillfully opened the door lock and guided me into her house. Cute design. The wallpaper is also pink. I don''t know if she uses a air freshener often, but it smells good too. She looks at me and says. "This is the first time I''m alone with E." She''s not wrong. Unintentionally, I only had private time with the other children. Eun-jeong entered the bathroom with light steps and faced the hand mirror she was holding at the mirror. Okay. Marking sess. After moving to the bathroom mirror, I got out and looked at her room. Dolls here and there. Among them, there was a huge stuffed animal on the bed, which seemed to be hugged while sleeping. "Come to think of it, E is also pretty like a doll. They''re simr." She alternately looks at the cuddly doll and me. "I hear you saying you want to hug E and sleep." "...No?" "..." I didn''t bother to answer. Trying to treat someone like a doll! She became sullen and started to pack the things she needed in her room. Basic clothes, a doll, and shower items. Things like shampoo, conditioner, and towels. Some items are also avable in the convenience store. However, it seems that she prefers the ones she used originally. "Is it over?" "Yes! Oh, wait." Eun-jeong brought out a book. The title was Alice in Wondend. A fairy tale book? Eun-jeong is the most childlike among the kids. "Do you like children''s books?" "Yeah... My mom bought me something that would help with creativity. I read it sometimes when I''m bored!" A fairy tale... A memory of this fairy talees to mind. -What kind of fairy tale is a grown up man reading? Alice in Wondend? -This is all material. Material. You have to read these things carefully to make any creative work. -Huh. What kind of loft hobby is creation when ites to the guy who was taking money from passers-by until yesterday? I mean... Even if it''s for making a game. -Because it''s only natural for people like me to do whatever they want? Well, if I make one, I''ll make you a masterpiece that will make you cry. Of course, I''ll add a lot of my taste. -Oh. -Bastard, at least show some reaction. Not a very fun memory. As I looked at Eun-jeong as she silently packed a few books, I remembered something I''d always been curious about. "How did you end up joining the club?" From what I''ve seen, she isn''t the type to like scary things. Besides, she is the type who hates moving her body. She wasn''t friends with the others who came to the supernatural spot, so why did she join the club? Eun-jeong thought about it before answering. "I just joined because I was friends with Ha-rim." "That''s it?" "Yes. Ha-rim is so mature! So I followed her. But I didn''t know that we would go to a supernatural spot..." Eun-jeong, who has a dependable personality, and Ha-rim, who is not like a child, seem to have a goodpatibility. Even so, it''s pitiful to get into a club without even knowing what activities they''re doing. "Then why did Ha-rim create the club?" "I do not know!" I was confused by the answer. Eun-jeong, who read the atmosphere, added. "Ha-rim avoids talking about it. Hmm. How do I say it. I guess it feels like she''s trying not to answer." Curiosity arouses. What story would a child hide? I think she''s especially close to Eun-jeong, but she doesn''t even tell her... Ha-rim is a strange child. She neither cried nor panicked when she fell into this world. And even defeated a monster by herself. The secret of such a child... "I''m finished." "Did you pack everything?" Eun-jeong nodded. Next up was Suho. The impression of his room was clean. It was well organized, but the problem was that it was too deste because of that. I asked about it. "Because my sister is still young, and she could get hurt just by touching things." Is it the sister again? Still, if it were me, I''d just pay attention. "Do you usually do this?" "Because I don''t want to see my family get hurt." "Hmm... Family..." Seeing my inability to understand, Suho put on a bitter expression. Why are you like that? With only two of us alone, I asked him why he joined the club. "Ha-rim tricked me." It''s Ha-rim again? This girl, she really dragged them all in. Maybe it''s because she''s the main character, but she seems to have a demonic charisma. I asked for more details. "Kyeong-min and Ha-rim are my friends, so it''s great for me to join. I entered because I couldn''t decide which club to enter, so I was going to stay for a while and then go to another club." "Did you?" "I was constantly anxious about what Kyeong-min and Ha-rim were doing. They kept going to dangerous ces so I couldn''t leave them alone." The reason you joined the club was because of the protective instinct. This guy is quite serious. Suho simply packed clothes and medicines. Next is Kyeong-min. He was the kid I didn''t talk to the most. Apparently, it was a little hard to befortable because I personally bullied him in the beginning. I heard from Ha-rim that Kyeong-min was also paying attention to the fact that he threw the wine bottle at me. He seems to think that I will retaliate. Because of that, there was an awkward air. His room was also tidy. Until now, Eun-jeong''s room was the most messy. Are boys like this? My room wasn''t dirty either. Kyeong-min silently packed his luggage. Things like extra notebooks and clothes. He packed his things and approached the bed. I expected him to bring a nket, but instead he pulled out a game console from under the bed. We didn''t talk to each other all the way here, so I thought it was an opportunity. I looked at him and asked what it was. "Oh, this is a game console." No, I know. I just asked because this was the first time I''ve seen such a model. while he was exining, he looked sad at me for some reason. I don''t know why he was doing it, but I hated it. "Are you afraid of me?" I asked him directly. Inwardly, I felt guilty. I can tell just by looking at his sses, which fell in surprise. However, an unexpected answer came. "It''s not like that... It''s just awkward." He isn''t afraid of me. I seemed to have arbitrarily made assumptions. Still, something was to be done to resolve this atmosphere. "Sorry." "What?" "I''m sorry... From before. That I was mean at the mansion." Then, he widens his eyes. Feeling embarrassed by it, I turned my head the other way. Kyeong-minughed as if shocked. That''s bound to surprise him. I, who threatened them with a knife until a few days ago, no, it was E. I myself know that this is awkward. Still, it''s just that I don''t like feeling stuffy. My face hardened. ...Isn''t it a little bit like an apology for a death threat? Iy down on the bed in Kyeong-min''s room. Shall I say it''s okay to hit me until he''s relieved? If I do, only his hand will hurt... Hmm... "...You can harass me as much as you want until your anger subsides." Pain must be returned with pain. I spread my arms as if showing I''m harmless. "What?!" A look of bewilderment appears on his face. It even turned red. Why? I was confused for a moment. He regained hisposure and thought about something before asking me. "Hey E... May I ask what do you mean by that?" "I''ve bullied you, so I''m saying it''s fine to bully me too." "Aha... In what way?" When Kyeong-min, who finally understood, asked that, I was the one taken aback. I hadn''t thought about that. "Tickling me..." "Like this?" When he bent his fingers, my body trembled violently by itself. Just looking at the shape of the hand makes me itchy. A person who is indifferent to tickling will never know this fear. Bad quality violence that makes youugh even though it is painful! Cold sweat flows. Still, I was prepared. I closed my eyes and waited. But Kyeong-min didn''t do anything. Are you not doing it? I survived. "I gave up and almost died, but you saved us." "..." "I wanted to say thank you, but it was a bit awkward. It''s not because I''m afraid." "...Really?" A smile formed on my lips. A sense of satisfaction rises. He stared at my face in awe and then coughed, going back to pack his things. Ah, I have to ask him that. "What did you join the club for?" "Hmm... Basically, Ha-rim asked me and I joined. Because my mother said that prior learning is important, she made me study middle school courses in advanced, so I was a little frustrated." "Oh. And then?" "My parents are generous with club activities, so if I go to a ce like a haunted spot as Ha-rim says, I don''t have to sit at a desk and study." You''re the type that hates stuffiness. If I were you, I might have been happy because that was part of my interest. "You and Suho were the first to join the club, right?" "What about it?" It''s a little hard to say that he was an early member of a club with only four people, but I wondered if he knew why Ha-rim created this club. "Maybe she just likes scary things? Becausest time I asked, she just said she liked it. I thought it made sense..." It seems that even him doesn''t know exactly. It''s unexpected that not even one out of the three of her friends doesn''t know her properly. Shin Ha-rim. A yable character in this game. After she killed Jangsanbeom by herself, I changed the way I viewed her. There is a characteristic of Ha-rim that I learned as a result of carefully observing her behavior whenever she went to get an item. First, looking carefully for a suspicious door key or key item. (Bring the key every time I try to break down the door, etc.) Demonstrated evasion skills to avoid all of the monster''s attacks. Even taking into ount the artifact''s ability to survive and the help of luck, Ha-rim is extraordinary. I can''t help but wonder what such a child is reluctant to talk about. Shall I ask it directly? Chapter 26 Chapter 26 Thest ce we visited was Ha-rim''s house. Her house waspletely deste. There were hardly any signs of life. When living with a family, inevitably there was rubbish rolling around, but there was no trace of it except in her room. Ha-rim looked at me. She seemed ufortable even though it was her own house... Well, this ce is a concept like a parallel world, so strictly speaking, it is not Ha-rim''s house. If you feel out of ce even though it''s your own home, you might feel worse. I decided to ask her what I was curious about as she was quietly packing her luggage. "Why did you create a club?" "W-what?" Ha-rim looked flustered as if she had been caught off guard, then answered by averting her eyes upwards and to the right. "Hmm... I like scary things. Should I say it''s thrilling... Even in horror movies, I like to stay in the edge of my seat until the end. If I go to a supernatural spot, I can get that feeling indirectly. Of course, I hate being chased." It was evident that she was clearly hiding something. But it wasn''t a total lie, considering how specific she was. I totally agree with her about liking scary things. Fear stimtes. Fear bes stimtion, and stimtion transforms into fun. I also enjoyed this stimtion while ying the game. Ha-rim and I have amon ground. It''s nice to meet an understanding person. But that''s that. This is different. What Ha-rim hides. ...I was somewhat disappointed. ''Why doesn''t she tell me?'' I thought so. However, I soon realized the difort. ''Oh...'' What was I thinking? To her, I''m just a monster. I''m not particrly friendly. What am I upset about! It seems like she doesn''t want to talk about it, but there was a need to interrogate her. "Is that really all there is to it?" It was obvious that she was hiding something, so I acted mischievously. She avoided my eyes and acted indifferently. ...I couldn''t force her to talk, so I just stared at her. "..." Ha-rim must have mistaken my reaction for anger. She said as if she was really sorry. "Sorry! It''s something I don''t want to tell... Are you mad?" You confessed that you were hiding something so openly. You''re also very na?ve. The reason I want to hear her secret isn''t just to solve my curiosity. The four children are the starting point of the game. Is Ha-rim, who is considered the leader among them, really nothing in this game? The characteristics of Ha-rim are simr to the action of yers. Like rummaging around the map and looking for items. And the mental strength that isn''t like a child also ys a part. At first, I thought she was influenced by the role of a yable character. However, since the Devil had a direct influence on us, I thought of something else. Did you know? If the club hadn''t been created in the first ce, the children wouldn''t even havee here. Can I be sure that the Devil did not interfere in the creation of the club? I know. It''s an unfounded suspicion. However, if Ha-rim hides the reason why she created the club, there is no choice but to raise suspicion. Ha-rim. Is your extraordinary behavior just innate? Have you ever been manipted by the Devil? I wanted to ask that. However, it was painful to dig into it because she was also a victim, so I stopped questioning her further. "...E?" Ah. The conversation has been cut off. "I''m not angry. I was just thinking for a moment... Why are you taking that with you?" In Ha-rim''s luggage, there were carrots, potatoes, and a cooking pot in her hand. "I was thinking of changing the convenience store food a bit..." An elementary school student who says she knows how to cook? Nevermind, it could be a hobby. Considering that it is not good to be too suspicious, I stopped without further questioning Ha-rim. "Even E shouldn''t eat only sweet things." What do you see me as? I smiled and said confidently. ''Okay.'' "No." ... After returning to school, the children who had some private time looked quite neat. Their clothes were new and they looked quite good. Thank god. Sometimes it''s good to change your mood. A person is not a character, so I have to let them relieve some stress from time to time. And now, they are gathered in the club room. It looks like it''s time to eat. I naturally appeared to eat before I knew it and slowly got out of the mirror. The children greeted me. Bubbling. Water is boiling in arge pot. Ha-rim brought it and poured convenience store soup powder into it. After simmering for a while, sliced vegetables were added and seasoning was used to adjust the taste. "Wow, Ha-rim. do you know how to cook?" "I just added a little seasoning." A savory smell filled the room. Ha-rim poured the soup into a bowl she brought from home. She then handed me the soup and said. "Isn''t E used to soup?" "...Yes." It was the setting that I was a Western ghost. I''ve almost forgotten about it these days. Even when I was in my original body, I ate ramen and didn''t bother to buy soup, but I''m curious about the taste. Shall I take a bite? I take a spoonful of soup and put it in my mouth. Tasty. Quite delicious. Nheless, I thought itcked sweetness. I nced at the children slightly and gently unwrapped the chocte on my bowl. However, I was caught by Ha-rim and Suho. "No!" "E, what are you doing?!" "No, wait." Poof! "This is confiscated!" The kids freaked out and took the chocte away from me. ...For no reason! I was promised to get it back, so I ate the soup in silence. Everyone seemed rxed after eating the warm soup. Even in this world hostile to humans, it was strange to be able to create such an atmosphere. ...If possible, let''s enjoy it a little more. "Could youe over here for a while?" The kids heard me and gathered around the window. I opened it and tossed a ball I had brought from the ssroom with all my might. It''s probably about time. A ball that flies with the sound of cutting air. At some point, I heard a bang! "What did you do?" As if saying to watch, I slightly raised the corner of my mouth and pointed to where the ballnded. There, colorful light sources were dancing. "Wow!" That is where a certain monster appear. A monster of photosensitivity. As a monster born out of fear of light sources, when it finds prey, it emits light and rushes at it. It''s a frightening sight, with evil lights looking for food to devour, but it bes a beautiful festival of lights when viewed from outside. Fear is nothing more than a stimulus. And stimtion bes fun. Like those beautiful monsters that stimte our sensibilities. The children gathered together and admired the lights. I am also included. I feel satisfied. "...How is it?" I asked them. "It''s so cool!" Eun-jeong answered. It''s different from just being afraid of monsters. I smiled and continued to watch them and the light monster. The kids absentmindedly forgot that this world was not friendly to humans, and just engraved this sight into their brains. I hope they take as many memories as the numbers of scars from this world. Please. After ying a game called poker that the children told me about, it was time to go to sleep. I put an item called a dream catcher by their bedside. It has a shape reminiscent of a badminton pole with feather-like decorations The dream catcher is an item that allows you to counteract the monster of nightmares. I got it this time because I don''t know how the Devil will attack. The probability of encountering this monster is slim, but I judged that it would be better to be careful, so I obtained it. This time, I managed to get rid of Eun-jeong, who wanted to sleep hugging me, and looked at Ha-rim, who was sleeping next to me. I don''t know what she''s hiding. Still, I know that she''s a good kid. I hope it''s a trivial thing being intentionally hidden. "...?" Something is weird. Ha-rim''s expression is not good. I shook her. She doesn''t wake up. The body doesn''t react. Is it a monster who invaded through a dream? It can''t be that the dream catcher isn''t working! I checked it. It was broken at some point. POV Switch - Ha-rim Rattle rattle. When I came to my senses, I was in a train. Besides, I realized that I was waiting for my turn among the lines of people before I knew it. Despite my hazy mind, I checked the other people''s faces to figure out the situation. Then I noticed that this ce was in a dream. This was because the faces of things that were thought to be people were crudely drawn with crayons. A piece of meat that just breathes. I, who was astonished at this fact, immediately froze at the announcement I heard. [This station is to make sashimi~ Make sashimi.] Make sashimi? I looked around to see if I was going to cut fish, but there was no fish, only several monkeys who appeared with sharp knives. Something pretending to be a human at the front of the line was dismembered alive. The fishy smell of blood, wriggling pieces of meat, and contracting muscles. Urgh. Although I felt like vomiting because of the cruelty. I barely withstood it. [The following is minced meat~ Minced meat.] The monkeys moved on next, picked up hammers, and then hammered their opponents. Despite the considerable distance, bone fragments and blood were spreading. I noticed roughly how things were going. That this was not an ordinary dream, but an attack by a monster. And if they get to me, things will end badly! I think there was a simr ghost story, but I can''t remember it well, so I firstly have to get away. My body doesn''t move. "Move...!" [Survival] The ne glows and I can move my body. When I escaped the front line, the monkeys were startled and dropped the hammers. However, theyughed as if they were indignant, then grabbed the knife and hammer and ran at me. While running away without getting caught because our speeds were simr, I felt a chill in the back of my head and slightly bowed. The ded part of a spear passes trough the ce my head was. A monkey with a long spear! The other monkeys ridiculed him for not being able to hit me. The angry monkey stabbed the spear even even harder. Swish! Swoosh! "Woah!" I, who avoided all of the attacks, thought. Where is this train going? I tried to look out the window, but there wasn''t one. As if the ce was airtight, only passenger seats and doors were present, while the hallway decorations were repeated. [Passengers, please line up.] Thunk! "Urgh!" Now monkeys even throw daggers. I was able to dodge without the aid of the ne. The attacking monkeys and me who avoids. It seemed that this situation would continue, but this train also had an end. I was surrounded by monkeys. Is it my end? I closed my eyes tightly. [This station is about dismantling a detestable kid...] Crank crank. "?" The words of the broadcast did not follow. I thought I could hear a faint sound of distress, but soon only silence was broadcasted. The monkeys were confused. At this moment, I was also confused and didn''t know what to do. A curtain appeared and wrapped around me. When I opened my eyes, I was in the driver''s cab of the train. It seemed that I had escaped from the monkeys. Survived. I survived! ... But who is this person in front of me? "Hello Miss Ha-rim!" A man greeted me happily. In his hand was a dead train attendant who seemed to be the driver. He was a man dressed as a clown, and his right arm was tattered as if he had been badly injured. His face was covered by a mask with a painted smile on it, making it difficult to recognize his expression. Who is it? You know my name. "Who are you...?" "Oh, you can simply call me Mister Pierrot. Where did E got a dream catcher from? I wasted time trying to bypass it! My body isn''t even in a good condition." "E? You know E?" "Ah! I know! Because she''s like us. But didn''t she tell you about me?" Pierrot. Come to think of it, isn''t it one of the powerful monsters E mentioned! I was surprised and took a step back. "There is no need to be so vignt. Don''t frown either! I like it best when children dieughing! Ah, these useless words... It''s like an impulse, so don''t worry about it." At hisst words, my vignce grew. Pierrot scratched his head as if he had made a mistake. The he pointed to the window. I didn''t know what he meant, right now I''m just afraid of Pierrot. Why am I the only one caught up in this mess? Alone without the others. Lonely. I was much more saddened by it than having this monster in front of me. "Really, I''m just here to say a message and show you a great view! It''s unfair." There were no windows in the passengerpartment. However, the cab had a window. I looked at the scenery outside. It came as a big shock to me. POV Switch - 3rd Person "Come on, take a look. And please pass this message to E. There is almost no time or way to meet in person . It''s a pity. Oh, here''s a mirror. There were a few left in the mansion." Pierrot quietly ced the note and mirror next to Ha-rim, but she was still dazed by the scenery outside the window and couldn''t pay attention to him. "The ce called a dream is really strange. The past and the future are connected, and it''s between both worlds. Thanks to that, I can avoid his eyes for a while..." Pierrot mumbled something as he sees her not listening to him. He might be angry at her ignoring attitude, but he seemed happy. "I hope you understand the whole story. That''s one of the things the Devil is after." Instead of Ha-rim who stared nkly, Pierrot knocked on the mirror. "I gave you a hint." After saying that, Pierrotpletely disappeared. Chapter 27 Chapter 27 Knock knock. I hear a knock on the mirror. Someone is knocking on a mirror connected to me from far away. It is not clear who it is, but I feel it''s Ha-rim. But she is having a nightmare in front of me. It''s a situation I can''t understand. Right now, Ha-rim is sleeping, but it was Ha-rim who called me. Still, if she was calling from the other side, I decided that I should go. I used mirror movement to get to the mirror connected to me from far away. It took a considerable amount of time to travel, and the mirror was dusty. The destination was inside of a train. This must be a supernatural space derived from the famous ghost story [Monkey Dream].1 It begins with strange beings lining up people in a dream and brutally killing them in order. Afterwards, the ghost story ends with the main character barely escaping from the dream, afraid of having the same dream again as he knows it would be his end. It is a very dangerous monster. The odds of meeting it is obviously low. Is Ha-rim okay? I got out of the mirror. Immediately after that, I see her. She was right next to me. Fortunately, she wasn''t injured. However, a single tear trickled down her cheek. The eyes are red and swollen, looking pitiful. ...Ha-rim is crying. I was greatly perplexed when I saw it. Because it was unimaginable for her to cry. When she was being chased by a monster, when she first fell into this world, when the children were agitated. She showed strong mental strength that was unshakable to the extent that I wondered if she was influenced by something. She is crying? I noticed that she wasn''t looking at me. She was just staring at the window. What are you looking at? I turned my head and looked outside. There was an "end". It may be the past, the future, or a different world, but the world lines that Ha-rim reached in the end of this game were spread out. Simply put, the original endings. Fucking dark endings. I saw the world line in one of them. Kyeong-min''s throat was cut. Suho was stabbed. Eun-jeong was suffocated by being wrapped in a spider''s web. However, Ha-rim survived and moved on. After moving forward, she stops next to some mechanism and witnesses a huge demon destroying this world and moving outside. The Devil, an absolute being who shouts that the end of the children are despair. Ha-rim who looks with dead eyes. In all world lines, Ha-rim always survived "alone". As she lost her friends one by one, the result of surviving is the birth of the Devil and the sight of precious people outside dying. Ha-rim of all the world lines, deprived of even a ce to return to, sits down at the same time and waits for death in a daze. No matter how many times I watch it, it''s a disgusting ending. The middle of my forehead crumples on it''s own. "Ha-rim." "..." She didn''t seem to hear. "Shin Ha-rim! Stop looking at it!" I forcibly turned her shoulders and made her look at me. Only then did she, who noticed my existence, muttered. "E...?" And then grabbed me like a crazy person and said. "E, E! What the hell is that? Are all the futures we will experience like that?" "Calm..." I was trying to tell her to calm down. But before I could say it all, Ha-rim spoke like she was vomiting words. "I want to believe that this is just a dreamscape. But, but! Emotions are being passed on to me. The feelings of everyone who might be me!" Dangerous. Her mind is shaking. The negative emotions of each Ha-rim of different world lines are flowing into her. If she doesn''t calm down right now, her mind will break. I hastily said. "It''s just a dream." She didn''t believe it. "Lie! It''s a lie! Kyeong-min, Eun-jeong, and Suho all die. Even if I survive alone and go out, everyone outside will die!" Ha-rim was relentless when it came to matters of survival. She''s the type of person who doesn''t hesitate and acts once she sees it. The obsession with life is on the bigger side. Even so, she said something that shouldn''t be said. "If this is the result of working hard every moment without giving up... If we are waiting for results that can never be changed... There''s no point trying to live..." Ha-rim is the main character of this game. She is truly the perfect image of human will who doesn''t give up on life even after falling into the world of monsters and losing all her friends. However, she was also a victim of the cosmic horror that was the appearance of the gigantic demon. A story that has no way to exin other than the creators deliberately wanted to trample on such a human figure. I pushed her hard. "You fool!" Ha-rim was startled by the louse shout and cowered. "It''s just a dream, Ha-rim! You shouldn''t say that!" "But!" "But what! Take a good look. Am I over there?" Ha-rim''s eyes widened. I wasn''t there. This is because I was an outsider from the game world. I hugged her before she could say anything. As my warmth was transmitted, her fear began to subside. "The Devil is giving you bad dreams. It''s trying to break your mind! No one has died yet. None of you! Isn''t it? Am I wrong?" Ha-rim replied in a trembling voice. "That''s right. ... Thank you for helping everyone. You helped me because you are my friend." "That''s right." She was silent, then hugged my body. Her mind, driven by extreme stress, tried to pour out all her emotions on me to ease the pain. Emotional turmoil takes on one direction. Sharing your feelings is one of the reasons people can live. I made her say anything so her spirit doesn''t break. Everything from the main problem and fear in her heart to the smallest things! Ha-rim hesitated for a moment before opening her mouth. "...You know, E. I''m actually very lonely. Maybe it''s ack of affection. My parents died in an ident when I was very young." I didn''t know the past of Ha-rim, the main character. This time, my emotions were fluctuating a bit. No, it shouldn''t be like this. I calmed down and listened. "Instead, my uncle took care of me. But my uncle was busy and said I had to do everything myself. I read books because I didn''t know anything. It was quite helpful." Ha-rim unraveled her own past. Mistakes she made because she wasn''t used to doing things on her own, things she felt sorry for, things she felt ashamed of. "..." "Since the day I made a friend. Kyeong-min, Eun-jeong, Suho... I never felt lonely when I was with them." Her voice trembles once more. "But when I get home, I''m alone. Always alone! That was so painful." I asked her. "Didn''t you tell the kids? It would have made you feel better if you had exined the situation and talked to them." She hugged me tighter and answered. "My uncle said it wasn''t a smart idea to talk about not having parents. And I read a verse in a book." "If you share negative emotions with your friends, they will suffer just as much. It even said my friends might leave! In that case, it would be better not to tell... I thought so." She revealed her secret. Her voice became lighter. "..." "E. You asked why I created a club? This is why. In a scary ce, tension arises, so it isn''t lonely. Besides, if I make a club, I can y with my friends after school! I''ve found justification." Because she values her friends so much, she doesn''t share her negative feelings. Sharing the heavy topic of not having parents with friends was a problem that could cause difort between them. Just as a trivial thing can make you a friend, a trivial thing can distance you from a friend. Ha-rim found out about it at a very young age. She poured out her emotions. Even so, I couldn''t leave her alone because she still looked dangerous. "...I''m sorry E! Sorry for telling you everything! E is also a dear friend! I told you an embarrassing story." I pushed the self-ming Ha-rim away a little and looked at her face. "You can tell me." "...Why?" "Because I am the same." She seemed to realize a lot from my answer. I don''t know what she was thinking. In what way was it conveyed? I was just being honest. I also lost my parents in an ident. Even if it was the parents who didn''t love me, I can''t exin the loneliness of not having anyone anymore. Maybe Ha-rim and I are of the same kind. I was a little happy about that. POV Switch - Ha-rim Hearing E''s words, I started thinking. E is a ghost twisted by being abused. It was clear that she had more scars than myself. She wouldn''t have been able to tell anyone about her hidden scars. Same as myself. Then... Can I tell you? If we have big wounds, can we have a rtionship where we heal each other? An existence I can share my negative thoughts to my heart''s content. A secret friend who can always jump out of a mirror and talk to. I looked into E''s eyes to seek tacit agreement. It''s a warm stare that looks at the same kind. There is no sign of difort to be found. You must be thinking the same as me. POV Switch - 3rd Person E did not know how Ha-rim understood her. Ha-rim did not know who was inside E. But their gears meshed and turned. The dream was slowly crumbling because it was no longer a nightmare. Ha-rim, realizing that this dream was over, whispered to E. "E. I have a favor." "Tell me anything." "I don''t think those worlds are just dreams." "..." "But if the things I saw are going to happen in the future, I want E to change them. To an adventure to get through the frightening things we are about to experience." When Ha-rim''s crying face became serious with the will to move on, E smiled a little. As if dering, E said "yes." And as a result, E and Ha-rim became close friends to the extent that they would not lose to anyone. E enjoyed it. And it was the same with another person sleeping in her body. Ha-rim woke up from her dream and opened her eyes. It''s still night. At the bedside, E was looking at her. E asked. "Was it a nightmare?" Ha-rim replied vigorously. "No!" Chapter 28 Chapter 28 It was the very next day after the monkey dreammotion. While being caught and hugged by Eun-jeong, who became spoiled. Ha-rim handed over a piece of paper. When I asked what this was, Ha-rim said that it was a note that Mr. Pierrot asked to give it to me. Chapter 4 boss [Pierrot]. The strongest of the bosses. If him, who we should be vignt the most, aimed at Ha-rim, she would have died without being able to fight back. However, he did not touch her and handed over a note. He kindly even left a mirror so that I could get to her. I checkedter and found out that the mirror was the one in my mansion. ...For what purpose? Killing the children doesn''t seem to be his goal. Just like Mary, this guy acts on his own, so it''s hard to guess. Is Ms. Spider, the boss of chapter 3, also doing something simr? Whatever it is, there must be a clue written on it. I opened the note away from the children and read it. [Hello! Ms. E. I''m really amazed at what you''ve done! It''s not enough that you, the weakest between us, got out of the frame faster than Mary. Even defending the children by suppressing the urge to kill! I can''t contain my admiration! Protecting them seems to be quite a nuisance for the Devil! But don''t get carried away with the results. If you be the number one target, nothing good will happen. You can tell by looking at Arachne, right? And it seems that you met Mary, but she is too ignorant. That''s because she''s the second weakest between us. The first is of course you! Hahahaha! You know it''s a joke, right? Anyway, the ignorant Mary might get in your way... Then... Well, I''m sure Ms. E knows better. The business ends here! If I get any information, I will share it. May you be safe until then!] That''s the content of the note. I got some unexpected information. When I organized the contents that caught my eyes, it looks like Pierrot is not hostile towards the kids. In addition, he expressed his intention to cooperate in defeating the Devil. Arachne... Maybe he means Ms. Spider... What happened to her? Ick information, so let''s put it aside. Next, Mary and Pierrot speaks to me in a very friendly tone. Looking at thest note and this one, it seems that the bosses know each other. It can be said that there is no reason to be hostile right now. Can I consider it as having a strong ally? It''s hard to imagine it. "Um... It''s difficult." I''m full of questions, so I don''t know where to start. I folded the note again and stored it in my locker. "Sigh..." Pierrot''s words only increased my doubts. Did the pattern of asking riddles in the boss fight affect his talking habits? Just thinking about it makes my head hurt. I want to ask, "Where did you throw away the original work?!", but is there any point? I decided to soothe the headining of pain. When you have a headache, sweets are the best. I took out a huge piece of candy from my locker. I got it from the previous quiz, but it was so big that I couldn''t eat it all yet. I could eat it quickly if I chew it, but itsts longer if I just lick it. If it''s stored back after licking it, isn''t it dirty because it''s full of saliva? It''s noisy, readers in my head. My saliva is not dirty! My head feels a little better when I lick the candy. Still, the stuffiness remains the same. It would be nice if there was someone I could just ask coolly. ...It was when I was thinking that. Tiririring! "?!" A phone call from somewhere. I don''t remember having a phone close to me. I looked around. And there was a phone that grew like a nt next to me. ''Is it an attack by a monster?'' However, there is no monster capable of summoning the phone itself without going through the medium of a phone. Except for one person. Mary, the phone monster! I kept staring at the ringing phone. She would definitely be in touch, so she told me to pick it up then. It is not intended to attack me. Still, Mary''s phone call is kind of awkward... I feel like a choice appears in my eyes. [There is a call from Mary. Talk to her?] [Talk to Mary.] [Do not talk to Mary.] It''s normal to have conversations like this in games. I shook off my embarrassment and answered the phone. Click. Chapter 29 Chapter 29 "It went that way!" Pointing to the ce covered by bushes and flower pots, Eun-jeong eximed. The monster, who was caught, stretched its long neck and attacked her. However, Suho, who was waiting behind her, strikes it with his shield. Confused by the unexpected attack, it tries to run away in a hurry, but its body is tied to a chain rising from the ground. It is the effect of Kyeong-min''s artifact, [Book Of Restraint]. While observing the captured monster, Kyeong-min opened his notebook and checked something about it. "Hmm... It seems to be a youkai called Rokurokubi... It appears to be closer to the living side." Hearing that, Ha-rim rummages through her bag. "Then this would be good." What she took out was an item in the form of a syringe obtained from a nurse monster in a hospital. It had the effect of exorcising small and weak monsters. She gets closer and sticks it into the youkai. It struggles as it suffers, but the children sprinkled purifying salt as if it wasn''t over yet. Finally, Suho hit hard with his shield, and the monster waspletely eradicated. "Did we do it?" p p p. I apuded and praised them when I saw what they did. Children who have be full-fledged exorcists. The nape of my neck is getting chills for no reason. I told Ha-rim, who put the fallen item in her bag, that we should go back soon. Upon hearing that, the kids smiled like workers who had just finished their job. The daily life of farming items. Mary might be around here, so we walked carefully. The children have grown up and the supply of items is going well. But... Something bothered me. Maybe it was natural. The original story is twisted, the Devil is after us, and the bosses move randomly. The only thing I can do when I don''t know how to defeat the Devil and whether it''s okay to kill the bosses is to pick up items. However, now I have no choice but to wait for "them" toe, so it''s frustrating. The thing that bothered me more than anything was the promise. I nced at Ha-rim. A promise to make an adventure to navigate through a hopeless future. It''s a promise I might not be able to keep. If I was like before, I would have resigned myself and felt sorry. But now I can''t afford to give up. It''s because in this short time, the option itself to go to a hopeless future has disappeared because of the children. In a corner of my mind, I kept saying to myself that I had to do something. It seems that Pierrot is fighting the Devil directly... Does he even know how to fight it? Acting passively is not the answer. I also have a variable... A big variable that will change the flow... Noticing my serious expression, the kids stare at me. And they whispered something among themselves. She looks to be in a bad mood. It seems like they are trying to find a way to solve that. Then theye to a conclusion. Suho approaches me. Then he turned around and leaned. "...?" "Get on my back, E." So suddenly? When I looked at him with a questionable face, he gave a thumbs up. "My little sister likes when I do this." No matter how small I am, my height is taller than that of normal girls, I am as tall as Kyeong-min, who is a boy. I didn''t think I''d be treated like a younger sister... But since I''ve never been carried by anyone, my curiosity was piqued. Without saying a word, I leaned on Suho''s back. "..." "Are you feeling better?" Oh oh... What is this stability? It''s warm and makes you feel rxed. I pressed my body a little closer and whispered in his ear to thank him. "Yes. Thank you, Suho." "Uh... Um... I see." ''Somehow, it feels different from my sister...''1 Suho''s cheeks look slightly red. Am I heavy? When I asked, he shook his head saying no. It''s not me, so it''s fine. But it''s dangerous outside, so it''s not okay if Suho, the shield, and I, the protector, are like this. I slipped down and looked around. There is nothing dangerous. I think I can be at ease. After the reconnaissance, Kyeong-min caught my eye. Because he was still looking at his notebook. A notebook that he has been constantly writing down both outside before and here now. Curious, I asked him if he could show me his notebook. He happily handed me it. There were many sparsely worn pages. It looks like it was written with great effort. The information written in the notebook is about a toilet ghost, a rabbit monster, a frog monster... The monsters we saw before and those that Kyeong-min himself had searched. And there were an article about me too. At the time, most of thements were that I was scary, and it was only written that I moved between mirrors. And on one side, the word "pretty" is written in small letters. Kyeong-min seems to have forgotten that he wrote it. He was startled. I slightly raised my eyebrows and teased. "Am I pretty?" "That''s!" "Hm? What''s pretty? Can you tell me?" When Iughed at him, Kyeong-min scratched his head and said, "I... I think your eyes are pretty..." I was speechless. Because I didn''t know what to say to be honest. ...It''s embarrassing. The girls are reacting the same way. The atmosphere became strange, so I cleared my throat and looked at the notebook. I took a quick look, I already know everything... No, wait. Among the many ghost stories, I saw an unfamiliar name on a rtively clean page. [Smiley Face].2 What is this? Is this a joke too? I''ve never heard of anything like this. "What is this Smiley Face?" I asked Kyeong-min. Then, he raised his sses and answered. "Ah, that''s a ghost story that spread recently before wended here. It''s a monster that appears in video chatting." I had never heard of such a ghost story. It''s not even a monster that appears in this game. "..." My senses are telling me. This is a clue that will affect the huge flow. I asked Kyeong-min to tell me more about the story. To sum up his exnation, Smiley Face is a monster that appears on video chatting sites. It has the shape of a person, but it is said that the eyes and mouth are torn like a smiley emoticon. While video chatting, the other person''s screen suddenly reflects a strange world and a smiling man appears saying "Tada". It is said that after the appearance of Smiley Face, no matter who were in the video chat, he would tear out their eyes and mouths and suddenly disappear. Is this a recent urban legend... There were a lot of ghost stories like this. There is also names thates to mind right away. But [Smiley Face] itself ispletely new to me. When I looked into what was a monster before, a monster was an abstract being that only has a form limited to this world... But can such beings exist outside? ...A great idea came to mind. ''If there are monsters out there, how will the fear of seeing them affect the world?'' First, let''s take Jangsanbeom as an example and hypothesize that there are monsters outside as well. [Hypothesis 1] If the Jangsanbeom really exists, the fear caused by the rumors spread by those who witnessed it would be materialized in this world. In other words, the original version of the Jangsanbeom monster we defeated exists outside. [Hypothesis 2] The Jangsanbeom we defeated in this world is the culprit in the ghost story. For some reason, it came over to this world In the case of [Hypothesis 2], the other monsters we defeated were also ying outside. I came to this conclusion before, but it was dismissed because monsters that are close to non-monster phenomena are not well exined. What remains is [Hypothesis 1]. The hypothesis that there is an "original" for the monsters we defeated. It doesn''t make sense realistically. I can''t believe that such monsters exist! However, right now, my body is also of a monster, so it was not unbelievable. What if Smiley Face really existed? "Kyeong-min, does Smiley Face''s attack only target one person?" "Huh? Hmm... No, I heard that it appears even during a video chat with up to four people." I see, that means... "There''s something we need to do." "What?" "I''ll find the Smiley Face." As soon as we returned to school, we used theputer in theputer room. "This is a mouse." Kyeong-min, this kid...! I wonder if I will live in sorrow like the ghosts of the old days by treating me like an old person. Should I change my clothes or something? ...Can I change it? I roughly listened to Kyeong-min on how to use aputer and tried to ess the Inte. The inte was working, just like the electricity in the school. However, no matter which site I went to, only broken text and images were visible. If I write something in amunity and try to upload it, the upload button itself can''t be pressed. Even when I run a game, it gets bizarrely distorted. "Hmm... Is it some kind of filter?" "It''s too early to conclude." Thanks to that, we can''tmunicate with other people or even check information from the outside. It was to the point where I wondered if there really was such a thing as "outside". The feeling that something is intentionally blocking it. I was fully aware that it was impossible tomunicate with the outside world through normal routes. But what if we borrowed the power of Smiley Face? ording to Kyeong-min''s exnation, the world reflected on the screen where Smiley Face appears is always different. An ordinary beach. A family home. Or a world of bizarrendscapes. He stays there, disappears from its own screen, and at the same time appears on the victim''s screen and try attacking them. What''s interesting in this is that thendscapes Smiley Face appears isn''t somewhere were you can connect to the inte. However, Smiley Face calmly chats with other people? I can''t help but imagine that it''s his ability at work. If I can find the chatroom he is... "Kyeong-min, how do I meet Smiley Face?" "I heard it only appears in random matching." Should I just leave it to chance? It is possible to ess the site, so I connect and try video chatting. Matching sess. However, the screen does not appear and the chat doesn''te up. It''s a failure. Random matching again. Failed again. "Do you want to continue?" "Yes." Kyeong-min continues to try random matching as I tell him to. It doesn''t work. "...Ha-rim, take out all the loot you got the other day." She made a surprised expression at my words. The loot I mentioned are from the [Luck] series. Most of them are disposable, so once you use them, you can''t use it again. She seemed to ask if she could use here all the items we had worked hard for. I answered with a serious expression. Seeing my serious face, Ha-rim''s expression became serious as well. She took out the items from the bag. [Raffle Ticket], [Talisman Against Evil], [Cat Doll], [Pig''s Head].3 I ced them in a circle around theputer. It looked like a ritual was going on. Tension began to rise in the air. The other kids began to realize that this isn''t something light to do out of curiosity. Ha-rim, who has a luck artifact, sat down and grabbed the mouse instead of Kyeong-min. Click click click. No sess yet. The items didn''t activate in the first ce. ...Are the items in this world unable to affect the outside? Otherwise, Smiley Face is fake. Because it''s going on under the assumption that Smiley Face exists in the first ce. My face looked bad. Ha-rim soothingly said. "I''m not sure exactly what E is trying to do, but it''s very important, right?"" I nodded. "Yes, it is very important." She smiled and led my hand towards the mouse. "Then let''s not give up. I will try again and again." I looked at her face. Once again, the promise of that timees to mind. A promise to turn the scary things they will experience into an adventure. A heavy responsibility to change the flow, atmosphere, and theme of this game. It''s impossible. There''s nothing I can do. How can I change the world that was originally like this? It was aw that adults had to give up and ept when things were impossible. I mean, still. It''s possible to work in groups. Even if it bes meaningless. I thought so. I clicked and continued using the mouse. Click click click click! Keep pressing the random matching button without stopping. The speed and intensity of the clicks increased. I thought the mouse might get broken. Everyone looked at me like a person who had a heartache because things didn''t go right. Like a child against a herd. It''s as if I was forcibly grabbing something that doesn''t work and twisting it. I was behaving unpredictably. Then, a strange power enveloped the surroundings. Uoong- The items started to react. Items that only vibrated a little now rattle and show off their power! Ha-rim realized that his ne also reacted. Crackle... Uoong! The ne and the items emitted light at the same time. Bright, too bright! Desks, doors, curtains shakes! Everything shakes. And the wind blew towards theputer! "Woah?!" "There''s a lot of lighting out!" "This is a ssroom, where''s the winding from?" Unusual things are happening. The light gets brighter and brighter. As my vision waspletely obscured by light, I felt a strange power within me. ...The light fades. We looked at the monitor 4 screens were randomly matched. In the first and second screens, a man in a prison uniform and a man in a special forces uniform were paired respectively. On the third screen, it was us. At the 4th, there was a monster with torn eyes and mouth like a smiley emoticon. We seded. What made me smile in particr is the background of the first and second screens. Even if they try hiding it, it doesn''t look like a house background. Aboratory? Is it an istion room? "What the hell is that girl?" "Unexpected circumstances have urred... Bzzz... I understand. Prisoner number twenty-one . Stand by." A man who receives a call from somewhere and orders to wait. The man in the prison uniform pointed somewhere and said. "Fuck it if it''s an unpredictable situation! I''m going to be like that bastard!" "Shut up twenty-one." It''s the same outfit as "them" that I saw in the game. It was so clich¨¦ that I couldn''t believe it, but it''s such a setting! I obviously only wanted tomunicate with the outside world. It would have been great if I could have contacted them, but I didn''t even try because it was such a slim possibility. But I never thought this would be the result! I opened my mouth to the confused people. "Hello everyone!"4 I see my reflection in the screen. Laughing evilly. "I want to request a rescue, can you call the person in charge?" They only show up at the very end. They died without knowing why. The mysterious machines they left behind. What I need to do change all of that is this. Invite them to this Wondend. Faster than the original! Chapter 30 Chapter 30 A secret organization that protects humanity. Anyone interested in urban fantasy must have heard of it at least once. They are arge group that secures, contains, and protects humanity from anomalous objects and phenomena that people dismiss as urban legends. In the beginning, it was limited to catching and imprisoning unidentified creatures, but as the scale gradually grew, it became as a group that protects mankind by diverting it from the danger of destruction. In creative works, of course. The people in front of me may not be exactly the same as the secret institution in the creation I thought, but given that they have enough technology to enter this world, the level is expected to be simr. Above all, it is evident that the concept was adopted. ...The developer was quitezy. Now it looks that the scenario has grown too much for this small horror game. It feels like the genre has changed. ...I won''t have to be chased by these guyster, will I? "Who are you?" Dressed in special forces... I''ll just call you agent. Anyway, one of the agents got the order via tel and asked me a question. Come to think of it, it''s the first time I''ve had a conversation with an adult since I became this body. If it was normal, I would have respected him in a businesslike manner, but it is somehow awkward. E seemed to be the type who didn''t show respect except when teasing. "A person who lives in a mirror. Now we are talking from a parallel world." "...Which parallel world?" "I don''t know if it will be helpful, but we will give you the address. Kyeong-min, can you give it to them?" He was suddenly called. However, he spoke calmly, as if giving the address to the police. "We aremunicating from XX Elementary School in XX city, XX street. I''m Lee Kyeong-min, and the kids I''m with are Shin Ha-rim, Kim Eun-jeong and Yoo Suho. We are now trapped in a world full of monsters. Please help!" The more he speaks, the more he shows his emotions. He seems to be moved to tears because he found adults to rely on. No matter how much I protect them, there is no substitute for an adult. I felt a little bitter. It was the moment I opened my mouth to pass on more information. In one of the two screens, the prisoner''s mouth was ripped open and he died. The children flinched at the grotesque appearance and backed away, surprise that this happened. "Fuck! That bastard is dead!" "Shut up if you don''t want to die right now, prisoner." [Ooh? Who are you? Are you ignoring me?] It''s Smiley Face. As much he''s someone I never heard of, I wasn''t letting my guard down. Having special abilities... Can it be considered a monster too? It''s a being with apletely different concept from the "monsters" here, so it''s hard to define it. "Can you wait a bit while we talk? Wouldn''t it be nice to be generous with strangers?" [No, You have seeds that look delicious.] It seems difficult to have a conversation thanks to his interruption. Smiley Face''s head distorts like a program error. I had a feeling something wasing. A sharp aura was felt through the screen. Is it a curse? No, that''s wrong. It''s kind of like how I can use physical force outside the mirror. I drew my knife and offsetted it. Snap-! [How did you do it? How?] Smiley Face tilts his head from one side to another as if in doubt. Do you think it looks cute? The institution seemed quite surprised by what I have done. Judging from the fact that the agents lost their attention when listening to the pouring orders. I got yful. "Aren''t you busy?" He sees me smirking and stiffens slightly. Ah, it shouldn''t be like this. If I nt a bad image, I''ll look suspicious! I quickly changed my expression. Doesn''t I look like a strange person whose mind was going back and forth? "I confirmed all the names you told us. They are missing children. Are you protecting them?" I''m d you checked on the kids. At least you''ll believe me. "Protecting... Or cooperating. Anyway, it''s true that I''m protecting them." "Do you want them to be rescued?" "Yes. If possible, I would like them to be sent outside." "You... Are you a human?" How should I answer this? It would be strange to say that the mind is human... After hesitating to answer for a while, the eyes of the prisoner on the second screen were torn out and died. Quite temperamental. [You''re ignoring me! Again!] "Doesn''t he attack you?" "..." Smiley Face isn''t attacking the agents. Why? Are monsters aiming for the criminals because they are afraid of public power? ...It can''t be. When I look at him with curious eyes, Ha-rim seems to have realized something. "Isn''t it because of the exposed parts?" Come to think of it, one prisoner was wearing a sunsses and the other a mask. The two agents were wearing both masks and sunsses. Indeed! Ha-rim is sharp. But isn''t that a poor ability for a monster? I, who was on guard, rxed. And again my mouth itched. "You can''t use your ability when the face is covered, you''re a small fry!" [What?] Smiley Face''s expression twists bizarrely and the screen also glitched. But my mouth didn''t stop. "Did you not hear? Trash. Loser. Low ss. Ugly bald head~" [You. Kill.] He disappeared from the screen, and appeared next to me in an instant. This guy? He''s targeting the children, not me. [Kyaaaaaaaaagh!] I broke his arm and grabbed his neck. "You can''t touch the kids." And I smashed his neck with my hand. Actually, I didn''t want to kill him, but his arms and legs were longer than I thought, so I decided to use a radical method because I was afraid that the children would be harmed. The agents who watched the scene seemed to understand something. My strength became the answer to the question he had just asked. Crackling and distortions starts to appear in the screen. Since Smiley Face is dead, it seems that the ability tomunicate has also disappeared. I had a hunch that no matter what we did, he would attack us, so I thought it would be unreasonable to have a long conversation. Sorry, but that''s it. I decided to blurt out everything I wanted to say before themunication ended. "A huge demon is growing in this world. In time, it will break the world ande out to wipe everything. The Devil who could easily blow up a city. We have to do something before everyone dies. I want you to evacuate the people first! Then rescue the children. Finally defeat the Devil... Believe me." That''s enough. Suddenly themunication broke. Now it''s only showing a ck screen. The emotion of agitation reflected in the agents eye''s through the sunsses seemed it was well conveyed. I''m sorry for suddenly telling a shocking story of a giant Devil, but if I didn''t do this, you might have died after mobilizing weak reinforcements. "What do you mean E? The Devil is growing?" Kyeong-min asked with a serious expression. ...It was something I was already nning to say. From the time I decided tomunicate with the outside world. What they will eventually learn when they encounter the group from the institution. I''ve been hiding it until now, but I''ve made up my mind to greatly twist the original to prevent it. I will act for the change, so I can''t keep hiding it. After taking a deep breath, I exined the situation to the kids. That a huge demon is growing in this world, and that this demon is the same as the one who nned the raid. When all 30 days have passed, the Devil will destroy this world ande out to make a mess outside. I exined how I know because I myself am a resident of this world. I closed my eyes tightly. It''s because the fact that I hid things I knew from the children didn''t change. In other words, it''s nothing different from lying. ''They''re going to resent me.'' Unexpectedly, however, the kids did not resent me. They just had serious faces. I couldn''t stand the heavy silence and asked them. "Aren''t you resentful?" "What are you talking about, E?" "I kept everything a secret. You drew a hopeful future while I deceived you. I won''t get angry, it''s okay to curse at me." I looked at Ha-rim. Are you sure you aren''t disappointed? In the dream, I promised that I would turn the approaching danger into an adventure. But the news I brought only painted a hopeless story. Even if it was me, I would have been disappointed. Rather, seeing me like this, Ha-rim tried to appease me. "No. E didn''t do anything wrong." "Still." Ha-rim took my hand. Warmthes through. "The reason you asked adults to help us was because you wanted to save us. How could I say such bad things to you who are helping us? Isn''t that right, Kyeong-min?" Kyeong-min was still confused, but he opened his mouth at Harim''s call, fixing his sses again. "When everyone is suffering, I don''t think we should put the me on someone. Especially if it is an ident, misfortune, or disaster that no one expected." "...Why do you think so?" "Because it is more efficient to strengthen the will to ovee with the person next to you than to me someone and release your emotions. And..." "And?" "I don''t think handing over a heavy burden unterally is something you would do to someone important to you." The kids are more mature than me. It was heartwarming, but I was angry because I felt like I lost at something. I asked, slightly raising the corner of my mouth. "Kyeong-min, do you value me?" "Because you''re a friend, you''re precious." "Huh... Really?" "That''s right!" Ahaha! The funniest thing is when teasing Kyeong-min. As the atmosphere eased, Suho approached me with a determined expression. After taking a quick look at his shield, he asks me. "E. What should we do now?" "What are you so determined for? Don''t you look quite scary?" "I don''t know. Maybe I suddenly heard a story so big that my head couldn''t ept it. The image of a giant Devil is vague. Probably everyone is trying to not image it." "I see. Better than being afraid." "Yeah. That''s right." In my eyes, it seems that it''s because everyone''s courage has grown, but they don''t seem to be aware of it. I don''t need to say anything. "We have work to do. To you, here is an unrealistically strange ce. Bur for the reinforcements arriving it is no different than normal." "What do you mean?" "We have to prepare to meet the adults. That''s what I mean." Adultsing to Wondend to save children and defeat the Devil. But I don''t think things are going that easy. POV Switch - ??? Report. Arrived at XX Elementary School in XX city at XX street where they attend. Their figures have not been found. No trace of object D-888 identified. Requested use of ss C World Refraction Detector from Agent James. Committee: Permission granted. ss C World Refract Detector used. No refractive reaction. Request to use Detection Cross from Agent Maria. Committee: Permission granted. Used Detection Cross. No demonic reaction. Withdrawal request. Committee: (After 1 hour) Request to withdraw denied. Branch 037 will perform the ritual "Faust".1 After taking the risk, report the damage. (30 minutester) Consciousness awoke. Risk report. Damage: 0 deaths, 10 serious injuries, 5 minor injuries, 2ints of mental injuries. Loss of all spiritual energy in the branch. Report. Confirmed weak reality maniption reaction. Confirmed weak demonic response. Demon code: MP Committee: Trigger the wartime rm. Branch 037 dispatches a task force to execute SR procedures. Manpower organized. Chapter 31 Chapter 31 An armed group stood in front of a purple door with a moon and sun on it. And a man and a woman were talking in front of them. Unlike the fully armed man, the woman wearing a nun''s uniform only carried a pistol attached to her waist. The man asked the woman as if interested in it. "Is that a SG-21? It''s the first time I''ve seen it with my own eyes." The man asked out of curiosity, but the woman raised the tone of her voice a little as if she didn''t like it. "Not SG-21. It''s Serene Grace. Do you carelessly attach names to things that belongs to other people?" Despite the obvious sarcasm, the man did not blink an eye. Then he asked again. "...So it is a SG-21, right? Agent Maria." The woman, called Maria, had a brief snowball fight and then shook her head. "You... Ha. yes, that''s right. You''re always like that, Agent James. I have no intention of ignoring the institution''s orders, so let''s stop fighting." Only then did Agent James turn his head towards the door, seemingly satisfied. A door that goes through special containment procedures even on the institution''s side. It''s very tricky to use it, and almost impossible to enter it any other way. However, it was unusual for the number of troops to enter be so small. Although the institution seemed to becent, there was experiments in which attempts to invade other worlds with arge number of troops were frequently unsessful. Because the world itself rejected too many weapons and people. How can restrictions be ced so strongly on a dimension that is too small to even be called a world? Is it saying "cheating" is rejected? Thinking about that, James shook his head. Most of the things he encountered while doing his job were inexplicable, so he decided to focus on his mission, dismissing them as meaningless thoughts. However, this time he had a hunch that it would be a much tougher mission than usual. James made one final check on the 6 items that were the heart of the SR operation, and led his men towards the door. Thump. Thump. Squeak... A ck space opened. Between two worlds. It''s empty with nothing in it, being able to breath without feeling the air, stepping on the ground but not feeling the texture, not knowing what you''re stepping on. James frowned at such a strange sensation. "...?" One of the people in the group got startled. James asked him. "Something wrong?" "No. I think I saw a white rabbit... Looks like I saw it wrong." "It might be a supernatural effect, so members who show simr symptoms should report immediately." The vignce of the group rises. But nothing happened. It was difficult even for them to imagine that there was something in the space between worlds. As James walked through the endless darkness and took hisst step, his vision changed. The unfolding scenario is thendscape of the city. James observed the world carefully. The basic structure of this world itself was very simr to theirs. It was enough to believe that it was a parallel world. Nheless, there were strangely many nts and he felt an ominous energy piercing his body. "Agent Maria. What does this ce feels like?" "...It''s terrible. I can feel a strong malevolent aura towards humans. It probably won''t be strange if any phenomenon happens at all." ''Terrible.'' It wasn''t many, but it was the first time that Maria, who had been on missions with him, used such an expression. James listened to Maria and decided it was not good to stay outside. First of all, they aimed to move to arge building to prepare a base. James took the lead. ''Let''s get out of this narrow alley for now.'' With that thought in mind, the moment James turned the corner, he was speechless. Chapter 32 Chapter 32 We are guiding the special forces dispatched by the institution to the school. It was surprising that the members followed me without saying a word. I thought there would be whispers expressing anxiety. They seemed to fully trust their leader''s decisions. That man leading the group. A veteran for sure. Still, that is that and this is this. I can''t hide my disappointment that only a small number of people are sent even when the danger has been fully informed. Even though the existence of the institution I knew was far fromcency. Hmm... As I looked at him with a questioning gaze, his eyebrows slightly curved. He''s quick-witted. "Do you have something to say?" "There is. That... Um, what should I call you?" "Call me James." "Okay, James. You can call me E. And there''s something I want to ask you." "Something to ask... I can''t promise that I will answer." "Really? Does an unanswerable question includes the level of your troops?" At my question, James face looks puzzled. That shouldn''t have been a strange question. "What do you mean?" "Too few. This is ce is so full of monsters that you''ve already met some, but there''s only a few people. At least it''s wise to bring an army." "...I could answer, but it will be quite long. It would be prudent to talk after arriving." It''s good that the answer is simple. I like this guy. There seems to be a reason for that too. "Okay. When we arrive... Ah!" "?" While talking, I found Ha-rim rummaging through a bag on the floor. She is doing this again! "Shin Ha-rim! Didn''t I tell you not to blindly investigate missing bags?!" In this world, as time goes by, monsters be stronger and the environment changes. In the past, I would have allowed her to investigate freely, but not now. There is the luck artifact, so I don''t have to worry too much... "Sorry, it''s like an instinct... But if its a missing bag, I need to investigate!" This little girl... Retorted?! I hit Ha-rim on the forehead with a flick. She became sullen. "Stop over there, Kim Eun-jeong." "Uh... Um." "Eun-jeong, I know you like the scent of flowers, but do you want to even smell the scent of a flower with eyeballs? "...Hehe, surprisingly not bad." "I told you not to do anything dangerous. You''re trying to slip away again. The pampering has gotten worsetely. Now just cuddle and sleep by yourself when you sleep!" "No!" Leaving behind Eun-jeong, who whined like that~, I searched for the next target. The target was the boys. When my gaze is fixed on them, their shoulders tremble. These guys are bystanders. "Suho! Fix thecent attitude of thinking they''re safe because you''re watching! That shield is not omnipotent. Kyeong-min, you too were too absorbed in taking notes and neglected stopping the kids." The children who hesitates and can''t easily make excuses. Obviously, the rtionship has grown closer and their performance has improved, but as they be morefortable with each other, their shorings became apparent. When it''s not about this, each of them does well on their own. It''s spected that my presence ys a part in making the kids rxed. Give me a break. The children walked in a line with rigid postures. The gaze of the woman dressed as a nun became strange. The corner of James mouth is slightly raised. I don''t know what they''re thinking. But it doesn''t matter. Because now it''s all over. "Is this a safe ce?" "You''ll know when you enter." I quickly moved to the mirror in front of the school gate and came out again. Being a monster, I am physically blocked, so I have no choice but to do this. The kids followed me into the school. James also followed them without question. Then he nodded his head. "Indeed. When I came in, something felt different. There are no strange nts either." "Yes, this school has barriers that physically block the monsters." "Monsters?" "Let''s go in and I''ll tell you." I showed them a ce to stay. I guided them to a usable ssroom and informed them that there was a convenience store by the back door. "There is food brought by us." "Sometimes snacking is okay." "Hoo." James gave me a curious look. He also asked about the salt ced everywhere, so I introduced it as purifying salt. When he asked permission to collect some, I granted it. After doing maintenance, James asked me for a talk. Is it a conversation between leaders? I told the kids to rest and came back after talking to them for a while. In an empty ssroom, we sat in desks facing each other. There was me on one side, and two opposite to me. James and a woman dressed as a ck nun. "Who?" "I am Agent Maria. From the special forces." She is the person that talked the most with James, the leader. "Don''t care. Why didn''t you bring all the members to this ssroom and interrogate them?" "No need. Excuse me." James pulled out a recorder. It was something I had only seen in spy moves, but it was amazing to see it in person. "For convenience, I will call you D-888, not your first name. Do you agree?" "Sure." "Good, that makes things faster." When he pressed the button, it started recording without a sound. I made eye contact with James to talk, and realized that those eyes were now very sharp. I have heard that the eyes of people who work as detectives are different from those of ordinary people. If I had to say, it gives an impression of the eyes of a snake. It feels like my mind is being pierced. But if I don''t have any bad intentions, there''s no need to be nervous. I have to say something. I hold his gaze and spoke confidently. "But I want you to keep in mind that this is not a one-sided interrogation. E also has questions for you." James seemed to like my attitude. "Of course. And I''ll ask first, D-888. Are you a resident of this ce?" "Yes. So I know this ce well. I know the countermeasure against monsters. Now it''s E''s turn. Why are you so few? I''m sure I said there was a giant demon. It must be difficult with this level of manpower." "It''s strange." "Huh?" "We were constrained by the world when we came here. As if it shouldn''t be too easy, the amount weapons and manpower we could bring were restricted from the beginning." I''ve never heard of such a thing, is it the Devil? No, not even it can touch thews of the world that makes the game''s background... I see, it''s the system! This is a horror game. Pushing with overwhelming firepower is uneptable. If you think about it, it makes sense. The troops led by James were affected by that. "Um... Maybe because it is the nature of this world..." "What does that mean?" I can''t openly say that we''re in a game, so I exined in an improvised way. "Literally. In this world, it''s uneptable to overwhelm the monsters. At least for humans. Perhaps, if it wasn''t for E, the children and you would have been pushed into extreme situations?" "That''s interesting. Then the next question. You call the monsters outside cryptids. What exactly are they?"1 "Abstract thoughts, and stories about strange fears are gathered to take physical form in this world. Sometimes it exists only as a phenomenon. I am one of them. Now it''s my turn. Is it possible to do it with a small group of people? Killing the Devil?" "..." I stared at him, who didn''t answer. Are you sure you can''t let me know? Then it gets very boring. To properly help them, I should at least know what their goal is. As long as the Devil interferes with us, we need to build partnership. But I was worried for nothing. Because James opened his mouth. "There is." "Wait, Agent James. Are you going to tell her everything?" Maria covered his mouth. That sounds like pretty important information. Well, it''s strange to say it so easily. Basically, it''s because I''m suspicious. On one side, I''m a monster, and on the other, I''m the one who brought them here. James removes Maria''s hand from his mouth. "You''re too extreme. What''s the problem?" "What''s the problem? That you''ll tell the demon all of our ns!" Eh? I feel like I have heard something pretty important? "We need help anyway. Moreover, the operation we are going to do is so simple that it''s embarrassing to even call it one. When we do it, it will be obvious what it is." "Still!" "Wait a moment." At my words, Maria and James simultaneously turned their heads towards me. Perhaps they can see the bewilderment engraved on my face. "Just now. Did you call me a demon? Why am I one? Do you name cryptids as demons?" James looked at me curiously. Maria had a nk expression on her face. As if I had said something I shouldn''t have. "Looking at your reaction, it seems like you really don''t know. The D-888 I said means demon number 888. The institution has already registered you as a demon." James took ou a machine with some analog mechanisms attached to it from his chest. It is a thingpletely apart from modern science, but it seemed more credible because of it. A small beeping sound is heard. "It''s a measuring instrument. The official name is different, but D-888... As soon as we met you, it reacted. It didn''t react to the monsters outside." I''m... A demon? Could this be one of the game''s hidden settings? Even if I''ve yed this game for a long time, I don''t know everything the creator put in it. The setting that E was a demon... It''s strange that only E is treated specially, so the fact that the bosses behave differently from other monsters seems to be rted to this "demon" setting. "...I didn''t know." But now, what does it matter whether I''m a monster or demon? I am no longer a human. "It''s also difficult to see you as aplete demon. There is demonic reaction, but it feels like one-fourth is of a demon. I wanted to ask you this, but you yourself doesn''t seems to know either." Maria sees my reaction and puts on aplicated expression. Curiosity. Shock. Questioning. Doubt. Denial. Those mixed feelings. James, who didn''t have Maria stopping him, exined the operation they were going to do. 6 relics. They are divided into 2 types of 3 each. The relic in the shape of an angel ys the role of pushing back the power of demons and punishes them at the same time. A mechanical device that mixesputers and hands like modern art does the work of modifying reality. If you ce them exactly in the designed positions of a hexagonal form, you can destroy and modify this world itself so that it can be integrated into the outside world. When both worlds arebined, the power will be dispersed, so the demons will naturally disappear. It''s the surest way of defeating the giant Devil. It was the correct choice to call them. However, although the operation is simple, cing the artifact itself is not easy. That''s right... "You have to put it in a pretty awkward position." This is because the ce where you need to put it include the boss stages. My mansion is a free pass for now. It seems that Pierrot can be persuaded somehow, but will Mary, who is selfish, allow it? Right now, they call the boss room their "homes". The most difficult is Ms. Spider. Seeing the spider-monsters running rampant, it''s not normal. As they are hostile, we might have to fight her. After all, there is no easy way to do it. Nheless, there is one question that arises. Why do you believe in me and tell me this much? A simple task where they just need to ce an artifact. The risk of getting caught is great, but there was no need to tell me. There was also a way to ask me only to take them to the location. James noticed my question and answered it. "I have been working on this line of work for a long time. What I mean is that I am somewhat free of prejudice. Agent Maria trembles when ites to demons, but there are some among my acquaintances." Maria''s expression hardened. "It''s the first time I''ve heard of a demon among your acquaintances." "Agent Maria. You''re the only one that knows. But your affiliation is too radical." "..." "I''m- no, E is grateful. E will help with the operation." "Good. This meeting is over. Can I send Maria to you?" "...Surveince?¡± "There is that too." "Don''t care." It''s a small thing anyway. The talk just now had the feeling of a conversation, not an interrogation, so no coercive means had been used. James added an apology before turning off the recorder. "Oops, I almost forgot the most important thing. D-888, where is the Devil you speak of?" POV Switch - Maria I was organizing my thoughts in the women''s restroom. Mainly D-888. It was about whether the demon called E could be trusted. The demons I have met attacked people in bizarre ways. However, the demon named E, let alone a strange appearance, looks like a charming girl... Was there a child demon in the subus line? To put it bluntly, the monsters roaming outside looked more demonic. I heard that high-level demons have human form, but the demonic reaction from E is low-level... Above all, the problem was that the behavior was too human. Even clever demons show in their reactions. A selfish and evil personality. It''s hard to fool people''s eyes unless you''re a really old demon. Even I and James have often identified demons with just a few words. However, the way she took care of the children in detail was very human-like. ...No, it''s only been a day. It''s too early to be sure. "James... Should I thank him?" I was sent to guard E''s group for 2 reasons. First is monitoring. Report their behavior when in private. I was sent because I would be more skilled than the other members in the field of demons. The second is convincing. James seemed to think of E as a trustworthy demon. If it was someone else, I would think he was hypnotized and hit him in the head. However, knowing James eyesight is amazing, I let it go. Even though James knows I still didn''t trust her, he sent me, so I must confirm it myself and convince him. ''He could just order me to obey, but he has a strangely soft side.'' I left the restroom and walked to the club room. As I walked down the hallway, I was within sight of the door to the room. A boy wearing sses jumped out of the room and ran towards me as soon as he saw me. "Nun Teacher!" "Te... Teacher?" Teacher! It sounds good. Although I now work to exorcise demons, I used to think that when I retired, I would like to teach children. That''s because innocent children are cute. Being called a teacher by kids was on my bucket list. I coughed once to hide the corners of my mouth that kept rising. "Ahem... What happened?" "Can you help calm E down?" "!" The demon is a being that is "selfish". It''s not strange when it changes its attitude. It seems that it is an emergency now that it is not even clear why she is protecting the children. "Let''s go!" I opened the door to the club room with the boy. Swoosh! Chapter 33 Chapter 33 I was hiding in a ce where no one woulde, quietly licking candy. If you ask me why I''m sneaking in a ce like this, I can answer simply, clearly, and humiliatingly. The children banned sweets. I could feel the eyes of the kids getting weird after they found out I added chocte to the soupst time... I hoped they wouldn''t forbid sweets. This violence was unimaginable! I can''t believe it. My body doesn''t get sick. But the children said a far-fetched story about me having diabetes and sweets not being good for my health. I never used the bathroom, and I have asked several times about what kind of diabetes I have, but they don''t listen at all, so it''s really embarrassing.1 Can''t I just sneak in and eat sweets? Impossible. That''s because the children are managing sugary foods by numbering them individually. To be honest, it gives me goosebumps that little kids have this kind of thoroughness. Thanks to that, even this candy, which I cherish and I am now eating, needed considerable sacrifices to obtain it. -E! I''ll keep it a secret from the other kids, so ept this candy and sleep with me at night~ Chapter 34 Chapter 34 "Soft and fluffy~" "Eun-jeong, please just sleep." "Ahahaha!" Chapter 35 Chapter 35 "Everyone, run!" We started running. It''s best to run away when we don''t know anything about it. It''s a look that really fits a horror game! "I''ve never seen a monster like that. No, it''s the first time I''ve seen abination like that." Is it simr to how the spider monster fused with the Buddha statue? ...No, it was more like parasitism than fusion. Could it be that monsters of the same kind could merge? No way! In the midst of the confusion, a strange noise came from inside James'' coat. Beep beep beep... It sounds kind of familiar. He took out the machine he had used on me the other day from his coat and checked it. It''s the measuring instrument. I wondered why he brought it out in this situation. He said in a slightly stiff voice. "That''s a demon." "What?!" That is a demon? "The machine is reacting. It''s not a perfect demon because it doesn''t have a soul, but it definitely falls into the category of one." Then you''re saying that is not a cryptid? Such an unexpected enemy makes my head hurt. "This demon... Why is it here? What does it have to do with the monsters merging?" James seemed to know more about demons than I did, so I started questioning him. "I don''t know why it''s here. Maybe it was born here." "A demon born here..." He threw out some examples for me who didn''t exactly understand. "If you receive a crown rightfully through a session ceremony of a country, a crown demon is born. If you try making people mistake an ordinary snake for a dragon and then perform an appropriate ritual, a dragon demon is born." It was possible for demons from the outside world to be born that way. ...Fucking world view! Only what the creators have implemented in the game wille out! That''s why the children were set-up...! Let''s calm down. Let''s sort it out. "...Does that mean its possible to create a particr demon if you establish a story and context?" James nodded as if I was correct. "It''s a theoretical idea. The details are unknown. Besides, it''s not easy to do that. My guess is that the Devil here is frighteningly efficient at creating demons. I don''t know what context they established, but they seem to have quite a bit of power." You call tell by looking at that huge body. Considering it was that huge, I wondered if it would be stronger than Mary. At least it''s not a opponent we can win against. -Sswaaaaaa. My whole body gets wet in the cold rain. I can''t read its expression because the head is a radio, but the fact that it got rid of the crew in charge of the firepower means that it''s quite smart. Perhaps there was a reason it aimed to make rain. Bzzz- "This! Ha-rim, take the white doll out of the bag!" [Breaking news. Arge amount of acidicponents were detected in the rain. Citizens, I hope your brain melts. May you make a mountain of bones. I hope you return your soul and be a piece of meat.] Water droplets full of acid cut through the air and viciously attacked. But the droplets never reached us. It was thanks to the doll Ha-rim took out. In Korea, it''s a talisman called sunny doll, and in Japan, it is called teru teru b¨zu.1 Because is has the power to clear the weather, it was able to block attacks that used rain. Kyeong-min exims. "Water droplets are floating in the air!" Literally, the acid rain was floating in the sky. If you look closely, you can see it moving back to the clouds. Even though Ha-rim used the doll, the weather wasn''tpletely clear. "It looks like a power struggle." A conflict between the power to make rain and the power the clear the weather. This is an item that specializes in clearing the weather. It doesn''t seem like the doll will be pushed back as much as other items. Since the rain does not reach the ground, the water mist is no longer created and was lifted. The demon''s figure was clearly visible. "...Do we have to get rid of that?" Eun-jeong asks me in a frightened voice. I patted her on the shoulder to soothe her. "We have no choice but to do it." [Backwards.] A sign suddenly emerged from the air. We started going backwards, in the opposite direction we were running. "My body moves on its own!" We were going to the direction of the radio demon. It seems to be a ploy to induce us to get closer to it. [Right. Left. Straight.] "I''ll use the cross!" Maria''s cross radiated light. Then the evil power that had been affecting us disappeared. That cross is close to all-purpose, but it can''t be used a lot. If we don''t find a way, it''s nothing more than an emergency measure. After the sign attack was blocked, the junk demon immediately changed the attack. Bzzz- What are you going to do again this time? [Ah- To Seoul- To Seoul- The train is leaving.] Paaaaaaaaang-!! A train came out from the right side of the road and attacked. Even to me, it would be fatal if hit. "Everyone, avoid!" The children screamed and twisted their bodies, barely getting away. That ability is too dangerous. We were in a wide area so we were able to avoid it. There''s no guarantee that I, James and Maria will be able to avoid it in a confined space, much less the kids. Radio broadcast... It''s a much more powerful ability than I thought. In the end, the ability was synthesized with monsters as materials, so there must be a method of eliminating it. We just need to find it. [We are a bunch of junk. It''s empty, so we clutter. All of us are given meaning by bing one. A father''s approval is a son''s primordial desire. Now, it seems we don''t matter.] My body throbs. Is it a curse this time? Sensitive to the strange power, I could sense that this was an instant death curse. If you get hit, all your internal organs will go out and your body will be empty. [First question. Does your father wants your grandfather''s approval? It''s painful.] "It would be nice if it attacked in moderation, and I hope the trains honk next time." Jingle- Jingle- As Eun-jeong shook the bell, the curse disappeared. Then, as she waved the bell in the other direction, I felt lighter. Since she used the speed buff, it became easier to run. As our movement speed increased, I thought about what to do as I felt a little more rxed. "Where should we go?" "..." It''s hard because it''s quite far from school. But even if we entered somewhere, we would hear the radio broadcast in a narrow ce and not be able to deal with it. Then Ha-rim asked me. "Hey. E. Didn''t you say there was an art gallery nearby?" "That''s right. Do you have any thoughts?" A protagonist who specializes in survival. If it''s Ha-rim, I think she will suggest a way to solve this. "I saw the gallery on a publicity poster before, and there was a picture of an art piece pasted on it. It was arge art piece in the shape of a sun and moon! I think it was exhibited in the back and front of the gallery respectively." Come to think of it, it seems that there was such a thing as a background object that couldn''t be interacted with in the game. Paaaaaaaaang-!! A train jumps out and cuts off the conversation. I was able to avoid it with a slight movement because I noticed that it was deliberately aiming at me from a blind spot. "The material of those two works of art are mirrors! Mirrors big enough for a train to pass through!" "...!!" ''Enough to pass a train?'' No way. "You n on using it''s own attack against itself!" An unexpected idea. That''s also the quality of the main character. However, moving between mirrors and sucking into mirrors arepletely different abilities. I don''t know if I canbine them in an instant. It is possible to move between mirrors with objects. Nheless, this time it was no different from creating a portal that connects between spaces. ...It''s worth a try. "It might be possible. But how are you going to lead it there?" It doesn''t move it''s massive body. It shows a rxed attitude as if it was only a matter of time to catch us. "...Maybe like this?" Ha-rim took out her cellphone and yed loud music. The sound of the radio demon was buried in the ringing so loud that hurt my ears, so I couldn''t hear the broadcast well. [...] "It''s quiet. Since sound is the medium, can we block it with noise?" James was amazed. So was I. "Last time at school, we exterminated a monster that was made of sound. If this works, maybe-" [...Bzzz...] Before Ha-rim could finish her words, it moved. The ground shakes. Scythe-shaped legs protruded from its gigantic body, raising itself. [Bzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz] The demon immediately pursued us with a sharp metallic sound. It looks like a centipede. Even though the body wasn''t long, I couldn''t think of the appearance of running with many legs except for a centipede. Chapter 36 Chapter 36 As soon as I confirmed the sudden intrusion, I reflexively raised my strength. He is Pierrot. The enemy boss in thest chapter. A clown that has power outside the norm to the point of piercing the barrier at the school. Truly the most annoying enemy. "You seem to be very surprised by this?" Pierrot tilts his head. After he said that, I realized my mistake. It is not clear whether the current Pierrot is an enemy or an ally, but rather, he must be acquainted with the original E. Trying to fight as soon as I see him is suspicious. I rxed and spoke, pretending nothing was wrong. "It''s been a while since I heard that voice." "It is. I''ve been very busytely. It''s partly because I didn''t go looking for Mary. But... There are people I haven''t seen before." He looked at James and Maria. These 2 are outsiders. They are the ones who forcibly entered this world. I wondered if he would feel something about them, but Pierrot turned his head indifferently. It was as if he had no interest in the extras in a y. "It doesn''t matter. Hmm. You guys..." This time Pierrot''s gaze turned to the children. And I saw. His eyes were burning with killing intent. Eun-jeong and Ha-rim seemed to be sensitive to that kind of gaze, and they were frightened. My anger rose. "Clear those eyes." I raised my knife at Pierrot. He waved his long arms as if really surprised by his own behavior. "...Oh, excuse me. Please forgive me! It was not intentional." When Pierrot snapped his fingers, 4 balloons floated up. Then boom! It exploded and dropped various items. There were a lot of dolls and game consoles that children would like. Is there any candy? Kyeong-min was amazed. "Wow, this is a limited edition that is hard to find!" "It is a gift of apology. Sorry to scare you. There''s no need to be afraid, Miss Ha-rim." Pierrot is showing a surprisingly gentle reaction. I feel ufortable at it. "Now, E, why don''t we get away and talk for a while?" A conversation with Pierrot. It may be an opportunity to resolve questions that have not been answered so far. I nced at James and Maria. Maria was keeping a watchful eye on Pierrot, and James was checking the gauging machine. Then, feeling my gaze, James opened his mouth. "I think it would be good to go. And we''ll talkter, I need to look for my group." Is that his judgment? I think it would be good to have a conversation for now too. Let''s clear up all doubts so far. I talked to Pierrot in a ce where the kids were not in sight. Questions pop into my mind like a text. Simrly to a Tsukkur game, let''s slowly ask questions one by one as if pressing all the options.1 [About the murderous intent.] "I am really sorry. I guess it just happens like that. I don''t know why, but it''s a natural frame to attack children, so I ended up doing it unconsciously. I have no intention of hurting kids!" He made it clear that he had no intention of hurting children. I think it would be good to let go of my guard now. Perhaps the frame means the flow in the story, but there was no reason for the bosses to target children except that they were enemies in the game. Mary seems to be full of thoughts of killing, but Pierrot seems to be self-aware of his senseless intent to kill and restrains it. It looks like that the reason for changing our location was also due to the unconscious killing intent. Now, next. [About the note.] "Aha! You saw what I wrote when I fell into a strange ce by an elevator monster. At that time, it was not long before I got out of the frame. It was around the time when I realized the existence of the half-devil and acted differently from the flow of this world. I was attacked by them and suffered great damage. This is the irreparable wound from that time." Pierrot showed his arm. At first nce, it looked like a serious injury. However, I quickly noticed something odd. "You are being eroded." Was this the meaning of the word te" written on the note? "asionally, I hear an unpleasant voice. Erosion is still going on. You have to do something before it''s all over." It sounds like you''re making a pretty double-edged statement, but I hope it''s because of my mood. If you get controlled, we would be in big trouble! "The curtains were helpful." "It is my pleasure!" [About Mary.] "Mary! She is a pure child. The attack using the phone is straightforward and bloody! However, because she is both innocent and ignorant, she is easily deceived. It seems that she is slow in realizing about the frame, but I am still surprised that you did it before her." "Did you keep in touch through Mary?" "It wasn''t a lot... But thanks to her power, we had a pretty easy way to talk." "Do you know anything more about her?" "She said she is looking for someone, but hmm... I don''t know who that is." Ok, next. [About Miss Spider.] "Arachne, you mean. All I can say is that I am sorry." "You''re sorry?" Pierrot shook his head. "Arachne was attacked by the half-devil. Recognizing the flow of the world, she seemed to have tried something on her own by using her power... It appeared to have bothered the half-devil. We won''t know the exact details unless we ask the person itself." He was truly sorry. "I should have warned you sooner", he muttered. So there was circumstances like that. Could it be the "attempt" made by Ms. Spider is rted to the spiders that tried to parasite other monsters? I already thought she wouldn''t be in a normal state, but it''s scary to think she was attacked by the Devil. Next, let''s ask what I''m most curious about. [About half-devil.] "Why are you calling them a half-devil?" "Because it''s shapeless." "Shapeless?" "It is exactly what it says. They never showed up while attacking." Pierrot continued while stroking his chin. "I am Pierrot. Even if I can''t solve every riddle, I still have a knack for it. It stinks! The smell of mystery! There must be a reason why they can''t show themselves or have no form." He suddenly raised his arms and said in an exaggerated gesture. "And that hint is the dream of Shin Ha-rim and the misceneous demon we just met!" "How are you sure?" "I told you! I''m Pierrot! Because I can feel it!" I''m speechless. But I believe him. The mysterious smell that he was talking about must have something to do with his ability. In the game, there was a pattern of giving out a quiz and dying instantly if you couldn''t get it right. If this pattern is linked to his ability, his intuition cannot be ignored. ...I think most of the important things were asked. Is there anything more? ... [About E.] "What I think about you? Do you have a heart for me?" "Shut up." "It''s a joke! Ha ha ha! I''ll answer honestly, so don''t be angry." "If you don''t want to do it, just say it!" Pierrot thought for a moment as if trying to recall a memory, then opened his mouth. "...E, you have a lot of emotional ups and downs, so there were times when you were overly angry andughed, and finally there were times when you were extremely depressed. Your mental health was literally crap! It could even be noticed by phone!" I''m starting to get angry even though it''s obviously not about myself. Should I kill you? "Ah, and you say I''ll kill you whenever you get a chance." "..." "Buttely you have been very different. You seem to have been cured because you made friends. Congrattions!" p p p. That''s because I''m not the real E. However, these words and apuse somehow fitted to "me" and "E". My emotions fluctuate a little. The way I was in the past... "..." "Is it important to you? Those kids." "It''s something you don''t need to know." "Oops, excuse me." Pierrotughed and then spoke with a serious tone. He seems to be finished with the talk. "...Now is the time to part ways. I''m busy keeping the half-devil in check. If they keep gathering power, they might be a stumbling block and annihte us? By all means, let''s do our best on my and your side!" Swoosh. A curtain came down from over Pierrot''s head and hid his figure. A voice came from behind the curtain. "E. You feel somehow special. Maybe it will be a sign that will lead you on the right path. Change the flow, E. If you''re going down a unknown path, you''ll need to change the arrows to guide those on the same way. Even if we are killed, we are those who cannot die, we must try even in death. And at that point..." It would be really beautiful. Swoosh! When the curtains opened, Pierrot was nowhere to be seen. "..." Anyway, the conversation with him ends here. Ah, I forgot to ask if I could put the artifact on his stage. "Well, for a guy who abandons his stage and wanders around, maybe the boss stage doesn''t matter in the first ce." Even if I''m wrong, I think he will easily allow it. After the talk finished, I went back to the kids. James seemed to have gathered all of his group before I knew it. In the process, many were injured, but there were no fatalities. You arepetent. We set up an artifact as nned and went back to school. The children fell asleep as soon as they arrived. All of them looked to be quite tired from fighting a strong enemy. I was recovering from fatigue after letting the kids rest. This time I consumed quite a bit of energy. To the extent that the materialized body outside the mirror got blurred for a moment. I didn''t notice it because I talking to Pierrot, but if I had left it unattended, I might have really died... After recovering in the mirror, I went on patrol. I was supposed to have a meeting with James and Maria by evening, as there was nothing to do before that. I checked carefully to see if there was a monster that tried to enter. It was then. Jingle jingle jingle. The Cheshire Cat''s bell reacted. "...!" A bell that sounds when a monster other than myself invades. The soldier doll didn''t respond, so it was in the club room. The children are all tired now, and James and Maria had their powers drained quite a bit. I think it would be better for me to handle it alone this time. ''What kind of monster is it?'' Another attack of the Devil? I don''t think they will attack twice in a day. Since the sound of the bell is low, it doesn''t seem like a powerful monster either. I opened the club room door. Creak. [...E?] Ha-rim was standing there. No, to be precise, there was a monster in the shape of Ha-rim. Now Ha-rim is sleeping. She can''t be here. ''A doppelganger?'' [I obviously got rid of it... Why are you alive?] She looked at me and muttered in disbelief. "What?" [Why did youe out of the mirror? Why did you kill Kyeong-min? Why? Why? Why?] "It doesn''t know how to properly speak." This monster is definitely a doppelganger. This is because in the game, a dot is present to distinguish the real one from the doppelganger. There was a dot on her cheek that Ha-rim didn''t have. And the Ha-rim I know doesn''t have such an impoverished face. And even such a painful expression. If it tried to copy Ha-rim, it wouldn''t act like that, it''s strange. [-Why are you making everything I''ve done meaningless!!!!] Before I could finish thinking about it, the fake Ha-rim attacked me. Chapter 37 Chapter 37 Mary was out of her boss stage and walking down the street asionally, she deals with monsters parasitized by spiders. Unlike other monsters, the spiders keep attacking anyone. Mary found it annoying. Shaking off bodily fluids from her sharp knife, she frowned. "The knife is dirty. And I feel dirty too." If you take a walk, you can see various monsters. They are indifferent to each other, but sometimes they also talk. Among the bosses, Mary understand the monsters stories the best. The monsters were always looking for someone. Even if they don''t know who it is, they resemble themselves. That''s why she felt annoyed. "Who am I looking for?" Mary said that and cut down the spiders that kept attacking. She is usually absent-minded, but as the days go by, the image of an adult woman thates to mind confuses her. Who is that woman that keepsing to mind? And why does she miss her? Mary knew nothing. She kept thinking while walking through the city. It''s when she cut the spider webs that hindered her passage. She felt that the moonlight was obstructed by something. Mary looked up at the sky. "...?" The spiders were passing trough the webs between buildings and using it as a bridge, and several monsters were being kidnapped behind them. A clock rabbit, a clock head monster, a monster that embodies the fear of being chased by time, a monster with legs attached to a time bomb. Anyway, they were creatures rted to time. Mary listened. The monster of time was muttering something. [Time is distorted. They are trying to ovee the process and be born forcibly!] Naturally, Mary did not understand this. She just tilted her head. "What do you want to do, Miss Spider?" Questions about the other bosses to mind. Mary quickly came to a conclusion. "It has nothing to do with Mary." She walked, thinking again about the person she was looking for. POV Switch - E I avoided the attack of the fake Ha-rim in front of me. She had a strange knife. A bundle of items assembled by attaching them together with tape and glue. It''s a crude thing that''spletely different from synthesizing items to be artifacts. However, the power of the knife was not negligible. Perhaps, as the performance of the items ovepped, they exerted more power than artifacts. ''It''s impossible tobine items like this in the game. Even if it''s a reality patch, a mere doppelganger came up with this idea?'' "That''s enough. There''s no way I''ll be hit by you." A doppelganger copies a target so perfectly that even he or she mistakes their own identity. If Ha-rim is perfectly copied, the skill is limited to Ha-rim''s potential. Of course, that includes physical abilities. To me, who has the power as a monster, meleebat is useless. [You are selfish. E, why did you kill Kyeong-min? He obviously won the game, but you didn''t keep your promise!] "...It''s from the original route?" In Chapter 1, E slits Kyeong-min''s throat. This is a fucking horror game. It is a cruel game with only despair. The original route is everyone dying except Ha-rim. Shall we check it out? I asked while leisurely dodging the attack of the fake Ha-rim. "Do you remember what happened to Eun-jeong and Suho?" The doppelganger''s face was filled with anger. Even if it''s not the real one, it''s the first time I''ve seen Ha-rim get angry. [Suho was stabbed to death! Eun-jeong was wrapped in a spider''s web and suffocated! You killed them all!] The anger in her voice stirred my heart. A sense of guilt came up as if I had really killed the children. Come to your senses, I''ve never killed anyone. Ha-rim kept saying while angry. [Therefore.] But soon the mood changed. [You will pay the price.] "?!" The doppelganger took a water bottle from her backpack and poured it on me. ''Holy water...!'' I reflexively dodged it and the holy water was scattered on the floor. The amount was so great that the corridor was covered in it. "I guess I missed it?" Ha-rim took out an item again without even reacting. What she held in her hand was a sunny doll. It is the same item used to block the junk demon''s acid rain attack. ''why now-?'' when the doll was activated, the holy water spilled in the hallway rose as drops. Because it was scattered widely in the hallway, I would be damaged by the drops wherever I went. Tsss. When drops of holy water touch my body, it starts burning. ''I have to avoid this!'' The surroundings are full of drops. It doesn''t matter to me who moves between mirrors. I never thought she would use the item in this way. It''s surprising. Coincidentally, there was a mirror that was just right behind the doppelganger. I moved to it and aimed at her back. However, Ha-rim turned around and swung the knife as if she had expected it. "Urgh?!" Blood flows from the knife. [This mirror was installed by me. E, since you use mirrors, I thought you''d aim for this.] "This!" Damage is small. I got out of the mirror again and swung the knife. Nheless, none of the attacks were sessful. ''Did you avoid it all?'' [E. You get angry easily. You seem calmer now, but because of your ingrained personality, your attacks are easy to read.] "Don''t make all sorts of ims about someone!" [Right. Left. At the body if not in pain. And now-] Ha-rim''s knife grazed my cheek again. Are you reading everything? Nonsense. Doppelgangers are small puppets. It''s an existence that only relies on the ability of the target. Is this really Ha-rim''s natural skills? Even if I try to push her by force, she reads me in advance and uses it against me. When she attacks, she stabs precisely and inflicts small wounds. It''s like... Like I''m being "hunted". As soon as I realized that, a chill went down my spine. Of course, an attack that was wielded in haste would not hit. If only one hit! One hit can take her down! "This small rat!" I mmed the floor strongly, shouting lines that anyone could tell were worthy of being said by a viin. Crack boom! And the floor shook. Ha-rim took shelter on the window sill as if she thought the floor would copse. Now it''s a cornered rat. "Wait right there!" I ran because I wanted to end it now. However, the doppelganger unexpectedly jumped out of the window. "What?!" An empty window. I just stared nkly. "What is that?" [Luck] At this moment, something round flew towards me from outside the window, drawing a strange trajectory. I twisted my body, but I had no choice but to get hit because I missed my footing. When I opened my eyes, I was falling. It''s probably the egg from the frog monster. It had the power to switch positions with the host. I see Ha-rim looking at me indifferently from where I was standing before. "You were aiming this from the beginning!" Why are you using it like that?! She opened a book in her hand and cast spells. An artifact like Kyeong-min''s magic notebook. A chain protrudes from the asphalt floor and pulls me in. It seems that it was judged that she would not be able to properly inflict damage even if I fell form this height. Are you going to speed up my fall with chains? "This kind of chain...!" [Strength. Weaken.] -Jingle. Eun-jeong''s bell. Due to the purification effect, my strength was slightly rxed and the chain could not be broken. I fell to where chains and gravity lead me. "Youuu!" The floor is getting closer. Boom-!!!!! A cloud of dust from the impact rose up. It''s a bigger shock than you think. I got up, staggering. "Cough! Cough! Urgh..." I could just move to a mirror... I was so surprised that I didn''t even think about it. When Ipletely stood up, Ha-rim was standing behind me, holding a knife. God damn it. How do I get rid of her? The doppelganger has a characteristic that appears close to the copied target, so even if I run away, Ha-rim will appear nearby. "Will you stay silent?" Still, I am in the top on physical ability. However, since I had never sessfully attacked before, I spoke in a annoyed voice without me noticing. [Let''s see if you still can speak even if your throat is slit.] Be scared. Are you really Ha-rim''s doppelganger? She raised a knife to my throat. I prepared to escape by moving to another mirror ordingly. nk! [!!!] A chain protruded from the floor. The doppelganger jumps up and dodges it. This is Kyeong-min''s artifact. There was a loud noise, so everyone would have noticed that it was an emergency. The dust cleared and Kyeong-min appeared from the side to support me. "Are you okay, E?" "...Kyeong-min looks great today." "Ahem!" He tried to hide his blushing face and led me to where the kids were. There were also the troops led by James. Ha-rim waved her hand at me. "E!" Wow, the real Ha-rim. You were too strong. I waspletely beaten. "Prepare to shoot." At James''mand, the troops point their guns at her. With this firepower, small techniques won''t work. With this, it''s checkmate. [What...? Why is everyone alive?] The doppelganger was confused as if she could not understand this situation. "...E, that''s a monster, right?" Suho asked me. He seemed ufortable because she had the same appearance as Ha-rim, except for one dot. Ha-rim, the person who got copied, also seemed unsure. "That''s right. Doppelganger. have you ever heard of it?" Everyone nodded. It''s a monster hard to not know. [Why is everyone alive? What do you mean a monster! Ah! I don''t know! I don''t know! Everyone! It''s me!] Suddenly, the fake Ha-rim shouted. Although it''s a monster, it even imitates the mindset of the target. An unfortunate monster who doesn''t even know it''s a fake. Emotions that are neither real nor fake is shown. [It''s me! It''s Shin Ha-rim! She''s the fake! She''s a monster called a doppelganger, and it''s really annoying monster...!] As the fake Ha-rim slowly approached, Eun-jeong hesitated and stepped back. Suho got in front of Eun-jeong to protect her. Shocked by the sight, fake Ha-rim appealed in a louder voice. [Why are you doing this, Eun-jeong? Everyone is acting weird. It''s strange to have E by your side in the first ce! She is a monster!] Eun-jeong spoke. "But E is our friend." [What the hell are you talking about? There''s no way a monster and a human can be friends!] "Don''t say harsh things to E!" When Eun-jeong got angry, fake Ha-rim stumbled. Eun-jeong looked guilty at that. [That... But... Everyone is being fooled. That girl can''t protect anyone.] "The reasoning is poor... Ahem! Won''t you slowly disappear? Of the two, the doppelganger is you. No one died here. And I won''t let anyone die. The kids and I are close... It''s a long rtionship." [I''m fake...?] Strain. Fake Ha-rim muttered as she grabbed her hair. [I tried... Whenever I lost someone, anyone... I tried not to let anyone die...!] Throwing up emotions. [I went forward even though I was scared. I moved on even when I was sad. As long as you are alive... They said that the most beautiful thing is to try every moment to live! It''s something that even appears in Faust!] "..." [But why is this the ending? Am I fake? The result I wanted to achieve is here, but I am an univited guest? Ah ah ah ah ah!!!!] The doppelganger screamed and suddenly red at the real Ha-rim. [You there! You and I are not different!] The doppelganger ran towards Ha-rim. James tried to give order to fire, but I stopped him. Because I didn''t want to end it this way. The emotions expressed in the words of that monster are not real because they aren''t the person itself, but they are not fake either. I protected the children by blocking her for now. "Don''t go near the kids." [...You! Why are you protecting the others!] "How many times have I told you that we are friends? Please stop embarrassing me." [...] The fake Ha-rim was lost for words. My soft reaction was very awkward. "Sorry." I suddenly apologized to her. [...?] "I don''t know if this will beforting, but I''m sorry. From your point of view, I must be the enemy who killed your friend. I understand your mind to some extent. But as you can see it, the kids are alive and I am protecting them all because I am their friend. That this universe is different from yours. Were you scared? You worked hard, but I can''tpensate for that. So I''m really sorry." It''s just an apology. There''s nothing I can do for this kid. Rather, she''s in a position to be eliminated. However, at my words, the doppelganger''s seizures subsided. [...This is my first time receiving an apology. Even if it''s just words, it''s shaking my heart. Why? Is it because I meet an understanding person? Ah, no. I was just... Lonely.] "...Are you crying?" Drops of water dripped from the doppelganger eyes. [...Are you really not lying? Do you consider everyone friends?] "Yes." [Actually, I was tired... Ever since Kyeong-min died, I''ve been exhausted. If only we could be friends when we first met... Would everything have changed?] "...It may have been." [I see... Can you be my friend too?] "..." I didn''t answer. The doppelganger convinced itself. [Right. You are already friends with another me...] It looked at Ha-rim. [...There are no dark circles, no big backpacks, no tear marks, and no bandages that stretch one by one like barnacles.] The real Ha-rim came to my side and squeezed my hand. The doppelganger looked at it bitterly. [You are different from me.] After saying that, its body copsed. [Time is twisted. Be careful, everyone.] The moment it admits that they are different from the target. It lost its identity and was purified. The smoke that was left was absorbed by me. It''s bittersweet. They''re a monster. Even thought I knew they weren''t real, I couldn''t help but feel shaken. "E..." Seeing my expression, Ha-rim looked at me with concern. I''m fine, I said, and sent everyone away to rest. And finally, I saw an item that fell on the floor. "This..." Doppelgangers do not drop special items. However, it was not impossible for a item to fall. Exotic item. Also known as the "M.P" series. Drops from all monsters with a very rare chance. It ismonly written as M.P, and it is a prank-like item from the developer that exists to trick the yer. This time, it''s an artifact of "unhappiness" that has the opposite effect of Ha-rim''s amulet. If you hold it, you will have bad luck in everything that makes it difficult to progress in the game. "..." Items are something worth to use. Even if it''s bad, it''s up to you to use it like the doppelganger Ha-rim did. So, don''t throw it away... "..." I looked at the children returning. It reminded me of my past A senior came to mind. I looked at the item. Crack! I trampled on the item and broke it. I broke it down with a little bit of force to be certain! Because you never know. Yes, you never know! I don''t want to go back to that time again. I thought so. Chapter 38 Chapter 38 (Crack-! The moment the item is destroyed, an ominous aura spreads. It was so weak that even the protagonist didn''t notice it.) [Status Abnormality: Confusion.] POV Switch - E "What?" I looked at the broken artifact. And then I regretted it. Why did I break it? The M.P series is more of an Easter egg, something the developers deliberately hid from yers. It might be a clue to this world, but I inadvertently destroyed it. "..." ...Why? Before I became possessed, I was usually an emotionless person. Unless it was really extreme, I would have kept myposure. But aftering into this body, things changed. Emotions became abundant, and beyond that, there were times when it was difficult to control it. I assumed that I was influenced by the personality of "E", the original owner of this body. I epted it to some extent and my mood swings were getting better. But what about now? I excused myself by saying it was "inadvertently", even as I was the one who made the decisions before. I''ve adapted to this body and my impulsive behavior has be less. I was still "me". But why did I do this? ...It''s as if "I" myself became like E. "...!" As soon as I had that thought, I reflexively started to make excuses, as if pricked by a needle. My identity was threatened. No no. I just haven''t gotten used to it yet. Look, I still can''t stand candy! Although I ate some, in fact, it was still impulsive! It''s clear that I''m still being influenced and controlled by this body! -Even if I desperately made excuses, I couldn''t hide my uneasiness. Most of the ominous thoughts that ran through my head were correct. "Judgement" is made by "thought". Even if it was an impulse, in the end it was "me". The way of thinking didn''tpletely change. I know it because I am myself. I''ve definitely adapted to this body. There was nothing that made my body sway. That impulse was "mine". ...Since when did I change? Since when did I have this personality and mindset? The more Ipare my personality in the past and my behavior in the present, the stronger the gap bes. It was to the point of breaking out in cold sweat. People don''t change easily. What made me like that? Elements that changed me. What is it? -Monsters are influenced by people''s thoughts. "...No." The people here are the children who are close to me. ''I shouldn''t think that.'' But as I try to ignore it. An existence called brain made me think about it. ''If I show weakness to tickles, I be more and more vulnerable to tickling.'' ''The more I show the children I like candy, the more I be obsessed with candy.'' ''The more the kids think of me as a friend, the more I think of them as a friend.'' The characteristic of being a monster is affecting my soul and mind. -Then, are my feelings toward the children really my feelings? "..." My body trembled with anxiety. I need to see the kids. I haven''t been able to y because I''ve been busytely! My steps were fast. It was too soon to ask to hang out with friends! I don''t know why I''m so anxious. It''s okay for me to ept it! If I resign myself and ept any unfair situation, I will have no cracks in my heart. At least that! I grabbed my head and went looking for the kids. Actually, I was going to have a meeting with James at this time, but. None of that mattered now. Slide! The club room door was roughly opened. But the children were nowhere to be seen. Are they in another ssroom? After thinking about it, I went to the room where most of them stay. "Why, why aren''t you here?" I started running. I was in such a hurry that I couldn''t even think of moving between the mirrors. Shell we find James and Maria? If it''s these two, they might know. I went to the ce where James'' group was resting. It was the first time we had met me face-to-face without their captain, so they looked a little embarrassed. "Where are James and Maria?" They looked at each other and told me where he had gone. "I see, the school storage room?" After making a gesture of understanding, I hurriedly headed there. Seeing as the crew is resting, it''s probably not an emergency. I went to the storage and stood at the door. Light leaks out. A rustling sound can be heard. And children''s voices too. It seemed like they were preparing something. I cautiously opened the door. The scenario inside the roomes into view. Delicious snacks on the table. Walls decorated with balloons and origami. Fireworks with very low power that''s used only in elementary school festivals. It was a ce where children''s hands were warm, creating a cozy atmosphere. "Oh!" Ha-rim saw me and shouted in surprise. Their secret event was discovered. Secretly. Among themselves. How anxiously I searched for you! "..." I couldn''t be angry at that. I was so happy just looking at the kids that I couldn''t find the time to get angry. I stared nkly at Ha-rim. Then Ha-rim looked like she gave up something. "Haha... I was going to surprise you, but I got caught." There was a white cloth in her hand, and she unfolded it. On the cloth was written: [E! Congrattions on joining the Mystery Investigation Club!] "This..." Suho, who was carrying heavy things, put them down for a while and said. "We don''t know if you''ll like it, but we want to get to know E better. So Ha-rim came up with an idea that we should pretend to be in the same club." Kyeong-min scratches his head. "We were trying to create a party-like atmosphere, but when we tried to prepare it ourselves, we couldn''t get a feel for it, so Uncle James and Sister Maria helped us." Eun-jeong appears from behind and hugs me. "Urgh... I was so tired having to keep folding colored paper!" "I see... This... How to say it... It''s a little sudden." "That''s how it is! And if you don''t make time like this, you''ll have to keep fighting. Just like the monster that suddenly appeared this time around." It''s... A surprise party. Still, something didn''t make sense. Is it because I''m not used to favors? It is the first time in my life that I have been the main character of a party. I asked cautiously. "Can E ept this?" Then Ha-rim smiled and said. "E! Do you remember that time? The story we talked about after ying the quiz game. If I wanted to express my gratitude, you asked me to prepare a gift that you would like." "..." "This is the gift. It''s from our heart!" She took out a box.1 When I opened it, there was a ne. A ne made with cross-stitched roses strung on soft threads. "It''s a ne we made ourselves. I had a hard time because I needed to use thread. It hurt when the needle pricked me." "Now, take it!" I epted the ne. It''s soft. "There are five nes. If you wear it around your neck, you be an official club member." The kids began putting nes around their necks one by one. Ha-rim says. "Now you!" When it was my turn, I looked at the ne for a moment and then slowly put it around my neck. A feeling of contentment fills me. It''s a gift that the children gave to "me". Proof of friendship. "E. How is it? Do you like it?" Put the confusion that dominated my mind to sleep for a while and rx, just rx. "Thank you, I like it. I will never forget it." I held the rose part of the ne in my hand. ... [Condition fulfilled: Abnormal status is canceled.] POV Switch - ??? A man was passing through a particrly clean and sophisticated hallway. He looked like a thug, but he captivated people''s hearts with his usual sincere behavior. After lightly greeting a few people he asionally bumped into, he put his pass next to the thick automatic door. Beep. [Permission to enter. Wee.] "How are you, Research Director?" "It''s you. Meph."2 The research director was carefully reviewing the reports in his office. The institution''s research director was called Brian, and he''s far fromcent. He personally recruited a new person to closely investigate the recent ident at the institution''s research department, and that employee was Meph. Brian told his new subordinate to bring a chair and sit down. Meph, of course, sat next to him. "It''s reassuring that you''re applying for this side." "There is nothing that lower people are happier than when the higher ones trust them. I will repay you with results." It was a tongue-in-cheek, but Brian liked the answer.2 "It''s a response I like. So, did you find out anything about this incident? Of course, I don''t want answers from you who haven''t even started researching." Meph replied. "Sorry. You still have to give it time toe up with a meaningful answer. This is a troublesome case even for the institution. Still, let''s recap... A state in which a different world is oveid on a specific area. The world was deliberately hidden, only to be discovered through a ritual. Demon reaction is M.P. We evacuated the residents. There, James''s special forces and Maria from the Crusaders were dispatched as agents. Communication isn''t returning, so it seems that there is no signal from there. However, it''s possible that they died." "I asked for your opinion. I don''t want a report. Is there anything strange about this incident?" "Hmm... It seems like there have been more minor idents since this happened." "Minor idents?" "Well, like riding a bike and being absent-minded and bumping into a wall. A pot burning because you didn''t turn off the gas. Recently, my co-workers also came wearing bandages one by one. Even for a small number, there are quite a lot of them." Brian tilted his head. "Isn''t that justcency?" "Ah, well, it''s possible." "...Honestly. Young people..." Brian started nagging like an old man. Meph noticed it quickly and changed the subject. "Hmm. Ah, Director, what is that picture?" Meph pointed to a picture of a child upying a corner of Brian''s desk. "This? It''s just a picture of my son. That guy. He''s smart, but he was a quirky side. The other day, he learned something strange while watching a children''s cartoon movie. In fact, he said everyone was friends and spoke to me without honorifics!" Brian lively said spirited as he talk about his child. "Hahaha! That''s crazy! In other countries, there are cases where honorifics are not used!" "Yes. Do you think adults and children can be friends? Maybe I have an old way of thinking." Meph is young. Brian probably expected a positive answer. However, his answer was unexpected and firm. "No. A child and an adult cannot be friends." "...Why?" Meph took a breath and opened his mouth. "Because children and adults are different from the soul. True friendship requires amunion of souls. A child and an adult cannot be friends in the true sense of the word unless they change their souls. Even if they think of each other as friends." Brian wondered if Meph had entered a strange cult. Conversely, Brian, who became ufortable, tried to change the topic. "...I see, I heard some interestingments. But it''s a little awkward for me to share private stories. So, what is that wad of paper?" "Oh. This. I made a small game as a hobby, and this is a collection of settings. It''s really embarrassing, so it''s hard to show you in detail." [ Alice''s condition. Alice is a woman. Alice is a child. Alice has blonde hair. (Actually ck hair!) Alice is full of emotions. Alice wanders around Wondend. Alice has an adventure. (Erased.) ] "How did you find that hobby?" "I''ve made a few games before, but... I think I put my heart into it after I decided I would make a game for a friend." "A friend?" "Well, it seems like I was joking around so much that it got quite painful, but we get along well..." Meph pulled a picture out of his pocket. There was Meph and another man, and that man had a sullen look on his face as if he had all the misfortunes of the world. Meph murmurs quietly. "Sorry. Suffer a little more. Still, isn''t it more fun than before? It''s a lot more emotional." The manughs. Chapter 39 Chapter 39 After the party, I had a meeting with James. However, because he was away for a while, I had to sit in a chair and wait. Maria was sitting next to me, looking tired. "You seem to really like that." Maria spoke to me. I tilted my head. What does she mean? When I noticed, I was fiddling with the ne I received from the children. I got a little embarrassed. "Well, I don''t hate it." Maria nced at me as if looking at something cute. I cleared my throat and turned my head away. Even so, I did not stop touching the ne. Creak- "Looks like you''re having a good time." James opened the door and came in. Now we can start the meeting. Let''s share the information I got and get opinions from James and Maria who know a lot about demons. It would be nice if the kids could join too, but since they''re civilians, it would be difficult to do that carelessly... Although it seems meaningless now. "Now, let''s start with the radio head demon." "Good." Radio head demon. A monster I''ve never seen before in the game. We were able to defeat it with our attacks and Pierrot''s finisher, but it''s strength was that of a boss. That said, it was a huge threat and there''s no guarantee that a simr foe won''t appear again. Under the circumstances, it seems that the radio demon was sent by the half-devil that Pierrot mentioned, but it was strange that a demon created another demon. Is it a concept like reproduction? The "father" that the radio demon said is also very meaningful. ...Who is grandfather? "Considering the circumstances, it seems that the radio demon was sent by the half-devil that attacked us." "For now, it looks like it. But it appears that even the half-devil was in a hurry." "What are you talking about?" "It was an improvised demon." "An improvised demon? It sounds like it was made roughly." James nodded. "Yes. Calling it a demon is right, but it can be seen as an imperfect demon. It had no soul, and it''s hard to say it even was born. They probably send that demon because they felt threatened by the artifact." Right. That''s what he said when we first met the radio head demon. What else did he say again? "As long as the story and context are met and the sacrifice is enough, a demon can be born... Was it? They created a demon, albeit imperfectly, with strange materials." Maria adds a word to exin. "I remember that the radio demon called itself junk. It collected monsters in the shape of misceneous objects. Since the soul was empty, it met the context of worthless junk." "It''s smart." And they were frighteningly efficient in creating demons. What can we guess with these clues? What the half-devil wants... "Hm..." Haa... I can''te up with an idea. James looks to be the same too. "For now, let''s stop here and look for other clues. Now, who is that clown-looking demon?" Now it seems it is my turn to speak. Of course, I said it appropriately while hiding the fact that this world was a game. "The clown guy is also a resident of this world. There are four powerful beings here, but among them, Pierrot has the strongest power." "These four powerful monsters..." "First, E. Second is Mary. The third is Miss Spider, and thest one is Pierrot. They are iparably stronger than the other monsters out there." In the early stages, E is a tutorial boss, so she is weak enough to make youugh, but now I have be quite strong, so there is no sense of incongruity even if I''m among the other bosses. I''m stronger now! "And what''s your strength between you four?" Oh. I was suddenly stabbed in a sore spot. My self-esteem, which had been soaring, copsed at once. I scratched my cheek and replied. "Unfortunately, E''s the weakest." James looked at me for a moment and then scratched his head. "It won''t be that easy." Let''s ignore what my image is like in James mind and move on with the story. "ording to the information Pierrot said, Hm... Well... There is a reason the half-devil cannot show themselves, and the radio demon and Ha-rim are hints." "Hint... Are you saying that the fact that the devil created the radio demon is a hint?" "I think it has something to do with being haphazardly made..." The clue... Demons can be created using sacrifices if the "story" and "context" are met. A half-demon who is iplete. Ha-rim is at the center of it. I don''t know about the other kids, but what''s special about Ha-rim... Could it be because she''s the main character of this game? ...Game? ''Wait a moment!'' A "story" that will give birth to a demon... Isn''t that a concept that also fits the "story" of this game? This is in the game. That''s the original story. In the story, Ha-rim eventually survives after all the other children die, but the Devil appears with a huge body and brings despair as big as their size. They are born by satisfying the "story (game)" that breaks the spirit of "Ha-rim" into despair and using some kind of sacrifice that exists in this world. That''s what the half-devil wants...! Devils in the outside world can only be born in this way. The Devil on this side is no exception. Why didn''t I think of this? They exist, but they doesn''t exist at the same time. It''s because they only appear at the end of the game or when the time runs out. They couldn''t be born as a Devil because the story of being a gigantic existence that brings despair to everyone isn''t met. A fragment of the game that exists in the game''s setting. That is its true identity. It may have been some kind of experiment that gave birth to the radio head demon. Because it must be born in such a way itself. "..." I think I know now. The reason why they sent several monsters was that they needed to kill the children first to break Ha-rim''s spirit. This world is one big story. A Devil is born in it. "Oh, I see... I''ve already figured it out." If the Devil seeded in killing the children and breaking Ha-rim''s spirit, then it is possible that they would have be the "bad ending" Devil. I did a small smile, and James got interested. Oh, I have to exin it to both of them, but I can''t exin the element of the game. "Hmm..." I took a moment to organize my thoughts. I''d rather exin it this way. "I''ve been to the world of dreams because Ha-rim was attacked by a monster called Monkey Dream in the past. Then I saw a scene in her dream, where various worldlines filled the ce." The ce is where Pierrot visited Ha-rim. Isn''t this what Pierrot, who find hints, was trying to convey to Ha-rim? "The worldline, you mean. Is it the worldline of this world rather than the outside?" Judging by the fact that James didn''t get confused, it seemed that he also had knowledge about dreams. Indeed, if incidents rted to dreams are missing from a secret organization''s repertoire, it would be quite disappointing. There must be so many potential storylines to explore! "Yes. What those worldlines have inmon is that the children always fall into this world. They die one by one, and Ha-rim always survives alone. After desperately surviving, she met a giant Devil. It''s a cruel story full of despair." "Are you saying these children were born with such a fate...? Those kids, truly..." Maria says bitterly. "...I guess there wasn''t your protection in the others worldlines?" Yes, I''m quite peculiar. My existence has twisted fate. "When the word fate is added, it feels like things are getting bigger... And it seems like this is the first time E is helping." "A worldline with a really slim probability always exists... In the end, that''s what you want to say." "A worldline unique to this world. In other words, you want to say that the flow of this world works as a story. That''s why the Devil is attacking you, E." "That means that only when the story of the children dying and Shin Ha-rim''s will is broken can the half-devil be fully born." "You both understood!" "There have been cases where a low-level demon fulfills the requirements of a story and bes a new demon for greater power, but this is the first time something like this happened. It''s veryplicated." "Haa... The more I learn, the more I want to see who is responsible for creating this inefficient, stupid world. This ce was obviously created intentionally. It must have a purpose." ...Since the imperfect Devil could not have created this world... The culprit is the developer! Watch me, developer! This fucking game, I''ll destroy it and go out to my original world! "What we have to do remains unchanged. Install the artifacts and activate the ritual before the half-devil throw away their tricks. If we shatter the world with the ritual, the concept of story itself will be meaningless." For now, there are 3 remaining artifacts. We have to ce them on the states of Mary, Pierrot, and Ms. Spider... I think I just need to convince Pierrot. But I don''t know where he is. He gets out of the boss stage and wanders around freely. A way to ask for a conversation no matter where he is... There is one. "I need to see Mary." I feel like the situation is gettingplicated, but if I seed in persuading Mary, wouldn''t it kill two birds with one stone? Chapter 40 Chapter 40 An order came from E today. It was an order to find a book in the school. When asked what kind of book it was, E nced at Suho and Kyeong-min and smiled lightly, saying it was a secret. She made two teams, Kyeong-min and Suho and me with Eun-jeong. That''s how I started looking for books with Eun-jeong without knowing why. I thought, if it is a book, wouldn''t it be in the library? But it''s like finding a tree in a forest. If it''s a special book, we won''t find it there. I should have thought of that before searching the entire library...! Eun-jeong and I were exhausted from searching books, so we trudged along until we stopped at the sound of a voiceing from beyond a ssroom. E and the boy''s team seemed to be having a conversation. She wasughing through the crack in the door, and Kyeong-min and Suho were desperately making excuses for something as if they were embarrassed. Looking closely, there was a book in Suho''s hand, which seemed to have a lot of apricot colors... Is this a book for adults?! "Oh my gosh, kids these days are so fast~ I asked to find a book and you''re reading this one!" "No! This is a book from the teacher''s bag. I just found it after looking through it?!" When Suho approached while as if having a seizure, E deliberately stepped back and said something like "I''m afraid, I should tell Ha-rim." Uh... Hmm. This is E''s prank. Noticing the general situation, I opened the door and entered. E and the boys were frightened by my appearance. Judging by her reaction, she must have been joking around about telling me. E also has a cute side. It''spletely different from when we first met! "What a mean prank!" When I said this with a smile, E shyly avoided my gaze. Cute! I took the adult book in Suho''s hand. On the cover, a blonde haired foreign model wearing an unconventional swimsuit was posing. The age was also written in the cover, but 20 years old... Compared to her mature face and body, she is very young. When I noticed it was a blonde westerner, I reflexively looked at E. Come to think of it, E is too mature to be said to be the same age. And a specific part... "Where are you looking!" E turned around in embarrassment. She acts like that whenever she''s in trouble. Maybe it''s a habit? I thought that this was enough punishment for teasing Suho and Kyeong-min, so I asked E. "Is this the book we needed to find?" E turned back as interested in my question, and then slightly raised the corner of her lips. "Did you notice? It''s Ha-rim after all." E exined the monster this time. These days, we defeated a lot of monsters, so we got used to exterminating them. "This monster is a molester monster!" "Mo... Lester...?" "Anyway... It''s nothing special. It''s not dangerous, and frankly, it won''t be a meaningful experience, so I''ll take care of it myself. You guys can watch." E exined that the monster is abination of the fear of finding a sex offender in a subway train and the existence of an old bachelor. She said that if you give words offort to the bachelor ghost, it will naturally vanish. E took us to the subway station and waited for a while. The members looked at me with anxious eyes. Is this okay? Their eyes said that. Well, since E is also a girl, wouldn''t she be treated harshly? It''s not that I didn''t think the same. Suho and Kyeong-min tried stopping her. However, E tilted her head as if she didn''t know the reason at all, then muttered something iprehensible. "Dangerous? Don''t worry, it won''t target you guys. There could be no such element in the first ce. If an event like that targeted you, this world wouldn''t even exist."1 E, I''m talking about you- Before I could even say that, she had gone inside the subway train. The train door closed with a click. What now... It was quiet at first. Is there really nothing? E is a girl, but she is also strong. If she spreads her aura, wouldn''t other monsters be reluctant to touch her? "Hmm? Now... wait, why me?" But soon E''s embarrassed voice was heard. "Kyaaaa?!" Wow. It''s the first time I''ve seen E scream like that. I started to worry about her. We ran to the closed door and started banging it. "E! Are you okay?" "..." Creak... The door was forced open. E didn''t say anything. Her whole body was wet with blood. The knife in her hand was also bloody. The ghost has beenpletely gutted. E had a face that could explode at any moment with shame and anger. Without saying a word, we moved out of the way for her to pass. Bam!!! She kicked the vending machine next to her and broke it as if her anger was not going away. "E... I think the self-awareness of being a girl is a bitcking. When she sits in a chair she spreads her legs like she''s wearing pants, for example." "Alright... Then I''ll fix it!" "Is this really Eun-jeong?" "Haha..." The next day, E was running away from Eun-jeong. If she run away to the mirror, she won''t be able to get caught, but it seems that E has a lot of affection, so she can''t run away ruthlessly like that. Maybe E is the type who is easily swayed by bad friends? Of course, I''m not saying Eun-jeong is a bad friend! Ah, in the meantime, E was caught by Eun-jeong. "...Why do you look like that?" "Huh? Nothing." The next day, E acted a bit more modest. When I asked Eun-jeong what she did. "This is a secret, but if you strongly believe that E smells like roses, the scent of roses be stronger. So..." "So?" "I hugged E in front of Suho and Kyeong-min and kept muttering that she was a girl." "..." I don''t understand English.2 Chapter 41 Chapter 41 Mary''s stroll continues. Mary is in the park. Mary is in the police station. Mary is in the church. Mary is... Mary had never traveled such a long distance before. A new and unfamiliarndscape. Some people might be anxious, but it was ratherfortable for Mary to suppress the questions that filled her head. [What... Are you thinking, Mary...] The person talking to her was a poorly made stuffed doll. Mary picked up this doll while taking a walk. Actually, the toy approached rather than picked up, but Mary didn''t notice it. Mary liked having apany to talk to. So the absent-minded Mary answered immediately. "Mary isn''t thinking anything." [Lies. You just don''t want to think about it. Mary doesn''t like it when her head getsplicated.] "...Mary doesn''t lie. Mary hates lies." Hit right where it hurts, Mary made a cowardly excuse, then shut her mouth. Mary is always looking for someone. Mary''s wish is to find that person... And stab them to death. Just thinking about it made her feel bad again. [I sell meat. Fresh meat. Kidneys, lungs, and hearts too.] "Meat...?" Just then, a sound of a seller appears from the side. A monster made out of fear of human trafficking. A fat man who sells human flesh and organs was watching Mary. Of course, he was basically indifferent to another monster, so he quickly turned his eyes away. "...Meat... It smells..." But Mary, not intending to ignore it, picked up a phone attached to her hat and dialed a number. Tiriring... [...?] Like a nt, a phone grew out of the monster''s body. It made a noise and connected to Mary''s phone. Mary''s voice came from the receiver. "Hi. I''m Mary." -I''m behind you. Before the monster could even look back, his throat was pierced with a swish! Mary brushed off the blood on her knife and walked again expressionless. [Mary is taking out her anger again.] "Mary does what she wants. And Mary is not angry. Angeres from E." [I see... But Mary. You can''t deny that your mind is unstable. Now is the time to answer.] The stuffed doll urged Mary toe to a conclusion. The answer to her own wish that she had asked the clown man. Unable to receive a response from him, she never got to hear the answer. Now it was time for Mary toe up with an answer on her own. However, she was not fully prepared. "Last try... I will contact him just once again." Mary is a child lost in the woods. A child who couldn''t find her own way. Such a child is bound to directly depend on others. Tiriring. Mary called Pierrot. Will he answer? Step step. While Mary focused on the phone, the stuffed doll moved out of her line of sight. Then, with all its power, it created a ck phone. Beep, beep, beep. It manipted the phone. Click. [Hello. Ah! Is it Mary?] The doll mimics Pierrot''s voice.] There was a waver in its voice, the pronunciation was muffled, and some interferences, but Mary, who was na?ve, did not feel any difort. "Hello Mister Clown..." [Sorry for not answering the phone in a while. Why did you call?] "About the question I asked before... I didn''t get an answer." [Ah... That. So that''s what it is. The answer is... it can be said as correct.] "I see. Because what you say is never wrong. I think I can believe it." [Mary. Don''t hesitate. I rmend being honest with yourself and being a little more self-indulgent. No one is deceiving you, so there is no need toplicate things!] Mr. Clown is the one who most talks to Mary. It brought joy to her. Children are naturally attracted to a funny person. The Devil knew it well. [Oh, but there is one person.] "...?" [E. That naughty girl! She is hiding the one you''re looking for!] "Is E a bad girl? Is she hiding them?" [Mary. A fight seems inevitable to get what you want. I''m busy, so it''s hard to help... Ah! I hope this helps. It''s left by my father... This special item will do.] Click. The phone call ended immediately after. Mary found a music box at her feet. The music box had "M.P" written on it. Mary picked up the music box and looked for the stuffed doll. However, it was nowhere to be seen. "..." Mary moved her steps back to where she had been. The atmosphere of this world, which had be softer than before, began to grow heavy again. POV Switch - E "Mary... Is it the Mary I know? When a phone calles in, the person who receives it dies..." "That''s right. You know her?" I thought James would treat urban legends floating around the inte like false stories. "Because when you work at the institution, you be sensitive to rumors. In the first ce, Mary was a case of a containment breach on our side, so I can''t forget her." "Containment... Breach...?!" Here is the story James told me. There was a time when containment of an anomaly that was active outside failed. It remains as an urban legend thanks to the failure to dispel all rumors about it. "It was a strange creature that parasitized a phone, but it didn''t look like a human. Perhaps because the sound it emits is simr to that of a woman''s voice, it has be such an image." I heard something interesting. It''s the original Mary... I might be a little curious. Is there a way for me to see it? "Do you want to see it?" "Huh? A little bit?" "If you visit the institution, you can look around to some extent." "Oh..." This institution! I wonder what it looks like? Even though I once got involved with an institution before, I''m curious about how it would differ from the image I had in mind. "As soon as you enter, you will be quarantined in the next room." Maria said while brewing some coffee for James. I looked at him. "I got caught." "You were joking?!" When you make a joke, it doesn''t sound like one! "Anyway... I''m going to see Mary alone. Because it''s risky in many ways to have the children meet a powerful enemy like her. Can you really protect them while I''m not here?" "I will never dieter than the kids." I liked the answer and smiled. Now let''s go see Mary. It was fine thest time we met, so it will be fine this time too. Mary is in the park. It wasn''t far from the school. Is the air a bit chilly? I felt some chills. Maybe it''s because the environment has changed. This game gets stronger as time goes by. The atmosphere will change ordingly. On the 30th, the date when the Devil is born, it is almost like hell. Compared to that, this is nothing. Come to think of it, the half-devil would ignore the conditions of having to defeat the bosses after 30 days and be born. Is it possible for the Devil to be born without fulfilling the story of a "bad ending"? ...Now that I think about it, it seems possible. If they want to bring Ha-rim''s deep despair, they''ll have to appear in front of her first... Thereafter. -There have been cases where a low-level demon fulfills the requirements of a story and bes a new demon for greater power, but this is the first time something like this happened. It''s veryplicated. Ah. That''s it. In terms of the game system, it may be possible for the Devil to appear, but in the hidden settings, they need to fulfill the story! The Devil created by the system is empty inside... They are nothing but powerful puppets. To obtain the appropriate level and achieve true birth, Ha-rim is needed. ...However, since we don''t know how strong this powerful puppet really is, we need to ensure that we don''t go beyond 30 days. While lost in thought, I already arrived in front of the park. I''ve seen it before, but it''s a very strange environment. What even is this ce? "Mary, are you here?" ...I don''t hear an answer. Shall we go a little further inside? Surely she won''t rush at me for invading her territory, right? I moved on, clearing the vines cluttered with electronic devices. The wet, damp air was unpleasant. As I went further, there was a ce where the nts were less grown, and there was a rtively neat phone booth and a swing. Swing. Swing. Mary was on the swing. Even though she rode it, her expression didn''t change, so it was impossible to tell whether she was having fun or not. "Mary?" "E came first. Hi." Swing. Swing. "Yes. Hi Mary. There is something I want to ask you." "Before that." "...?" "Before that, Mary will ask first." "..." The atmosphere was strange. Much colder thanst time. I hope it''s because of my mood. "Okay. I''ll answer you." "Hey, E... Are you hiding something?" Badump. "What are you talking about..." "Like hiding people..." How do you know? No, calm down! Maybe she''s just randomly asking. Let''s put a mask and act natural. I can''t put the kids at risk. "No." A chilly voice came out that surprised even me. Mary nodded her head in agreement. "I see, E. Did you lie?" Chapter 42 Chapter 42 Mary brandished a sharp knife. Rather than dodge, she was so sudden and quick that I reflexively swung my knife too. nk-! A loud metallic sound echoed through the air. E and Mary are both girl-type monsters. Even though they are feared, they take friendly form of little girls, so in ghost stories, such monsters often have weapons that can pose a threat. Even a child bes scary when wielding a sharp weapon. By the way, it doesn''t usually give an image of being strong, right? I was pushed back a lot by the recoil of the deflected attack. Ipletely lost in the battle of strength, even with me bing stronger after absorbing the ck fog. The current Mary is not weakened by the artifact. She''s now much stronger than in the game. My hand is tingling. Chapter 43 Chapter 43 The school is the primary filter that blocks the monsters that are infesting the outside. It was neither more nor less than that. Even during my school days, I didn''t particrly like school. ...But what is this feeling? Why am I angry? If Mary''s stage is being moved to school, shouldn''t I be afraid of Mary recovering her power? However, strength started flowing into my hands. Apparently, school meant more to me. "This is a precious ce for me." A ce for memories with the children. "...So?" Mary responded coldly. "So, give it back right now, you damn bitch!!!] I lost my temper and rushed at Mary, attacking her. Mary, who had regained her power, evade my attack with greater precision and speed. Then she manipted the vines to restrain my body. Being lost in anger, I was easily caught. Because I was restrained by the joints, I couldn''t use my strength. Mary appeared to prefer being sure, so only after she pinned me to the hallway floor that she stopped floating and came down. "Urgh...!" "E... It''s no use. This is Mary''s stage now." "Let me... Go!" I spoke, knowing it wouldn''t work. Like a child. Even if I was an adult on the inside, it was nowhere to be found. I barely regained my senses and tried to move to another mirror in the school, but it didn''t work. "It won''t work. E. All the mirrors in the school were eroded by vines. E''s mirror movement is annoying..." "Shut up...!" "E''s mansion still has a mirror. Why don''t you run away? You could just run away to the mansion... Is school that important to you?" Every single word from Mary shook my mind. The more I was driven to a crisis, the more desperately I tried to get out. I was annoyed that I even bothered to exin it to Mary. "It''s annoying! Why is there such a difference even though we''re both bosses! The mirror is older than the phone, so it has its own roots too!" "Ah... E is angry again. Shut up. Mary doesn''t like noise. But Mary is a good monster. She''ll end it painlessly..." Bzzt... [Four... Four... Four... Four... Four...Four...]1 As Mary released her supernatural power, the speakers on the school ceiling activated. A telephone is a machine that transmits sound. It was going to slowly kill me by connecting it to a broadcast speaker and sent out a cursed voice suggesting death. [Four... Four... Four... Four... Four...Four...Four...] My heart starts beating faster because of the curse. My head gets hot. A slight taste of blood began to waft from my mouth. Mary whispers. "You''re lost, E. Just like Mary." Am I really going to die like this? Why did I even came into this game? To die in vain while ying a game. It''s not even a funny joke. What if this was all a dream? "Getting lost and trembling with longing and fear, desperately looking for someone. Perhaps, E, isn''t that how everyone feels before they die?" Ah, yes, a dream. If this was all a dream, like at the end of Alice in Wondend, I''d wake up and y this game again. If that''s the reality... If it''s such a reality... I don''t like that either. Iughed bitterly. Even if I die, I want this ce to be real. I quietly closed my eyes, conscious of the rose ne the children gave me. I wanted to keep my promise. [Four... Four... Four... Four... "One. Two. Three..." Four...] "?!" "?!" A strange thing happened. Someone else''s voice came through the speaker. Did they interrupt the voice of the curse...? Besides, it''s a very familiar voice. It''s Ha-rim''s! ["One. Two. Three..." Four... "One. Two. Three..." Four... "One. Two. Three..." Four...] The speaker''s curse is weakening. What happened? This method was not even in the strategy of the game! ...I think I know. A gimmick-type curse that amplifies the power of the curse by repeating the ominous number 4. By inserting another number in the middle, it weakens the meaning of the act of repeating itself. The act of repeating an ominous number has converted into an act of counting. With that, the curse has lost its identity. "E! Are you listening? I''m sorry for not following your words! But we''re in the same club. With E being apart it feels a bit off... Hehe! You know what I mean, right?" It would be dangerous for the children to be here... It''s such a bad situation, so why am I so relieved? Fools are incontroble. Especially if the fool is in an equal rtionship. Mary murmurs. "E''s longing (death) has faded... What a shame." Mary swung her knife at my head. Oh no. I should have somehow cut off the vines! nk-! Woah. I though the knife would cut my head in two, but what I heard was an unexpectedly metallic sound. When I opened my eyes that reflexively closed, I saw Suho holding his shield in front of me. "Suho..." "E, you''re always strong, but sometimes it seems like you could use some help." Suho skillfully used the shield to the extent that he could not bepared to the old him. It was like a wall that didn''t move even though he dodges Mary''s attacks as much as possible. "I''ve seen you distant from the others before. It seems that it wasn''t an illusion that you looked lonely." Was I like that? I don''t remember... "Did you actually know that someday it would turn out like this?" "..." "Fighting alone, I mean." Kyeong-min came next to me and said. "Hey, E. Just as you protect us, we want to protect you too. Suho and Eun-jeong too. I''ve long forgotten the day we first met." "That''s right. E is our friend! I... I''m scared, but I want to stay by your side!" Eun-jeong also spoke, with them talking one after another like a boy''s cartoon. I was inexhaustibly ashamed, but I decided to not show it. I tore off the vine with my teeth and stoop up. Then I made a joke for on reason. "Kyeong-min, is it pretty? Is E pretty?" "What?!" "You''re hesitating? Didn''t you say E''s eyes were pretty? You''re such a flirt!" "Haa... Seriously... Aren''t you too easygoing..!" I smiled lightly. Mary said bluntly, as if offended by my appearance. "Even if the number increases, nothing will change, E. Mary regained her strength and E is still weak." "Huh? I can''t properly hear someone who has no friends." "..." Mary attacked even more violently. Suho focused on defense, and Kyeong-min''s chain was effective against Mary, who was light despite her high strength. Mary, unable to inflict significant damage, cast a wide area curse, but when Eun-jeong shook the bell, it was purified. "Tsk." When Mary gestures, the vines aim at the kids. I cut them right away. The stage gimmicks are clear in my head. If we focus only on defense, we won''t be defeated. If James and Maria seed in the house robbing, it''s our victory! "E. You''re hopeful, but you''re an idiot. Even if E''s strength is perfect, Mary can still kill everyone in an instant. In other words, it''s a matter of time." "You are the idiot, Mary." POV Switch - 3rd Person Mary tilted her head and raised a question mark above her head. As she thought about it, she noticed a sense of incongruity. Mary checked the yground. The sunflowers stems that used to grow there were no longer growing! "Why...?" "E is also surprised right now. As expected, it''s not impossible for Ha-rim." "...!" There is only one reason why the stage isn''t growing! Because Ha-rim is demolishing it! -Umm... Since this phone box has grown like a nt, wouldn''t it stop working if I dig up the ground? -Whenever I hear an iing call, I impulsively want to pick up the receiver. I should use earplugs. -Urgh! Ignoring the public phone and throwing away my cell phone, a phone grew out of my clothes and forcibly connected to me! And if I hold a cell phone, it connects forcibly to someone! What? Who is it? Satoru? -Ah, looks like that if I hold a medium like a cell phone, it will always connect to another medium of the same type! So, if I use a walkie-talkie and just keep talking to myself, I won''t be attacked! because the walkie-talkies are half-duplex! Strategy discovered!2 -What would happen if I let other monsters hear the cursed voiceing from the receiver? Ah. It stopped. Can you hear me, Satoru? Hello? POV Switch - E "If you dismantle the traps and monsters on the stage, the erosion will weaken. I just realized it too. Mary. I wasn''t the enemy you had to deal with." She is the main character because she is an existence that can advance even if you don''t tell the strategy. Even if she hadn''t met me, she would have survived. Mary said nothing. She just kept attacking. We fended off Mary''s attack and time continue to tick away. As if in a fierce tug-of-war, we fought with both sides equal. James... Are you not done? Ha-rim must be at the limit of her stamina... "...E." Mary suddenly stopped attacking and retreated. She seemed to think for a moment. Then she nodded. "Are you buying time?" "...!" You noticed it! "You sent someone to Mary''s house. Ah. If this continues, Mary might lose. Then, Mary won''t be able to find them." Mary anxiously pulled her hat down and nervously stirred her legs around. We were just looking at her figure. Because our stamina was depleted from fighting, everyone was breathing hard. "...Then I should use it." "...? That?" "I received it." The item in Mary''s hand is the same M.P series as the previous ne. It''s a trauma music box. But it was an item I had never seen before in the game. An item that only existed by name in the game files. You have that? Unless you''re the creator, how did you get it? Mary activated the music box. In a dark ce, the melody of the music box gave off an eerie atmosphere. It is something often used in horror movies. I tore the amulet of mental protection I had prepared just in case. It''s a waste because it''s disposable, but it''s better be safe. "...?" Wait a minute, why isn''t it working? Shouldn''t there be a bright and shiny effect? "E! Wake up, E!" Kyeong-min yells at me. But my eyes slowly started to close. My vision was stained with darkness. [Status Abnormality: Trauma] ... I was at the cinema. A dusty, run-down cinema. Most of the chairs were broken due to poor management. Even the screen had a lot of torn parts, but it didn''t interfere with watching the movie. I stared at the screen expressionlessly while eating the popcorn next to me. In the movie, my parents appeared. The old me also came out together, but it was somehow awkward. In the movie, my parents and I met eyes on my way back from school, but both of them just passed by. They seemed to avoid any contact and quickly ran away instead. At home, we didn''t encounter each other. Rather, they even left the food outside the door for me. This awkward situation continued until one day. Both of them died in a car ident due to drowsy driving. I held a simple funeral for them, and as if nothing happened, I came back to school and attended sses. My only friend, a senior, reacted strangely after seeing me like that. -Why the hell are you acting like this? -What are you talking about, senior? -It''s easier if you just cry out loud. At least you will look like a human if you frown, get annoyed, and rant. -Saying that all of a sudden makes me ufortable. Did I do something wrong? -You''re totally abnormal. There''s somethingcking in you. Do you have a mental illness? -You''re being harsh. I reacted to the pranks yed by my senior,ughing and getting angry at him. I don''t think there''s anything wrong with my mind. My senior despised me. -When your parents died, you didn''t shed a single tear. -... -Will you not cry even if I die? -... My senior passed away in an ident after he said that to me. People who normally wouldn''t approach me for bringing misfortune looked at me like a murderer after my close friend died. My parents passed away and my senior also got into an ident. The next day, I stood in front of my senior''s grave. -Will you not cry even if I die? What the senior said at the end lingered in my ears. A normal person would have cried here. But still, there are no tears. What the hell am I. An abnormal person who doesn''t shed a single tear. I was a person who didn''t deserve to have a friend next to me. Maybe the reactions I showed to the pranks yed by my senior were deliberately did in consideration of the reactions he wanted. Was it right to reveal my emotions? Was the senior really my friend? I threw the popcorn in my hand. Hallucinations are heard. I grabbed my messy hair with one hand and looked at my other hand, and there was a hand mirror help up. The mirror reflected me. was standing there. E, not me. I had entered E''s body. Acting with E''s personality, my impulsive behavior was also influenced by her body. But after I got used to my body, I was less influenced by it. To some extent, I thought I was acting on my own judgement. The feelings towards the children are also mine. But I''ve be a monster. Monsters are influenced by people''s thoughts. Because the kids thought of me as a friend, I came to think of them as a friend too. The angry personality and everything I showed after adapting my body were all because of the way I acted when I was affected by E''s body, so my personality ended up being corrected to that. Hallucinations tell me. [You are a mirror! You can''t express anything if you don''t have a target to shine on!] My feelings for the children are not my true feelings. [Your friend died and you can''t cry, there''s no way you could have that kind of heart!] "Ah... Ah..." I only pretended to be E in front of the kids while using her body. Even though my best friend died. Even though I went through a painful thing, I couldn''t have possibly felt any friendship towards the children. "Ahhh...!" I am a mirror. I am a mirror. A person who does not shed a single tear even when a friend dies, no, not even a person. So, my rtionship with the kids is just an empty lie- No rtionship I''ve ever made on my own. I look in the mirror. Only E is standing. It''s futile. I rather die. I closed my eyes. "Wait a moment!!! What are you closing your eyes for?!" Ah? The screen rips open and someone jumps out. And they hit my stomach-?! "Kyaa?!" I rolled across the floor. Why do these bastards like to hit me so much...! "Urgh..." "Older brother! It''s not fun like this, you know?! Can''t you see that the kids are barely holding on outside?!" "You''re... E?" E was standing in front of me. She was looking down at me with a pathetic expression. "What. First time seeing E? Well, outside, E''s image is not reflected in the mirror. How is it? How do you feel seeing such a pretty E?" "No, weren''t you dead?" "..." "As soon as you took my body, you were hit by a chandelier and died." "..." "...? Are you embarrassed of... Kya!" E in front of me swung her knife to prevent me from opening my mouth. She seemed ashamed that she took my body and died whileughing. The corner of E''s mouth lifted slightly when I let ou a squeal. "Wow. Come on! Are youpletely a girl? Should I call you sister? That''s too funny!" Making fun of someone when she sees a gap is totally like the original E. It''s annoying...! Kyeong-min, who was teased by me, must have felt the same way. I''m sorry, Kyeong-min! "I''m a guy, even if I''m in a girl''s body! It''s just that I got a bit used to the female body!" Even thinking about being in a woman''s body still makes me feel ufortable. "I think I know what you''re thinking. Older brother''s body is, no, because this is a special ce. Is your soul still a girl?" "What?" I looked down at my body. This ce is not real. I thought it was a ce simr to a imaginary world that you see in cartoons, so I believed I was in my original male form. Chapter 44 Chapter 44 The mirror breaks and a sunflower bloom in its ce. The sunflower withers after a moment, and a mirror takes its ce again. After that, it was a repeat of this cycle. This is a fight between the bosses to dominate the stage. I was no longer in a position where I had to roll my body to attack Mary one-sidedly. "Isn''t it about time to stop the power struggle?" "What happened to you, E?" Mary questioned the sudden change in me. "I just listened to music for a while. Because of that, my body is rxed and exerting its full strength." Mary coldly replied. "Lie." I said giggling. "Did I get caught~?" As soon as Mary attacked using vines, I moved to the mirror behind her. Mary immediately turned around, but it was toote to avoid my attack. The ability to inflict physical damage by shing enemies in sight from inside a mirror is superior when ites to attack speed. It''s just that it''s been difficult to use because I''ve been unable to create mirrors before. ng-! Mary, who noticed my attack, seeded in defending by a narrow margin. However, there were a lot of mirrors around her. A simple but hard to deal strategy where I move between mirrors to make impossible to determine my position and then sh Mary in her blind spot. Like the first fight with Slenderman, I corner her. Ahahahahaha! Augh came out at Mary''s hurried appearance to block a attack. She worked hard so far. Mary was reaching her limit in defending against my attacks and started trying something different. "Urgh... Help me!" Tiriririring-! A beeping sound rang out from the remaining payphone box. The handset rattled and dropped by itself, and a girl''s voice came out. Is she going to call a monster? [Hello? I''m Rika! I''m behind-?] Rika stopped talking as if embarrassed. She had moved behind me, entering the mirror, but she couldn''t cut me because I moved to another one. "Now, what will you do?" [...!] Left alone in the mirror, Rika seemed unable to do anything. Unlike her boss, Mary, Rika did not have the ability to summon her medium, the phone. A small fry who cannot demonstrate her abilities unless she goes through a public phone box. "I''m sorry! Now you''re stuck in the mirror forever! You will live there forever! It''s no longer a phone monster, it''s a mirror monster!" [...] Oops. I got too excited. I have to stop. "Excuse me. I got carried away. Wasn''t that unlike me?" Mary looked at me with an annoyed expression. "No. E was always like that." "Is that so? Well, it doesn''t matter. Even that is still me." Even if I resemble E''s personality, I am me. Now that I''ve separated my identity, I don''t have to restrain myself anymore. Ah, it feels nice. "Actually, whether it''s about adopting monster characteristics or resembling E, it was causing me a lot of stress. But you know what? Even if I resemble her, I''m still me, right?" "Stop talking weird!" "Ahahaha! It''s the first time I''ve felt so good that my thoughts were wrong!" A very simple attack. I stepped out of the mirror and lightly dodged it. "It won''t work." "...Tsk." The shape of arge phone appeared behind Mary. This time, it seemed to focus on physical phenomena, not curses. A powerful vibration spread out. The delicate mirrors around Mary began to crack one by one. Even though the precious mirrors were broken, I smiled brightly. "...Shall I show you something fun?" I created another mirror. This time it reflected Mary from afar. The image of her reflection. I pointed my knife at it. "Are there restrictions on movement because you''re using a lot of strength?" "!!!" She must have sensed what I was about to do. Mary, startled by the cold feel of the knife on her neck, canceled the attack and immediately dodged. "Since long ago, the image reflected in the mirror has been treated as an alter ego. So there were many cases where mirrors were thought of as mysterious or ominous." It was possible to do this thanks to the widened range of abilities as a mirror monster. Mary also uses other phone ghost stories, so there''s nothing I can''t do. "Pfft." "Don''t y around with Mary-!" Mary charged at me, clearly mad. Maybe it''s because she''s a kid, so she gets angry easily. ...Why do I feel pricked? "I was thinking of ending this soon." I confronted Mary head-on as well. The de, filled with as much strength as possible, emitted an unpleasant screech as it shed. "Mary. You deal with phones monsters. For example... Like your Satoru-kun or Rika. Stories about mysterious existences beyond phones. You''re specially good at dealing with monsters derived from it. In many ways, they''re simr to you!" "Shut up!" "There are quite a few ghost stories with simr characteristics in mirror ghost stories. In particr, ghost stories about a female ghost appearing in a mirror. Among them, there is a famous one. Wanna guess? I think it would be easy to understand if you imagine E." "...!" Mary''s eyes widened. It was because she felt a powerful aura behind her. In the created mirror, another girl, not me, swings a terrifying ax at Mary. Mary couldn''t avoid the attack because she was defending against my knife aiming for a gap. Time is over. The answer is. "-Bloody Mary. Coincidentally, the names are the same." Blood gushes and pours from Mary''s back. Mary, who had been floating a little in the air, copsed to the floor due to gravity. Bloody Mary is a mysterious girl from a mirror ghost story. It''s portrayed pretty badly in the popr media. I wonderd if it would be possible for me to summon mirror monsters just like Mary with her phone monsters, and I seeded wonderfully. "Go back for now." Bloody Mary returned in response to my orders. I observed the fallen Mary. An ordinary person would have died instantly, but she was still barely breathing. ''She''s even slowly recovering. If I want to kill her, it has to be now.'' As I approached Mary, all the vines and sunflowers that ate the school had rotted away. Even the giant sunflower stalks in the yground. "If the stage is disappearing while the boss is alive... Looks like James seeded in installing the artifact. That also means you can''t beat me anymore." "...Haa... Haa..." Mary crawled miserably on the ground. She shifted her body as sheboredly reached her hand opposite from me. It may look like she''s running away, but to me it seems like Mary is looking for someone. "E!" After being released from the vines, Kyeong-min, Suho, and Eun-jeong came running to me. They weren''t hurt. I was proud and thankful that they worked so hard while fighting Mary. "..." I silently hugged the three of them. The kids hesitated at my awkward action. In particr, Kyeong-min didn''t know what to do. I know it''s embarrassing, but sometimes, things like this are necessary. ...Maybe. "Soft and soft~" "Eun-jeong..." Why are you burying your face in my chest in this situation... "You don''t know restraint..." The atmosphere was broken. Now that it''s turned out this way, I guess it''s time to wrap things up. I turned around and walked towards Mary. Holding my knife in my hand. If I leave her be, she will recover, so I can''t just let her go. "Mary needs to find... Mary... Still... Couldn''t find... It''s okay if it''s just once..." She muttered pitifully. What the hell is a wish? The original E also had one. Somehow, I seem to have one too. "Why... No matter how much Mary searches, she can''t find it? Why should only Mary be frustrated and sad?" Mary tried to kill us. Now, her wishes don''t matter. I don''t think wishing is such an important factor in the first ce. There was no mention of a wish in the game... Could it be that each boss has a wish? Ms. Spider and Pierrot too? "...I hate you... I hate everything! No matter how many times I call, they don''t answer! Who are you? Why aren''t youing to find Mary?! Answer me!" Mary began to tremble. "Mary can''t die yet..." The obsession with life is strong. This is the part the differentiates her from other monsters. If it was another monster, even if their leg was cut off, they would have rushed to kill me. "Um..." "Somehow... Feels wrong." The children seemed puzzled, perhaps because it was the first time the enemy acted in this way. "Pitiful." The mood is low. As if it would be awkward to kill Mary heartlessly. ...But we have to kill Mary. Otherwise she''ll target us again. Because the way for Mary to find out who she is looking for is to kill them. It is my judgement that this kid cannot live while suppressing her bloodlust. However, separate from that, my intuition is screaming. Not to kill Mary in this manner. ...There must be another way. But the fact that she must be killed doesn''t change. I put strength into my hand to cut Mary''s throat. "Goodbye Mary." "E wait!" I stopped my hand. "I got a call from Ha-rim." At this timing? Could it be a coincidence? Probably not... "Take it." Ha-rim''s voice is heard over Kyeong-min''s cell phone. "Hello? E! Seeing as all the nts are gone, it''s almost over." It must have been difficult to attack the stage that was eroding the school, but her voice was rxed. I felt better and the tone of my voice slightly rose. "Yes. Now I only need to kill Mary who is lying on the ground." "...Before that, there is one oddity." "?" "There is still one glowing white phone booth left." "A white phone booth?" The objects that appeared in the school were all from Mary''s stage. But a white phone booth? I''ve never seen anything like that. Is it another variable? What gimmick is it? A white phone booth appeared when Mary was defeated. Usually in games, this kind of situation happens when suggesting alternative strategies. "..." Another strategy... It feels a littlete for that. It is also unclear whether the white phone booth actually ys such a role. Even if that was the case, what would be the point of not brutally killing Mary now and using a different strategy? From a game perspective, taking a different route would be more interesting and fun. ''This is reality for the kids. Even if it''s cruel, wouldn''t be the right choice to kill her?'' Time is ticking. What should I do? -I will give you all my strength, so show the children an adventure. Make this strange world not just scary but full of encounters, farewells, emotions like excitement, sadness, and joy. I want them to know. I made my decision. "Ha-rim, try using that phone booth. If it''s you, you can use it somehow." The strategy should be entrusted to the protagonist. "Okay! I''ll try!" POV Switch - 3rd person Shin Ha-rim entered the phone booth. A phone booth is a ce made for making calls with other people. Shin Ha-rim thought. Who am I calling? There was only one person that came to mind at this time. It was Mary. What should Shin Ha-rim do to call Mary? She was troubled. The result of simply thinking as if solving a riddle. She dialed a phone number. (666-6666-6666) ...The phone calls. Tiririring... Tiririring... Mary, who was crawling on the floor, was startled. Mary is the one who makes calls. It was the first time she had received one. Mary''s vague anticipation welled up. She somehow had the idea that when she answered the phone, she might be able to meet the person she was looking for. Mary hurriedly answered the phone before it rang three times. She got up despite her scars to properly answer it. E was wary of Mary, but Mary didn''t care about her. "...Hello. Who is it? Is it the person Mary was looking for?" "...Uh... Um... Hello?" Chapter 45 Chapter 45 I felt like something had just entered my body... I''m probably just imagining things. After defeating Mary, I observed the phone that had fallen to the ground. Items do not drop from bosses in the original game. And even when I try to use it, it doesn''t react. It''s a mysterious item. Maybe a key item? It happens sometimes. An item that cannot be used or synthesized. They are activated by collecting items with the same gimmick that exist in the game, or can only interact with certain objects, like a key that only reacts to one specific door. It''s a key item from a boss... So it''s very suspicious. Could it be that every boss has one? Pierrot and Ms. Spider all have a wish, and if you grant it, you can get a key item. Is it such a clich¨¦ development? If it is true. Do I have it too? "..." "E? What''s wrong with your face? Yourplexion looks bad." Eun-jeong was looking at me with worried eyes. I forced a smile and pretended to be fine. "Of the two of us, I''m stronger, so don''t worry..." "E? E!" My eyesight is shaking. The tension was released from my body and my strength goes out. Did I use too much power? I think I''ve used my power to the point of blurring like before. "In the mirror... Put me in..." With barely squeezed strength, I spoke to the children. The scene of the kids hurriedly holding a mirror at me was myst memory. ... When I opened my eyes, I was in a full-length mirror. As I carefully poked my head out of it, someone lightly hit my head with a book. Ouch. "If you don''t take care of yourself like before, you''ll die soon." It''s Maria. Like a nun, she cares about other people''s health. A nun who cares about monsters... It seems unique, but it''s actually quite amon clich¨¦. "I''m not dead, so it doesn''t matter." Since I''m notpletely recovered, it consumes a lot strength to move outside. Having fought with Mary and exhausted all my power, it''s no wonder I have no energy to move around outside the mirror. In other words, for my body to recover its strength, I need to rest inside the mirror. "It is a sin not to respect one''s body." Even if you say that, it doesn''t make sense. It''s not even my body in the first ce. As I was not paying attention, Maria spoke again. "The children were very worried." "..." "Pfft." When she covered her mouth with augh, I felt ufortable. I reflexively and bluntly asked a question because of my paranoid mindsetmon to loners who thinks that othersugh at them. "What''s so funny?" "I mean, you didn''t care, but as soon as I brought up the kids, you put on a look of self-reflection. How can I notugh?" Did I do that? As a surge of embarrassment pricked me, I surrendered before things could get any worse. "Haa... I understand, so please put away that warm gaze." "You are such a cute child." "Stop it!" Slide. Hearing my conversation with Maria, James opened the door and came in. "So, you were alive." "I have to say, both of you seeded. To be honest, it was an unreasonable request." I wasn''t able to tell them how to defeat the monsters in the park. It was just a little bit of a warning, so it was the same as bumping into a monster without any countermeasures. I cautiously asked James. "...How many died?" Because they weren''t warned, they most likely fell into the traps, so there must have been deaths. However, his answer was unexpected. "There is no fatalities." Oh. Thankfully nobody died. James might be a greater person than I thought. I was delighted with the good news and praised him. "You are capable!" "I wish that was the case... But it''s because someone helped." "Huh?" "That''s what I got from you. It''s in liquid form, but it''s an object that exerts strong power against nts. I was going to aim for the huge sunflower that seemed to be the center of the park with it." James continued his exnation. It was the time when they tried to aim for the huge sunflower with eyes, which is Mary''s weak point and the center of the stage, but was unable to use the item and was pushed back little by little due to the fierce attacks of the monsters. It was easy to install the relic itself if the group was sacrificed, so the moment he was about to put it into practice, a stage curtain appeared in front of his eyes, and in the blink of an eye, he arrived at the ce where he could install it. The artifact was installed, and the weak monsters around it were purified. He said that he easily dealt with the weakened sunflower with the item I gave him. "...A curtain." You were watching us, Pierrot. "You appear to have a guess." "Do you remember the clown we metst time?" "Of course." "Maybe he was involved." If you were watching, why didn''t you help us when we attacked Mary? It''s not that he didn''t help at all, but it''s ambiguous. Did you want to check something? "I have to go see him. Let''s go together this time. Like Mary, if I sloppily go meet him and identally get attacked, we all need to respond together. Before we depart, I''ll exin what I know about Pierrot." He''s hard to find, and since we defeated Mary, we have no choice but to go where he''s most likely to be. We have to go to his stage, the amusement park. I didn''t want to go because there were a lot of monsters in the middle, but there''s no choice. "Is there any chance of winning if he bes an enemy?" "Hmm..." It urred to me that if I got better at using mirror ghost stories, I might be able to leave everyone safe. However, the image of being able to win did note to mind. The appearance in the game where the barriers of the school were destroyed and the building itself was shaken was very impressive. Still. "It''s impossible with the head-on method, but I think there''s a chance of winning." "I see." James seemed to question my attitude. "...?" "Is that judgment made because you grew up as a demon?" "What?" "When measured by the demon meter, you were only about a quarter of a demon. But now it''s half. You have grown one step as a full demon." "..." "It is not umon for demons to steal the power of other demons. Since coveting power is in the realm of instinct, it seems that the power was taken unconsciously..." Isn''t this like another hidden setting in the game? I thought it would be something like a chunk of text from the creator that didn''t particrly affect the flow of the game, but it''s very embarrassing to hear it mentioned over and over again. If it''s from Mary, then the other bosses are also quarter demons. What the hell does this mean, developer? "It makes me very ufortable." "I agree." "I think it will be fine. Maybe." "Are you nning to just gloss over it like that?" No matter how much you squeeze your brain. What you don''t know, you don''t know. I roughly concluded that we should all go to meet Pierrot together and install artifacts on his stage. As I tried to run away to the children because Maria started nagging at me. "Oh right. I got this from Mary. Any guesses?" I showed Maria the white phone that had fallen from Mary. The phone looked sacred. So I wondered if Maria, a nun, would know better. "This..." She put on a serious expression. "It has the same properties as the artifacts we brought." POV Switch - Third person "You did better than I thought. The seed was well absorbed by the soul." He mutters about how, thanks to nting the seed in a pure soul of a human, there was no resistance when it settled in another soul. "What do you mean, Meph?" A woman dressed as a researcher asked him. But Mephughed and changed the topic. "Ah. It''s nothing. Amy, did the symptoms you consulted earlier get better?" "It has improved unbelievably well. All the worries and ominous thoughts I had were washed away. Meph, you were right, They say time is medicine, but it must be true." Amy smiled and looked at Meph. In her eyes, he was her all-around fixer. "Ha ha ha. I would be d if it was thanks to my counseling, buttely, everyone has said that their worries, dark thoughts, and fears were gone. Isn''t this the virtue of everyone in the institution contributing to making the world a better ce to live?" "You''re really humble. Oops, look at the time! I have to go!" Amy seemed to have an appointment, so she rushed somewhere. But, perhaps she was in too much of a hurry, she made a loud bump as she hit something. "...Oh dear... Have even the fear of bumping into something taken away?" "I''m not messing with you. It''s just that the world I created is functioning well." "In my opinion, the existence of a monster was a really good idea." Meph sat down in his chair and crossed his legs. He tapped the desk with his finger. The meaning of this act is because he''s bored. Then... Something caught on his finger. It was a book about a collection of urban legends. "Oh yes. I should read these stories." Meph chuckled as he read the book. "Why are they so wacky and funny? After all, there is no difference between a urban legend and a joke. In the end, the horror genre was created for human amusement, so is it only natural?" Fear is truly a stimting spice in life if you look at it from the point of view of not dying. People are afraid and tense while reading horror novels, but in the end, there is no harm to them, and haunted houses and roller coasters only makes you feel momentary fear, with no danger to their lives. Of course, horror games are in the same context. "As long as you don''t die, a horror experience can be the most fun adventure ever. Going beyond games or novels, experiencing it yourself, struggling to live, and surviving in the end. Where else could there be an adventure as eventful as that? Is it not?" Meph sought agreement. To his friend in a world full of fun (jokes). POV Switch - E The kids greeted me as soon as they saw me. Among them, Eun-jeong came running to me like a train, and I opened my arms wide. "E, you are okay!" She put her head on my chest. And then she grumbled softly. Since I was bing ustomed to Eun-jeong''s sulking, I pressed my hand against her head, making it difficult for her to breathe. "Urgh?!" In a very soft voice, she says, "This isn''t something a mom does." What mother. I''m your friend. "Is it okay to stick your head in someone else''s chest?" "...Urgh~!" "Wait, wait a moment?! Ahahahaha!" I hurriedly let go of Eun-jeong and rolled on the floor. As if seeking revenge, she climbed on my back as I was unable to move, suffering from the previous tickling. Hey hey hey! Don''t put your hands on my armpit! Are you trying to murder me?! "Let''s be civilized. What do you want?" Unexpectedly, Eun-jeong erased her smile and put on a serious expression at my question. I was nervous, afraid of what frightful favor she was about to ask. "Please don''t make us run away." Huh? "...Why are you saying that all of a sudden?" I rolled my head, recalling whatever I did for her to be like that. As if trying to solve my question, Kyeong-min held out his hand to me. I took it and stood up as Eun-jeong got up from my back and stood next to Ha-rim. "What do you want to say?" "What I am about to say is the opinion of all of us." What the hell is it? "Even if we end up in danger, please don''t make us run away and leave E alone." "..." "We are in the same club. Even if we run away from danger, we hope it will be together and get though it. No matter how scary or difficult it is." What are these kids talking about? Even good things should be done to the extent that is beneficial. "Are you guys dumb? It wasn''t specifically for your sake, you know? It was a carefully calcted strategic retreat. I thought you guys might end up dying in vain... I only took a slight risk." "E can''t be honest." I got caught. It''s only now that I realized, I''m the type who can''t hide my feelings. I didn''t like the way they read my mind, so I answered with a pout. "It''s annoying how you understand the hidden meaning and still add ament." "...Don''t pout. Promise us." I took a deep breath. Time for a sermon. "Sometimes, there are more important things than being stubborn. Right now, your lives are several times more important than that kind of stubbornness. Don''t think luck will be on your side like this every time. Did you know that your request is basically for you to lock the emergency exit when escaping in case of danger?." "Yes! Okay!" If it''s like that, the persuasion ended in failure as soon as it started. "Do you really understand? That we could actually die? How can you be so positive about it? Eun-jeong, aren''t you scared? Just being together doesn''t guarantee victory, you know? It just means we could all die together!" "Scary." "Yes, it is." Now we have a satisfactory answer. "But I believe that E will make it less scary." "No, it seems like my words aren''t getting through. Are you saying you understand that you''re in danger? Are you calling uncontroble situations risks? Why don''t you get it? Are you a kid?" "If you ask me, we are kids, but..." I''m going to lose my mind. For some reason, these positive idiots seem to have gained confidence by somehow oveing thest situation. The misconception that after surviving such a terrifying experience, they could ovee anything! It is truly a dreamy idea that a child would have! "It was scary. It was really hard at first, so I shrank and froze for a moment. But since E was with me, I thought that no matter how scary and dangerous it was, I could do it. It feels nice thinking about it again!" "We''re happy when we''re with E! So, no matter how dangerous the situation is, we''ll ovee it together!" Where is this "strange" world where such things are possible, exactly? -Though it''s realistic to say that and break the illusion. I really want to make it. A hope that all of those positive kids will survive the crisis and take this game as an adventure as if to show off. I want to make a strange illusion that they can ovee any fear thates their way. I want to see children who eventually ovee fear and turn it into a ything. Can I do it? ...The answer to the question will be told by the results. No matter what I say, it won''t get through to them. I brushed my bangs aside and spoke to the faces that were shining with hope. "Haa... Sure, okay." Ha-rim brightly smiled. "Especially Ha-rim, I decided to show you an adventure." An adventure is not without risk. I''m just going to be a fool this time. There is no resentment. "It''s a promise!" I swear by crossing my fingers. (Omake) "What''s that broken over there?" "It''s a monster we exterminated while waiting for E. Ha-rim quickly defeated it." The monster that was eliminated was the [Monster of Collision]. Everyone was memories of bumping into something and being hurt. It was a monster that embodied such fear. "Even though it''s weak, she''s amazing." Even if the risk is low, it would be difficult to find a strategy, but Ha-rim is amazing. The developers who made so many monsters like that are also amazing. Chapter 46 Chapter 46 "Now there are only two artifacts left." I drew a simple map on the board and circled two ces to ce them. Following my hand, the eyes of James, Maria, the children, and the soldiers moved. One ce is the circus arena, which is Pierrot''s stage. The other is a department store, which is Ms. Spider''s stage. We were thinking of meeting Pierrot, who might be our ally and ask for his permission to install the artifact. The fact that a key item with the same properties as the artifact brought from the institute appeared from Mary bothers me quite a bit. And I can''t help but think that installing all the artifacts might not have any relevance to the hidden ending of the game in the first ce. But if we don''t do it, the forced ending will open. "These two ces are where two beings stronger than Mary appear. Among them, Pierrot is amunicative opponent, I''ll try to convince him to let us install the artifact, but a fight can happen just like Mary. So let me exin the strategy in advance." To be honest, I don''t have the confidence to win even if they know the strategy. It''s not possible to teach movements from veteran yers, and there are many patterns that depend on one''s ability because of its strong irregrity. "The only annoying thing about Pierrot is the relentless attacks and bothersome circus performers. There''s also the quiz that randomlyes out in the middle of the fight." Pierrot control circus monsters, just like Mary. From monkeys to lions, to elephants and Ottogi. There are many others, but especially these four are the strongest among them.1 A monkey pattern in which monkeys juggling with weapons quickly circle around and throw daggers. A chasing lion pattern that relentlessly pursues the yer through the ring of fire. An elephant''s charging pattern that instantly kills when hit. A counter-attack type Ottogi pattern thatunches a wide-are attack if it is hit or collide with even one object. Moreover, while the four of them attack all at once, Pierrot approaches from the side with more patterns. As expected of the strongest boss-level monster in the game, it''s very annoying. "Pierrot likes interesting shows. So, in order to have a fair match, he gives a quiz that, if answered correctly, he damages himself. If answered incorrectly, he''ll deal damage to us. Of course, it instantly kills by human standards, so be careful." Obviously, I know all the answers to Pierrot''s quiz. I intend to share it with everyone. But, do you know?! What I mean is we have another problem! What if he shows behavior that is different from the original again! If we show we know the pattern during the fight, it''s obvious that we''ll be put in a situation where he will give us a quiz we don''t know and end up being defeated. Using aic book as an analogy, it''s like when a viin says to the protagonist. -Heh, I know all of your techniques. And then, like an idiot, the viin falls for a new move and exims. -Huh?! That type of clich¨¦. "I''m not abat power measurement device!"1 "What''s wrong with E?" Ah, did I get too excited? Lately, it feels like whenever a strong opponent appears, they start by beating me up first. Like the Doppelganger or Mary... Somehow, it seems like I''ll be in a lot of pain in the future. I quickly came to my senses and exined the rest of the strategy. Everyone took notes and wrote down. I''m d we have enthusiastic students. That''s how it should be, otherwise we''d be in trouble. "Anybody has any questions?" One of the soldiers raised his hand. Oh, it''s the first time one of them talked to me. What are you curious about? I was looking forward to it. They don''t say anything expect James and Maria. "Miss Spider... Was it? Knowing information about that monster beforehand seems like a good idea." A straightforward question. Well, it wouldn''t hurt to let you know in advance. But since you betrayed my expectations, I have to y with you. "Aren''t you curious about E? Is that really the first question you ask her?" "..." The soldier nced at James as if asking if he should be careful with his words. James lightly smiled, signaling to ask any question without reservation. Usually, James appears strict or even stiff with his group, but the soldier finally decided to speak. "I heard that you are a demon... I wonder why you''re helping everyone. Therefore... I am curious about the purpose." Umm... Well, James did say that he only trusts me because of his past work experiences. Maria also witnessed how I interacted with the children and we''ve had conversations, so she must have understood my intentions. The soldiers who rarely have conversations with me might find it hard to fully understand. And yet, just by the orders of James, they put their lives on the line, which is something I''m thankful for. "To begin with, the purpose is to send these kids back home safely. That''s my top priority. The secondary goal is to get outside." "I see... I understand." The goal of going outside is impossible to achieve because I did not think about the future after sending the children back. To be honest, I''m not really eager. Still, you know, don''t you think that if I were to go outside, I might not end up in quarantine by the authorities? I can practically hear the gears turning in his head. Even you, a single soldier, wouldn''t they catch and confine you once it''s all over? It''s obvious what the higher-ups would think if you let me roam outside. ...Let''s stop thinking about it. Even after the ending, I am thinking that it would be worth living if I was with the kids, even if it meant I couldn''t go back to my world. Please. Consider the possibility of me not being quarantined as soon as I go out. it wouldn''t turn out like that, right? Yes? "Even if I honestly tell you the purpose and exin the reasons, believing in a half-demon like me would probably still be difficult for you." It''s embarrassing for me to exin everything, including getting close to the kids, step by step. "From E''s point of view, it doesn''t matter whether you believe her or not... In the end, all you have to do is follow James'' orders and E can prove her value with information." I don''t care if they believe me or not. Honestly, no matter what I say, the other person won''t believe me because it''s just words. "That''s right." His response became stiff. It''s something I brought up as a joke, but rather, it made the atmosphere tense. Speaking in such a stiff manner brings back memories of my past self, making me restless. "Still, you know... Being a soldier is a job that you have chosen with your own convictions and responsibilities, but that doesn''t mean that mean your hard work is taken for granted. Umm..." "?" When I start speaking in a roundabout manner, the soldier gives me a skeptical look. I turn my head slightly and continue speaking, avoiding eye contact. "Risking your lives... I suppose I''m grateful for that. Because we are together for a while, I would be happy if you could trust me. Umm, did you get the answer to your question?" The soldier paused for a moment, nced at Maria and James, and nodded. "Now I understand." I asked for an answer. What do you mean by now you understand? The other soldiers seems strangely convinced too. Stop it, just stop! I quickly moved on to the next topic to lighten the mood. On the ckboard, I drew a woman''s upper body connected to a spider-like lower body. "Next is Miss Spider. It seems Pierrot call her Arachne." There hasn''t been any interaction with Ms. Spider so far. Although we saw the spider monsters that asionally parasitized other monsters and the spider attendant in the beginning. Pierrot said that she had already been attacked by the Devil. Just as Pierrot had his arm eroded by the Devil''s attack, Ms. Spider seems to have suffered the same attack. The difference must be that Pierrot is stronger, so Ms. Spider was defeated while Pierrot is holding on. She''s probably the type can''t get along with words alone. That''s why I want Pierrot to remain as an ally so that the fight is easier. "Ms. Spider''s main attack pattern involves aggressively attacking with her giant body, and she has much more subordinatespared to other bosses. Additionally, she inflicts a curse that slows you down. Finally, her specialty is mind-type attacks." Below the picture of Ms. Spider, I wrote down keywords such as [giant body],[numerous subordinates],[movement slowdown curse],[mind-type attacks], and so on. Ms. Spider, beingrger than other bosses, uses powerful psychic-type attacks and curses instead of simple physical attacks. That''s why it''s essential to resist it bybining the item from the spider attendant with another artifacts for purification. And that''s the artifact Eun-jeong is holding. Pierrot also has psychic-type attack patterns, and it''s hard to say which is stronger. However, when the yer is hit by Ms. Spider''s mind attack, there''s a mechanic where the yer loses control of their character. How this mechanic will be implemented is the key point to consider. The disturbed and terrified look the character has when hit by the attack is what worries me. After exining for a while, I started feeling a bit tired. Speaking so much at once is hard on my mouth and mind. "I''m going to see Pierrot in an hour. Everyone, prepare well in the meantime." ... It is an hourter. After leaving the school, we headed to Pierrot''s circus tent. Looking around, the number of monsters was much higher thanst time. As times goes by, it bes more and more powerful. On the 30th day when the Devil is born, it reaches its peak and besplete hell. "Get lost." As I spread my aura, some monsters retreated. There''s no need to hide anything. This body is from a boss, the mirror monster. If we don''t recklessly rush like the spider monsters or it isn''t a trap, we won''t get in danger. "E, what is that?" What Ha-rim is pointing at is the ghost tree seen in the distance. Since ancient times, trees have been treated as containers for holding things such as spirits or ghosts. A tree possessed by evil spirits was good material in old tales. The monster is along those lines. Monsters pretending to be human corpses are hanging from the branches of tall trees, giving off an unpleasant smell and atmosphere. The reason why Ha-rim was interested in the ghost tree was because it suddenly appeared in her field of vision. "It''s a ghost tree. Sometimes monsters deceive our eyes and act as if they don''t exist. Originally, you had to go all the way to the tree to see it, but thanks to my aura, I was able to shake off the illusion, so we can see it from far away." "I see. But those corpses... Are they real people?" "No. They''re monsters pretending to be corpses. The only people here are those from James and Maria''s side. There were no one here before you arrived either." "...Then the corpse in E''s mansion must have been a monster too?" Huh? That''s my corpse. If you misunderstand me like that, it''s fine by me. The past that I didn''t bring out because I was reluctant was suddenly washed away. But what is this feeling of shame? I could tell from Ha-rim''s smiling face what she was thinking. ''You used a monster to scare us with a corpse! Did you pretend? Cute!'' -You really are thinking the same as me!!! "It''s rude to share the same thought?!" There''s a limit even to misunderstandings. Because I overreacted as if my dark history has been exposed, everyone epted it as a fact. "Did you get pricked?" "No!" ... We proceeded as safely as possible by pushing back monsters with my aura or attacking and trapping the stronger ones in mirrors. We then arrived at our destination. It was more like an amusement park than a circus, with huge walls surrounding it in a circle and preventing people from entering the interior. In the center was a huge door for entry. It seems like we have to go inside, but... No matter how you look at it, it was too big to open with human power. Like a gate. "It''s like a fortress." It seems that Pierrot has remodeled the stage. He fought the Devil. As if showing that, there were traces of battle on the wall. I approached the huge door and knocked. Knock knock. Then Pierrot''s voice was heard. "Who''s there?" "E." "E who?" Do you know the Western knock knock joke? If you knock on the door and ask who the other person is, they will answer. It doesn''t have to be your own name, so just answer when they ask who it is and reply with a witty joke to dodge it. For example. -Knock knock! -Who''s there? -Delivery. It''s Noodles. -Noodles what? -Enough with the cheesy jokes, just open the door already~ Same thing. It''s a ssic y on words. "It''s E, just open the door." But that''s such a corny joke. I don''t like it. "...E who?" "Hey, you corny clown. I''vee all the way here, you know? If you don''t open the door right now, I''ll break in. You''re even using such lousy jokes." "Geez! Got it! I''ll open it. Why so serious? A little wordy wouldn''t hurt, right?" "Yeah, I don''t like it." "You should read a joke book. [Alice''s Adventures in Wondend] is full of wordy and it''s truly profound yet amusing." With that, the door slowly opened. Let''s step inside, onto Pierrot''s stage! Chapter 47 Chapter 47 "I never thought E woulde to visit me. I''m very surprised. You can tell from the outside, but I''ve been quite busy, so it''s hard to meet." "Outside..." There were traces of a fierce battle outside the stage. He must have been fighting right before we arrived, and the only person that he could be fighting is the half-devil. How is the fight between Pierrot and the Devil? I''m honestly curious. There nothing more fun than seeing two strong beings shing against each other. "You worked hard toe this far. Are you not hurt? With your numbers, it would have been difficult to deal with the spiders." "Huh? Spiders?" He seems to be talking about the spider monsters. Didn''t you fight the Devil? "You didn''t fight the Devil?" "Well, in a way, you''re right. I fought against Arachne''s spider army." Ms. Spider was attacked by the Devil. However, the fact that she attacked is almost certain that she''s being manipted. It seems that Pierrot, who''s the strongest among us, couldn''t be manipted, so they decided to borrow the power of Ms. Spider, who is the second strongest. "You are stronger than Miss Spider. Can''t you just smash through everything?" Pierrotughed as if I said something reckless. "Hahaha! If you believe only in strength and fight, you will be caught off guard by the pincers of the Devil and Arachne. Can''t you see this arm that got hurt because I was careless?" Pierrot showed his eroded arm. The erosion had progressed quite a bit fromst time. This looks a bit dangerous. Are you really okay? "There is no need to look at it like that because there is nothing to be controlled. It will take days for the erosion to beplete." "Are you saying that if we finish quickly, it''ll be over?" "Correct answer!... And in terms of strength, Arachne is also formidable. She''s grown a bit since before. You will know when you see it." Pierrot guided us inside without looking back. Maybe it''s because seeing children might make him want to kill them. As we entered the entrance where light was emitting, various rides and a circus tent in the center greeted us. It''s a fairlyrge space. "Oh, that guy." A monkey carrying a weapon met our eyes while on a ride. This is the guy I saw in the boss fight in the game. One of Pierrot''s monsters. [Ook-ook! Eeek-aak-eek!] The monkey ran at a speed that was difficult for ordinary people to follow with their eyes. The moment the monkey raised his weapon over his head, Pierrot blocked it with one of his fingers. ng-! "Stop. Mister Monkey, these are not enemies. After consecutive battles, you must be tired. Rest for now." [Ukkig.] "Spider scent, you say? Hmm. I understand. For now, please return." Pierrot pondered for a moment. He seemed to be contemting some possibility. Then he asked us. "I didn''t hear the answer I just asked, but with that number of people, it would have been difficult to deal with all the spiders. Are you all unscathed?" "No one''s hurt. Well, we haven''t seen spider''s webs, let alone a spider." Yes. We didn''t see any spiders. What kind of n does she has? I wonder if she was hiding somewhere and preparing something. "...And the spider corpses outside?" "...? There was none." Pierrot nodded at my answer and took out several hat-shaped badges from his pocket. "I see. For now let''s put this topic aside. First of all, it looks like you will need this." "What''s this?" "It would be difficult if you keep being attacked by my members like before, so I''m handing over a token. Please don''t drop it." As soon as we put on the badges, the monsters who have been hiding went back to their ces as if it had never happened. Seems like it''s not a lie. Honestly, I had suspected it might explode. "E. Seeing that you''ve led everyone here, I don''t think you came here just to y. There must be a purpose. What is it?" Oh, the main point is always weed. "It''s good you got right to the point. You''re aware that we''ve been setting up artifacts as we move around, right?" "It''s hard not to know. It was so tant that I thought there might be another hidden meaning. What are you going to do if you disturb the Devil?" "We have to install them quickly, so there''s no other choice. Even though the artifacts are sturdy, we can''t say for sure that they won''t break. Still, if we finish quickly as you mentioned, it should be over." Pierrot scratched his head for a moment as he was about to say something, but did not retort as if he knew we were right. "This time, the ce where the relics will be installed is here. I want to get your permission." "..." I nervously waited for his answer. What if he''s the type who doesn''t like other people hands on his circus? If this guy refuses, it will be very difficult. Right now, he''s scarier than the Devil. However, Pierrot easily agreed. "Do as you please." Hurray! "But there is one condition." "What is it?" "Once the artifact is installed, you won''t be able to use the rides because of its strange power. Please enjoy them at least once. That''s all." "It''s not that hard." I asked the kids to enjoy the rides. Adults were entrusted with monitoring them so that they would not get hurt. Although it is a horror ride, all the safety devices are in ce, so the thrill feels like a actual thrill with no harm to life. I''m d they seem to be enjoying it. "Why are you alone?" I was sitting alone on the Ferris wheel watching the kids. Pierrot curiously looks at me. This guy, when did he arrive? "You don''t have to know." "Hmm~ I see." Oops. I reacted bluntly. By doing this, I was advertising that I 100% had a story. I have to change the subject. I asked Pierrot. "Did you want to see it? Seeing children enjoying the rides." "Yes. That''s right. It''s not bad. I also feel nostalgic." Nostalgic. Perhaps, like Mary, he vaguely senses the feelings about what he wants. If all bosses have a wish, I think he has one as well. Hey, let''s just ask. "What is your wish?" Pierrot tilted his head. He seemed troubled. "My wish? If it''s the fake wish, I can answer it, but if it''s the real one, I can''t." Mary''s false wish is to call and stab to death whoever she''s looking for with a knife. Her real wish is to meet her mother. Pierrot''s wish seems to have been corrupted as well, and whatever the content is, it''s likely to be violent and cruel. "Why?" "That''s because I don''t know! The moment I know that will be myst?" Well, so did Mary. E said that too. "But don''t you have something you vaguely wished for?" At my question, Pierrot seemed to be wondering if he could say it. I don''t know why he bothered to hide. Isn''t it a wish because you want it toe true? After much thought, he opened his mouth. "...I''m looking for the director." It was an unfamiliar word. "If you''re talking about a director..." "E. What do you think this world resembles?" He suddenly speaks philosophically This world resembles something... Because this is a horror game... Simr words... "Uh~huh... yground (game)?" When I answered that, Pierrot responded in a raised tone. "Ohh! This is an interesting idea. I am simr. I think of it as a stage." "The director of the stage..." "Not all stages can be fun. However, the director who ys the scenario behind the stage and brings entertainment. I am looking for him." "It''s quite random. Why are you looking for someone like that? Does such a person even exist?" "Is it so strange that I, who seeks fun, is searching for them? And it doesn''t matter whether they exists or not. The important thing is that I am looking for them." Well, if you know why you''re looking for it, it''s no different than knowing everything about your wish. "...Next thing I would like to ask you, does finding that director have anything to do with helping us?" "No. It doesn''t, but saving the children is disadvantageous to the Devil. I''m not pleased with the current situation. Also, the monsters were transformed into spider monsters by Arachne. The monsters are a mystery. Each of them has their own attack method, and even if there is no extermination method, the escape method are all different. Trying to unify them into one is not fun." Do you see monsters as ythings? Well, the interesting monsters make the game stand out. I also yed the game and enjoyed it, so I agree to some extent. A clown who hates boring performances. Simply put, he does quizzes for the main character who can''t physically harm him in the game. If she gets the quiz right, he bizarrely harms himself. "They are both enigmas and jokes. They deserve fitting treatment." "It''splicated. In the end, I have no idea what your wish is." "Huh, is that so? Secrets can often be quite alluring." I judged that it would be difficult to get a hint from Pierrot''s words. Then a good idea came to my mind. Just like I did with Mary, use the mirror ghost story. A ghost story about the reflection of a destined person in a mirror. I created a mirror and faced it towards Pierrot. There, a young brown-haired woman ying with many children... Clink! "Not yet. It is not yet time." Pierrot shattered the mirror in a instant. He knows this technique. "As expected, you were watching, weren''t you?" You must have seen the entire fight with Mary. I stared at Pierrot and questioned him. "..." "Why don''t you help when Mary is fighting? Saying it''s better to save the children? We almost died, you know?" Pierrot answered while averting his eyes. The low tone of his voice showed he felt a little bad. "...Sometimes I want to be in a position to watch an exciting performance." "You think that makes sense?!" "Ahahaha. I''ll definitely help next time, so don''t worry. Because the situation turns interesting every time it''s a crisis, I didn''t feel like stepping in and ruining it. Well, if I had stepped in, Mary would have been killed in an instant." "...Next time, you''ll definitely help." "Indeed. Got it! I''ll help you!" The strongest boss, please actively help me. I was suspicious of Pierrot and opened my mouth to continue questioning him. "Now, why don''t you go down and y?" "..." And closed again. "Ah, I see. You didn''t fit in and stayed alone. Are there any circumstances?" "..." Ah, so noisy. I didn''t want to answer, so I covered my ears and turned my head away. "Oh dear." Snap. A change urred in my head as Pierrot snapped his fingers. "Eh?" "There must be a reason behind it, right~?" I was feeling like a fool. My mind has be incredibly simple, blurring the line between words that shouldn''t be said and words that can be said. On a more fundamental level, the information in my head is roughly maintained, leaving only the necessary information. "Oh yes~ There is~ just like a fool, all alone. I''m anxiously pondering about uncertain possibilities~" "Oh, really? What are they about?" "That''s¡ª what are you forcing me to say, you son of a bitch!!" I kicked Pierrot in the face. I kicked so hard that I could hear the sound of tearing the air, but there was no wound. Rather, only my feet hurt. "Oops. You''re quick ining to your senses." "What are you doing!" "Because you''re not being honest. I was just ying around a bit. Didn''t you also try to see something in me with the mirror?" "That''s why you did a mental attack?!" "Instead of doing that, why don''t you just tell me? It might be helpful. I''m not forcing you. I''m actually contemting whether to just break the artifact." That''s forcing. "Just... There''s a reason. It''s a bit difficult to exin." Why am I talking to this guy heart to heart? It was when I had such an annoying thought. Chapter 48 Chapter 48 "How are the kids?" "They haven''t woken up yet. I guess we''ll have to wait and see." "..." "Cheer up. Thanks to the nun''s cross, there won''t be any immediate danger. It''s hard to believe even items with purifying properties would be barely of use. Without her, the situation would have be really difficult." "I should say thank you to Maria... And you too." "There''s no need for that. I promised, didn''t I? To help. My feet is a bit sore from kicking away those giant arms, though." "Normally, people can''t fend that off. The building seemed unstable too..." "Hehehe... Well, I think I was useful in some way. But even with my power, all I can do is support these children. Arachne is a step above me when ites to mental attacks." "In the end, we have no choice but to trust the kids." POV Switch - Ha-rim "Ahh!" I opened my eyes. I still vividly remember the huge eyeballs. I think there was someone on the left of them, but I can''t remember. Right now I''m on a bed. I don''t remember there being beds at school. Is this the infirmary? "You finally woke up, Ha-rim." "Huh? Oh, Kyeong-min." Kyeong-min greeted me warmly. I asked him what happened. Then he tilted his head as if he didn''t understand what I meant. "Nothing happened. It''s normal. I y, eat, and sleep at home." For some reason, Kyeong-min''s condition was strange. He might be shocked from what just happened, so it''s not surprising. I have to ask the others. "What about the others?" "They''re ying Gonggi in the corner over there. Guys~! Ha-rim woke up!"1 Suho and Eun-jeong, who were ying in the corner of the room, came over. At this moment, I nced around the room and realized that this was not the infirmary. There are 4 beds. There is only 1 window. There is also a door leading to the bathroom. And there were various toys rolling around on the floor. A few pieces of paper can also be seen asionally. "Ha-rim is a sleepyhead. But as soon as she wakes up, herplexion looks bad." "If you''re tired, keep resting. It''s not good to overdo it." "Hmm... Thank you for your concern, but where are we?" "Where is it? It''s our home. Did you forget that too?" "Uh... I see." Strange. What do you mean by home? Why isn''t anyone finding it weird? Their conditions are strange too. They''reughing in a creepy way, and their expressions don''t change. It''s as if they''repletely empty inside. I got up from the bed, hiding my unease. Then I passed them and looked out the window. I saw a small vige using old Western-style architecture. There are bright lights as if there is a party going on. "Do you want to go outside?" Suho asked. "What?" "No." "...Why?" "Because mom said the vige is dangerous." "..." After hearing that, I quickly started rummaging around the room. The group must have been attacked by a monster. Eun-jeong''s bell is very effective when people act weird like that. I have to find it. "What are you looking for? A toy?" "Eun-jeong. Where did you put your bell?" "Bell? I don¡¯t know anything about that." I''m going crazy. Maybe if I give them a good hit, they''lle to their senses. You shouldn''t hesitate to go to the extreme when your survival is at stake. I raised my hand and approached Eun-jeong, who was still smiling brightly. "?" "I''m sorry, Eun-jeong!" Thump! When I hit her with a pillow, Eun-jeong staggered for a moment. But that''s it. Eun-jeong just smiled as if asking what had happened. She didn''t even question it. It''s creepy. I feel like I''m going crazy. ...Let''s calm down and sort out the situation. It was definitely the ssroom at thest moment. But suddenly we find ourselves in this strange ce and the others are in a weird state. It looks like we we''re kidnapped. So it may be natural that you don''t have the items you had. First of all, there is no immediate danger, so I need to gather information thoroughly. "Where is our... mom?" "Mom is sleeping in the room on the second floor. If she had woken up, she would have made a lot of noise walking across the hallway on her eight legs." "Eight... It sounds like a spider." A spider... I moved away from the window and headed out the door. First, let''s investigate. I need to find out the structure of this house. I opened the door and peeked outside, and a surprisingly clean hallway caught my eye. She seem to care about cleanliness. It had been wiped clean. "Mommy says she doesn''t like us being out of the room, soe back quickly before shees." I took a step into the hallway and looked around. Left and right... Where should I go? At this time, the smell of grilled meat came from the right. Looks like there''s a kitchen there. ''Let''s go to the right.'' Since there was no door to the kitchen, I stuck my head out and looked inside. The kitchen is clean too. tes and spoons on the table. And the dinner menu was written down. I read it. "Today''s dinner menu. Potato soup. Wheat porridge (Emily only). Fruit. Roasted vigers..." Wait a second. "Roasting people?!" I quickly looked at the oven. There, something in the shape of a person was upying the space, half burned. The fingernail marks in the oven, clearly visible to the naked eye, shook my mind. "Urgh." I hold back the nausea. I feel like there is nothing good about leaving a trace here. I''ve already seen a lot of scary things. I barely managed to stop myself from vomiting and continued exploring. What I can get here is... Maybe a kitchen knife. I took a knife. I can use the de if needed. Woosh. "Isn''t it a note?" A note that fell out of nowhere. It seems that it fell when I touched the cutting board behind it while picking up the kitchen knife. It''s best to read it. Rustling. The moment I was about to read the note. ck ck ck ck ck ck. "?!" I heard the sound of several people moving at the same time upstairs. 8 legs. It''s clear that the mother that the group were talking about ising. But the speed is too fast. It''ste to go back to the bedroom. I hid myself for now. The sound of footsteps came down to the first floor. I held my breath and held the knife in my hand. "..." ...Rustle. Rustle. Rattle. Squeak... Bang! ck ck ck ck ck ck. The sound of footsteps grew distant and then disappearedpletely. They walked to the left. If they haven''t stopped walking, they probably got out of the house. ...The entrance is on the left. Are the stairs to the second floor right next to it? And then I heard the sound of keys being used. Looks like you need a key to get out. It''splicated, so it''s better to go out the window. I left the kitchen and went back to the room. I secretly unfolded the note while hiding it. I''m sorry to you guys, but it''s a bit hard to believe you with those bright smiles... Sorry! [I''m scared! Kyeong-min and Suho are both strange. There are human bones in the kitchen too... Ha-rim, please wake up quickly. I''m scared to death. Suho and Kyeong-min saw the note that was on the bed and are heading to the second-floor storage room. I feel like someone who seems to be our mother is constantly watching. If I seed, I''ll leave a note under the pillow. -Kim Eun-jeong''s note- ] "?!" Eun-jeong wrote it? Is this Eun-jeong, the one who is ying with the others and smiling brightly? I looked at her. She was smiling and waving her hand. I nodded for now. First of all, Eun-jeong was not in her right mind, but there seemed to be a time when she was sane. Judging from the contents of the note, I was asleep and she saw both Suho and Kyeong-min acting weird. I''m experiencing the same thing as her. I looked at Eun-jeong''s pillow. ...There was a note. I searched Suho and Kyeong-min''s bed and found two other notes. First, Suho. [When I woke up, you all were asleep and didn''t wake up even when I shook you. So, I''ll leave a note first. Nothing is out of the ordinary here. A woman with 4 arms and spider legs is pretending to be our mother. If you listen to her carefully, she won''t attack you. For now, I''m going to keep pretending to be that woman''s child. I''ll find out more and leave a message. -Yoo Suho- ] Was Suho the first to wake up? Then, Suho. Kyeong-min. Eun-jeong. We woke up in that order. If you listen well, she won''t attack? The goal isn''t to eat us like the person in the kitchen? That''s useful information. Next, let''s read Kyeong-min''s note. [If you''re reading this note, it''s probably either Ha-rim or Eun-jeong. Did you see the note on Suho''s pillow? I rmend reading that first. It may be a little awkward, but let me start with some precautions. First of all, don''t trust a person who''s smiling brightly. It looks like Suho, but the inside ispletely different. No. More like it''s empty. Second, don''t get caught leaving the door. I haven''t been caught yet, but it seems like our mother keeps an eye on us from time to time. I don''t think anything good wille of being caught. Third, don''t even think about going out the window. There are traps on all of them. I nearly died, really. Lastly, you know that token-like thing we got from Mr. Pierrotst time? That person pretending to be our mom snatched it away as soon as she saw it. It''s suspicious. It''s probably in the second-floor storage room. I''ll find out more and leave a message if there''s anything dangerous.] As expected, it''s Kyeong-min after all. There''s a lot of information. If I had gone out the window, I would have been in big trouble. The token given to me by Mr. Pierrot... And now that I think about it, it''s gone. There were a total of 4. "Since I''m the only one left, I guess I''ll just put the notes away." I''m thest one, so no one will see the messages next. ...I''m left alone again. But if the fake mother goes out, I shouldn''t just wait until shees back. In the contents of the messages so far, there was no mention of her going outside. ...Now might be my chance to safely explore the second-floor storage room. Gulp. Let''s go. I''m nervous. Of course, it''s natural to be nervous, but something is different this time. I guess it''s because I''m alone. Even though we''ve been apart, it feels like everyone is doing their best somewhere. It felt like everyone was fighting together. ...Not right now. I can''t shake off the anxious thoughts. What if the brightly smiling members are empty and fake? Where is the real thing? In fact, I just thought that maybe everyone is dead and I would be the only one left. It''s so painful to be alone again and not be together. ...I hate loneliness. After school, I was always alone. This is the time I fear the most. The fear of having to ovee it alone is not enjoyable. After a scary experience, we were all scared- It''s scary not being able tough and share the same experiences. I''m scared of being left alone when it''s all over. It''s scary that our adventure doesn''t end as an adventure. "..." -Especially Ha-rim, I decided to show you an adventure. ...Who said that? I came out of the room again. Right now, I thought it would be better to move quickly rather than being careful. I broke trough the hallway at a fast pace. Door. Door. Door. Door. Numerous doors pass by. They were all marked with an "X", as if not being used anymore. It appears that there were originally a lot of people. I stood in front of the entrance. There was a staircase right next to it. There are stairs to the upper floor... And stairs to the lower floor, the basement. First of all, let''s go up. It''s suspicious that all the things we were holding were gone, and the token that Mr. Pierrot gave us was the only thing that remained. The priority is to quickly find the hat-shaped badge in the storage room. I climbed the stairs. The hallway on the second floor was less clean. And it was also narrower. In the long corridor, there was only one private room, and the rest were storage rooms, bathrooms, and what seemed like windows. It seems like the fake mom is using one of the private rooms. It''s better to keep it simple. I walked past the bedroom and headed toward the storage room. I turned the doorknob. Click. It doesn''t open. "...Maybe." I noticed a flower pot sitting next to the door, so I moved it. This is because I had the same thought that the others who went first might have left a clue. Sure enough, there was a note. [The key was in a box on the shelf in the bathroom on the second floor. -Kim Eun-jeong''s note- ] I took the box off the bathroom shelf and got the key. There is no time to rx. I immediately opened the door to the storage room and entered. "Cough cough." A dusty storage room. There were no spider webs. Usually, mass media uses spider webs to express oldness, but for a ce where a woman with eight legs like a spider lives, it is surprising that there are no webs at all. ...There are a lot of things. Most of them are child care products. There are lots of children''s clothes and toys. It seems that many of the room were upied by kids. There are a lot of things like crutches and prosthetic. I think it was a ce that cared for child patients. "Let''s see where she left the tokens... Oh, a box." Two small boxes caught my eye. One was open and the other was tied tightly with cloth. I looked into the open one. "I found it right away!" Three hat-shaped badges! ...Three? Where is thest one? It''s not going to be that easy. I took the three tokens. Next was the box wrapped in cloth. It''s tied so tightly that I don''t think I can untie it. "...This knife will help." Gradually, slowly. I cut the cloth with the knife and opened the box. When I opened it, there were a lot of papers. It feels like an old-fashioned newspaper. It was difficult to read because it was written inplicated English. The only things I could read were phrases like "selling dolls", which were basic words. There was a also a photo, and it looked like a store with a sign of an apple on it was selling dolls. "I guess it''s a store in the town." I saw that vige through the window. "Now that we have taken care of everything, let''s go back." I stood up and walked down the second floor hallway. It was then. Squeak. The sound of a door opening?! ck ck ck ck ck ck. It''s evening this way. I quickly found a ce to hide. The ce choosen was the fake mom''s private room. ck ck ck ck ck ck! It''s nearby. Where should I hide? ...I saw a box that was just right. I opened the lid and tried to go in. But there was one note. [Don''t hide here!] Hastily scribbled letters. Squeak! Creak... Chapter 49 Chapter 49 Gathering Clues I never thought she woulde back at this time. And the speed of movement is too fast. Escaping by conventional means would be impossible. I leaned my ear against the floor to locate the enemy''s location. To the right... She''s heading to the kitchen. I heard the sound of something being dragged around, so it looks like ingredients were brought in. I think I should go back to the room before the cooking is over. However, I''m already here, so I should at least do a basic investigation. I nce around the room. Arge bed and a dressing table were the first things that caught my eye. There''s nothing special about the bed, so let''s check the dresser. There are few cosmetic products. Other than that, I don''t think there''s anything special... I have a feeling of difort. What is that? Woosh... A note fell. It looks like the others have entered this room too. [Isn''t this dressing table strange? I keep feeling uneasy, but I don''t know why. And what''s the purpose of this rigid metal that faces me when I sit down? I felt the same thing before! It''s like something is blocking my thoughts. I had this same feeling in the bathroom... I''m not sure. By the way, there was something that looked suspiciously like medicine in the dresser drawer here. -Kyeong-min- ] Didn''t Eun-jeong find the note? Or maybe it was her who was caught hiding in the box. "...There isn''t much time to think about it." First, I opened the drawer and took the pills. It''s a habit of mine to always take them and check. It''s not like I''m stealing or anything! What is this medication? There''s a lot of it, and it seems like she takes it regrly. It can''t be cold medicine... Is it difficult to live without this? But there''s no way that monster is in bad health. A disease that requires medication even though it is not life-threatening... Let''s keep this in mind. I went down to the room. As soon as I got down, I looked for something that looked like a bag. There was something like aundry basket to store clothes. I put the things I had packed so far there. I wrapped it with cloth to prevent things from falling out even when running. ...I''ll have to grab some papers and pencils that are lying on the floor. As I get more information, I might need a ce to write it down. "Haa..." I let out a sigh. Since I was constantly in a state of tension, it was natural that I was tired. The worst part is that I shouldn''t rx yet. The monster called Mom is cooking right now. It seems like we are the children of that mother... Whates next? If you think about it, it''s probably time to eat. "..." ck ck ck. It''s getting closer. ...The door opened. "Eat... Food." I decided to follow the monster''s words. Me and the fake group members sat at the table. I guess they didn''t notice the missing knife... I looked at the monster carrying the food. It was smiling. First, it was potato soup... It seemed like everyone was eating. I took a bite. It was nd, but not to the point where I couldn''t eat it. Of course, I didn''t feel like eating a lot, so I just pretended to eat. Next is... "..." "Won''t you eat it?" Never. I absolutely hate it. Upon closer inspection, it''s not human. Ordinary people don''t have those strange tentacle-like things attached to their necks. Because I didn''t eat, the monster''s neck elongated, bringing its face closer to me. Don''t get nervous. I''m the only one who can get through this situation. If I make a mistake, all our efforts so far will be in vain. Should I stab her with the knife? No. I don''t have the power to defeat this monster. There''s no way a girl can kill a monster with her fists or a knife. Clues. Think about the clues I''ve gathered so far. All the monsters we''ve encountered so far had weaknesses, right? There were clues to figuring out those weaknesses. ...The dinner menu list! Surely, in addition to the menus that have been presented so far, there was one more menu called wheat porridge (exclusive to Emily). Just as I was about to speak, I realized that the monster''s face was so close. "Flour porridge... P-plea... Se." It''s dangerous. I can''t speak properly. "...Ah. I''m sorry, Emily." Emily? This is the name written on the note. Perhaps she had mistaken me for the person who used one of those numerous rooms. How can she make such a simple mistake? The monster didn''t seem to be thinking properly. If I refuse to eat, she might suddenly cut my head off with the spoon she is holding. The monster brought me wheat porridge. I ate it up. When it was time to go back after eating, the monster stayed alone and ate. It would be an ordinary sight, if not for the meal being a monster-looking viger. I quickly ran away after seeing the monster''s head split open to reveal its tongue and teeth. "...I wonder if this will be useful." I have a bag of flour in my hand. The monster made flour porridge on the spot and ced the remaining ingredients on the floor, so I sneakily took it. It''s a good idea to take something whenever you can when it catches your eyes. Because it might be useful! I''m not the type of person who goes straight to my room after eating. Let''s explore the other rooms. Every room from the room next to us all the way to the front door was marked with an X. They seem locked, but it''s probably worth trying to open them. Click. It doesn''t open either. Is there someone who could try breaking down the locked doors... Maybe Suho? Anyway, it''s really inconvenient. As I was about to return to the room without any sess... I noticed a subtle piece of paper sticking out from under the door. [Maybe you''ll be reading this, Ha-rim. Because you are extremely meticulous, keep looking for more clues. There are two things I found out a little more. That monster woman sometimes goes down to the vige to procure ingredients. And I''m not sure what she does at the back of the house, but she spends time there. If you want to do something, then that will be your chance. However, since she doesn''t spend too much time in neither of those things, I think it would be difficult for you to go down to the vige. And maybe this is just my imagination. Can''t you hear something like a sound from the hat-shaped badge that Mr. Pierrot gave us? I found it suspicious, so I hid it in my pocket. You should check itter. ] "...!" I went into the room, put my ear to the three badges, and focused. ...I really hear a mumbling sound. I can''t hear it clearly, so I think I''ll be able to hear it properly if I get thest one. Mr. Pierrot is not a ordinary monster, so there''s probably something hidden in the badge. It''s also suspicious that the monster took away Kyeong-min''s as soon as she found it. Looks like Suho was able to check because his badge was not caught by the monster. Did he say he hid it in his pocket? "Um... Suho?" "Yeah? What is it?" "Is there anything in your pocket?" "No, there isn''t." "Now that I think about it, where is your outerwear?" "Mom put it in theundry room for repairs." The ce where thest badge is located is theundry room...! I wanted to go there right away, but I heard the monster finish her meal and return, so I decided to wait for a while. Let''s go up to the second floor in a few minutes. I ced the bag of flour in the basket and sat on the bed. ...I couldn''t waste any time, so I wondered what to do for a while. I took out a piece of paper and drew a picture. It''s a picture of the monster I just saw. I thought it would be good to know her characteristics. It has 4 arms... 8 legs... Dressed entirely in ck, it looks like funeral attire. It''s fast... The head also splits. After a while, I realized that I had be absorbed in drawing. After putting the picture in the basket, I slightly opened the door and checked the hallway. ...There doesn''t seem to be any surveince. I decided to bring the basket with me because there might be something worth taking from there. Theundry room is to the right of the kitchen, so I''ll see it right around the corner. While I was thinking about that and taking a step forward. "Where are you going...?" "..." "Mom doesn''t like kids who don''t listen to her..." I started to sweat like crazy. It''s right behind me! Is this what Eun-jeong meant by the feeling of being watched that she wrote about in her note? Suho didn''t just stay still no reason, he was waiting for the moment when the monster left the house. Regret, as usual, only surfaced after things had happened, and that was especially frustrating. I should have known in advance that there would be some mean of monitoring me on the second floor... ! "You can''t go to the vige... How many times have I told you that the vige is dangerous... People are going to poison you..." Let''s think. The clue will be nearby. Don''t give up hope. I have to think about what happened so far. What happened so far. What happened so far... A girl with blonde hair shed through my mind. -Using an analogy, it''s like riddles. "..." ...Who is it? For some reason, I feel reassured and calm. "A disobedient child will be locked in the basement... Tell me. Why were you wandering the hallways? If it''s a bathroom, there''s one in the room... !" "..." I showed the doodle I had just drawn in the basket to the monster herself. "..." Gulp. You just need toe up with a reasonable answer, like a riddle. If the words make sense, just give it a try. Will this actually work? "It''s a beautiful drawing, Charlotte." The monster went upstairs, and I also returned to my room. -Quite the actor, Ha-rim~ I recalled memories from the past. I felt like someone was praising me. I wanted to know who it was, but it seemed like an unknown force was interfering with it. As I was thinking about that person, it was time to sleep, so Iid down on the bed. I wanted to walk around the hallways, but since I didn''t know how they were monitored, I decided against it. ...Does that monster even sleep? There was a bed in the room, so it''s possible. Sure enough, the sound of arge figure tossing and turning was heard from above. Then there was the sound of something being eaten and the tossing and turning disappeared. I felt like I knew what the medicine in the dressing table was. ... And it was the next day. I somehow made it through the morning and observed the monster''s condition. When I looked through the window, the monster was standing outside. In front of numerous graves. Her back looked very sad. I left the window and headed to theundry room. There was Suho''s jacket. There were also things like thread and needles, which I took because they seemed useful. I searched through his outerwear and found thest badge. With this, four badges were collected. Then something incredible happened. The four hat-shaped badges merged into one and became a real hat. Mr. Pierrot''s voice could be heard clearly from the hat. "Find the doll. Find the doll. Find the doll..." Find the doll. It keeps repeating that. I had seen a store selling dolls in the newspaper I found the a storage room. ...I have to go to the vige. Sorry for the dy! Been super busytely and spent most of my time studying for some exams and training for a seminary. Next week is when all this stuff will start in full throttle, so I pray the teachers will have mercy upon me. On another note, for some reason none of the dialogues from Arachne used quotation marks, so I got a little confused at first. Damn you, author! As always, any errors just say, and I hope you liked reading it. ¡ªChi WARNING: THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL TRANSLATION, I CHANGED SOME WORDS, PUNCTUATIONS AND THE FORMATTING TO WHAT I BELIEVE MAKES IT FLOW BETTER WHILE TRYING TO FAITHFULLY MAINTAIN THE AUTHOR¡¯S MEANING. Previous Toc Next Chapter 50 Chapter 50 Escape! The badge given by Mr. Pierrot turned into a real hat. A whispering sound was hearding from the hat, and it was telling me to find a doll. I couldn''t find a doll among the many toys here. I guess I should go to the vige. I thought about how to go there. The medicine I got from the dressing table. It seemed like it was something that would make you fall asleep if you took it. I put sleeping pills in the soup during mealtime so no one would notice. Soon after, the monster that took the medicine fell asleep. I put the things I had collected so far into a basket and left the building. This is my first time seeing the building from the outside, and it looks like an orphanage. I walked quickly because I was afraid that the monster would wake up. It was when I stepped into the entrance of the vige. Things that looked like vigers appeared. "Tsk." I hid in a hurry. That''s because the vigers who were on the dinner menu were not human at all, even though they looked like one. ...Just as expected. It''s not a person after all. It seems like it would be difficult to get the doll. It was a good decision to hide. However, the number began to increase. Where should I run away? What would it be like if I could pierce them all with a knife? It''s so helpless to have no power. The kind of weakness that leaves you with no choice but to be chased by a scary being. I am so overwhelmed by the atmosphere that all I can do is run away and survive. Can the others be brought back after this ends? I''m worried. And. ...Lonely. "Is this your first time here?" "Hmm?!" It scared me! I thought I had been caught by a monster pretending to be a viger. But what appeared behind me were a boy and a girl younger than me. ...The boy was missing an arm. "Who are you?" "I''ll tell youter. Come this way before you get caught by those monsters." I arrived in front of a building, led by the boy''s small hand. It''s the doll store! It was pretty close. I thought it would be difficult to get the doll, but it seems it will be surprisingly easy to get it. "Usually, there are vigers in the building, but we took them out of this ce. The owner of this doll store especially hated us and wouldn''t sell us any. So bam! We showed him some spice." The boy, who was missing one of his arms, let go of my hand and grabbed the doorknob and opened it, muttering that it was a thing of the past. When I entered the store, there were many children ying with dolls. Thank god. I can get one. "You asked who I was? My name is Charlotte. This is Emily." "Hmm?" Emily and Charlotte. They are names I''ve heard before. That monster woman mistook me for Emily and Charlotte. What rtionship do these kids have with that woman? Charlotte, noticing my questioning gaze, spoke. "That''s right. Even though I''m a boy, it''s a girlish name, right?" "No, it just sounds familiar." The girl named Emily responded to my vague answer "Mumble..." I can''t hear it well. Rather than having slurred pronunciation, it feels like she can''t use the jaw itself. "-Yeah, I see. This girl has trouble speaking because her jaw is underdeveloped. If I interpret it for you, Emily is saying she''s familiar with you too?" Emily? But this was my first time seeing these kids. This is my first timeing here in the first ce. Where on earth was I taken? I don''t think it''s the world I used to live in. "What, are you new?" From a corner, a girl with one eye and a leg missing came up, holding crutches. Now I notice that all these kids are disabled. "...You look familiar." The girl looked at me and was pale in surprise. "Ugh! This... This person is the one who goes around with that girl, right?!" "That girl?" "That crazy blonde-haired bitch! I saw that bitch and a bitch named Mary together when they were out for a walk. What was her name..." "Blonde hair? Tell me more. Pearl." A girl with blonde hair. Urgh, she''s the one I vaguely remembered from my memoryst time... ! Friend. I feel like she was a dear friend. Because fighting monsters with her was fun. Who is she...! "Urgh... Why can''t I remember her? Anyway! She ughtered those spider monster bastards! Luckily, none of us died... But she might be dangerous!" "This... Even if you say that. I don''t know who you are talking about. More details... If you tell me her name, her way of speaking, etecetera..." "She''s the person you used to go with, why don''t you know?" "..." I had nothing to say. Charlotte and the girl named Pearl were talking about how they were strangely drawn to that blonde girl, but then suddenly said something. "I''m against this girling in here." Pearl said with a strict, solemn, and serious expression. I quite like someone with determination. I smiled brightly and cleared up the misunderstanding. "excuse me. I don''t really want to live here. I just need to get some dolls." "A few dolls? ...I think there were about four unpopr dolls. They''re in poor condition too, but fine. You''ll leave as soon as you get them!" "Okay. I will do that." Pearl went to get the dolls. Even though she was missing a leg and an eye, she confidently walked forward without asking anyone for help. Children with disabilities are often intimidated by the perception that they are different from others, but even if I don''t know who they were educated by, I know that they were loved and cherished. "She has a rather fiery personality. In other words, it''s a good thing to be active. Hehehe... Where are you going to live if not here?" Charlotte asked, sounding like he was worried. I didn''t want to worry anyone, so I said it without hiding anything. "I came from an orphanage that''s way up there on that hill." "What...?" Charlotte and Emily were startled and waved their arms. "That. Is that true?! You were with mom?" "Mumble! Mumble!" "By mother, do you mean the woman with four arms...?" "That''s right! Ah, I miss mom... I worked so hard on this drawing..." With a tearful expression on his face, Charlotte showed off a picture he had drawn of her.1 It was a picture he had made of his own mother and the children from the orphanage enjoying a pic. There are also people who appear to be vigers. "Then you can just go there. It''s not too far." "...Mom doesn''t love us anymore." "..." I don''t know what the story was, but I couldn''t say anything as Charlotte''s face looked like he was about to cry. I patted him on the shoulder. It was then. One of the children burst open the door and came in screaming. "It''s an emergency, it''s an emergency! Mom ising down to town!" It looks like the medicine has lost its effectiveness! I had no idea that she would follow me all the way to the vige. A shiver ran down my spine. However, the children, contrary to me, acted as if they had heard good news. "What?! She''sing down even though it''s not meal time?" "This time she came deep into the vige!" After hearing the news, Pearl quickly moved with four dolls and made eye contact with me. "We have to go now! So take all of this!" "Whoa." After receiving the four dolls, I watched nkly as most of the children in the store ran outside. Isn''t it dangerous because there are monsters outside? "Don''t worry." Charlotte didn''t follow. "We may get sick, but we won''t die. At least in this ce." "..." As soon as I packed up the four dolls, Charlotte held my hand and came out. Then, I saw a being called Mother hunting monsters in the vige. The vige, which had been fine, was on fire and only screams could be heard. "You kidnapped the kids again? I can''t forgive you. I can''t forgive you!! They are my children!!!" Kids were running towards the rampaging monster. I wanted to stop the children, but there were too many of them. "Mom! Mom, here! Mom!" "Look this way!" "You dirty spiders. That''s gross..." "Ah!" The children were sent away with a single wave from the monster. There were minor injuries, but no one died. Charlotte looked sadly at the scene. "...I don''t know why. At some point, mom became like that. You''re going to go back to the orphanage for now, right?" "Yeah." "Then. Can you show it to momter? I drew it with all my might." "Yes... I''ll make sure to show her. Definitely." Even though I couldn''t afford to keep the promise, the earnest look on Charlotte''s face made me nod. I put his drawing in the basket. "Thank you... I''ll show you a side road that will take you safely. I don''t know what''s going on with you, but it looks like you shouldn''t be caught by mom." ... I was able to return to the orphanage safely. "I was told to get a doll. Somehow, I ended up taking four." Now what? One of the dolls suddenly started moving and speaking.2 "You seeded, Miss Ha-rim. It''s me. Pierrot!" "Mister!" "I came to get you out of this mental world... What about the other kids?" "It feels like there''s a body, but it''s empty inside. We need to start searching for the contents now." "Is there a ce in mind?" "...Basement." It was said that the monster would lock any child who did not obey her instructions in the basement. If they''re caught, they''ll be there. The basement is down the stairs However, when we went down, the basement was blocked. "It''s blocked?! Why!" "It seems like someone, like you, reached the basement before, so she must have changed it." "...What should we do?" "I am really sorry. Here, outsiders are prevented from suggesting an answer. Although it is possible to resist with force, the use of the power contained in this doll has already been determined. I cannot use it carelessly. You have no choice but toe up with a method yourself..." "Still, let me give you a hint. How about recalling memories with a person who hadn''te to mind before?" A person who hadn''te to mind until now. It was the blonde girl. The person who had been with us since we fell into this world full of monsters. She was scary at first, but after some time we started to like her. Because she was strong and dependable. ...No, there was a more decisive moment. Memories of when it was just me, not the others. ...It was when the monster attacked me in my dream. "...Dream... Monster!" A keyword came to mind. I quickly ran to the room where the others were. Smiling, I passed by them who were still shells and made my way to the beds they used. There, I collected their scattered hairs. Mr. Pierrot looked at my actions with a puzzled expression. "What are you doing?" "...ying hide and seek alone is a famous urban legend. You said this is a mental world, right? If monsters can appear in dreams, I believe I can summon them here as well. And there''s no better monster for tracking down a target than this one! The conditions are the target''s hair, something sharp, grain, red thread, and a doll!" It is a ghost story and a necromancy that says that if you try to y hide and seek alone, the doll will be possessed by a spirit and will seek out and kill the person hiding. Moreover, all the supplies needed to attempt it were already packed. "Ho... As expected, you are the main character of the stage." I cut open the doll''s belly and stuffed it with grain (flour) and hair. Next to it, I roughly ced shards from broken flower pots, then I threaded them together, soaked them in water, and roughly recited the incantation. The three dolls with sharp fragments headed somewhere. They looked like they would be stopped at an ordinary wall. However, the dolls passed through the wall and arrived in a hidden room. There it is! "Guys!" Inside the wall I passed through were three cocoons. I immediately cut all the spider webs with a knife. Then the souls inside flew away to find their proper ces. "Then, with this...!" I ran right away and returned to the room I was before. There, the members who came to their senses weed me. "Ha-rim, you did it!" "We''re alive. As expected of Ha-rim!" I''m sorry. I don''t think I''ll be able to say hello because the doll monsters I used are running out to kill us! As I was about to run after receiving a short greeting, Kyeong-min, who was standing at the window, shouted. "Wait... Something is running at us!" "Let''s just ignore the dolls and run away!" "No, I mean the female monster!" "Eek!" "...There''s no time! Hurry up and ¡ö¡ö. This can''t go on like this. Remember anything that caught your attention!"3 Something that caught our attention... ...The dressing table! We went up to the second floor and stood in front of the dressing table. And we removed the metal te that faces you when you sit in front of the table. "It came off surprisingly easily. What now?" "I can''t exin in detail because I''m restricted, but we can use that to escape. I''ll create the opportunity! There won''t be a second chance!" When the clown doll flicked its hand, the space began to distort. It was very unpleasant to see the boundaries of objects blurring and mixing together. "W... Wow!" "What is this? It''s so bizarre!" "This is also a mental attack. All objects in this world will be ambiguous! A red square that was just colored paper has the property of fire just because it is red. A single strand of grass growing up there could be a knife just because it''s thin and sharp!" The nature of things be ambiguous. So it bes simpler. I have to use that! "Suho, you suddenly have your jacket!" "It''s resetting. The world is about to be reset. Arachne noticed the change and is trying to return to the beginning. If you miss this opportunity, you will nevere out. Hurry before it''s toote!" The world began to copse due to the effects of the reset. The floor also copsed and we fell to the bottom of the world. "Urgh..." "We''re... Falling!" "Eek! Help me!" "There''s a hint in your memories! We need to use that metal te!" A hint in our memories. I concentrated my mind in this intense and confusing situation. Memories. There was a fragment of a memory that immediately came to mind. I once broke down when I met a monster in my dream and saw a terrifying future. It was you who became the light at that time. You made a promise to me, like a writer who would change a scary scenario of a y. You said you would turn our fears into adventures. You were my confidant. I think I truly became friends with you back then. And more than anyone else, the friend I longed for the most. I hate loneliness. But you are a friend I can always be with as long as I have "this"! Is there a better friend than her? I took out a pencil from my pocket. And I drew my image on a metal te. I was so bad at drawing! But the ambiguous nature of things makes this possible! "This metal te contains my image! In other words, it is an object that projects me!" "...Then this must be a mirror!" The metal te changes shape. It took the form of a perfect mirror. Hurry ande get us. "E!" -That''s the correct answer. "Let''s go back." Just me or the author writing style changed a little? Hmm¡ 1. I think the author made a mistake. It says Emily instead of Charlotte. 2. Originally, this line didn¡¯t exist and it¡¯s really unclear that Pierrot actually is one of the dolls. So I added it because itpletely changes the way you imagine the scenario. 3. Yes, the white squares are on purpose. They¡¯re censoring something. As always, any errors just say, and I hope you liked reading it. ¡ªChi WARNING: THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL TRANSLATION, I CHANGED SOME WORDS, PUNCTUATIONS AND THE FORMATTING TO WHAT I BELIEVE MAKES IT FLOW BETTER WHILE TRYING TO FAITHFULLY MAINTAIN THE AUTHOR¡¯S MEANING. Chapter 51 Chapter 51 [Boss Battle] Arachne, Mother of Spiders "Well done everyone. I already expected you guys to get out." I warmly weed the children who had woken up. Honestly, I was anxious. Pierrot bastard. If you had anticipated this in advance and handed over the badges to the kids, you should have at least told me...! I looked at Ha-rim It''s truly amazing. If she had imagined an ordinary mirror, I would not have been able to connect to it because it was unmarked. However, I was able to connect to it because she imagined a "mirror containing me" at thest moment. Huh. In Ha-rim''s arms, there was a piece of paper with a drawing on it. I was about to ask what it was when Ha-rim hugged me tightly. "At the end, E came to mind. After all, E has to be with us." It''s not Eun-jeong, but Ha-rim who is doing that. I asked in surprised. "Uh, huh? Ha-rim, were you that scared?" Ha-rim raised her head and made eye contact with me. There was joy in her eyes. "Yeah. I was scared. But it''s okay now. Because when I needed it most and didn''t give up, E appeared." "Even if you say that, I haven''t done much." "No. E taught me that no matter how scary it is, there can be a wonderful oue at the end." "I feel embarrassed." "So now I think I can do my best no matter what the situation is." Ha-rim smiled brightly after saying that. Oh, what a wonderful kid she is. In the original route, Ha-rim lost all of her friends and ended up giving up. But now it will be different. This child will never give up. I confidently felt it. That Ha-rim is no longer the protagonist of a tragedy. A smilees naturally. "...You say such adorable things." "Honey is dripping from my eyes." Pierrot said as he came in through the window. It''s a touching reunion after all. I let go of Ha-rim and stood in front of Pierrot. "Why don''t we start working soon? It looks like the nun and the soldiers you brought with you are very tired, so it will be difficult to stop the chasing spider monsters. And..." "Besides, the concealment barrier you put up is nearing its end, so Miss Spider will notice. Right?" I interrupted Pierrot, saying we should go quickly. Pierrot reacted cheerfully to my action. "Ho. I guess you''re very motivated?" "Well, I''m just a little angry." How dare you touch the kids. I pushed through the soldiers and left the building. We saw Ms. Spider looking for us on the other side. "As expected, it''s really huge." She''s bigger than most buildings. She''s huger than the Radio Head demon. "As the spider monsters erode other monsters, the total amount of power seems to have increased." "Why did she try to consume other monsters? You said she was like that even before she was attacked by the Devil?" Pierrot answered my question by shaking his head. "That''s obvious. The stronger you are, the faster you be aware of your frame." She probably thought that if she gained more power, she would be able to know something about herself. "It ended up like that because she offended the Devil." "I guess she wanted to find her own wish." What is my wish? As I was chatting with Pierrot like this, Ms. Spider, who was destroying the innocent buildings from afar, looked toward us. "..." "She noticed." As soon as she recognized us, she came running down the streets. The momentum was so great that normally I would have been scared. But I was pretty angry. I thought the world was falling apart when the kids copsed. Besides, I have be stronger. I''m not the mirror monster I used to be. Overflowing confidence! Nothing can stop me. ...It''s definitely not because the strongest boss, Pierrot, is standing next to me. As soon as Ms. Spider got close to us, she tried to throw a huge punch. However, when Pierrot released his aura, she was surprised by it and stopped her movements. "..." He spoke to her, not caring about the dust scattered. "Oh! There would be no point in saying hello to you if you are not in your right mind. But I will. Because that''s fun." "..." "Now, let''s begin the show." When Pierrot gestured, joker cards came flying out of his hand. The sides of the cards were sharp like knives and left scars on Ms. Spider. The wounded Arachne became furious and threw her arm at us. I avoided it by going into a mirror I created. Pierrot jumped and dodged the attack. Even though I dodged it, the shock wave almost broke the mirror. Ms. Spider didn''t stop there, she radiated her aura. Then spider webs began to cover the area. ...Boss stage. This entire area is about to turn into Ms. Spider''s stage. If that happens, it bes annoying because you have to be careful not only of the boss but also traps. Even if I wanted to block it, the difference in strength is so great that it is impossible to. It''s frustrating, but I have to approach it using the strategies I know. "It''s incredible. This is Miss Spider''s power that has not been weakened by the artifact." It''s a walking disaster. Instead of making her fight main character who are kids, make her fight the protagonist with special equipment in a game like Dead Space.1 "It''s annoying." Pierrot also seemed to be annoyed by the spider web and began to emit his aura. At a nce, the aura was thicker and more powerful than Ms. Spider. Even I, an ally, got goosebumps. "I''m not at the stage where I''m going to copse right away, so I''ll deal with you sincerely." Pierrot''s aura began to push away Ms Spider''s and take control of the area. A happy BGM sounds in my ears. Pierrot''s stage unique BGM. I specially liked it in the game... Of course, I started hating it after dying dozens of times. "Oh, be careful there." "Kyaa?!" Something that looked like an amusement park ticket booth popped out from under my feet. The sign at the ticket booth says it''s free, so don''t fight and have fun. This bastard. You surprised me! "...!" Ms. Spider, who was losing her aura, began to run wild even more. She randomly destroyed buildings with her gigantic body. It was then. Debris from the buildings flew towards where the children were. "Hey!" "Don''t worry." Suddenly, a monkey appeared and kicked the debris. It''s one if Pierrot''s minions. I didn''t know I''d feel so happy to see that guy! However, because of that act just now, the importance of the building was revealed. Even though Ms. Spider was being controlled, she cleverly tried to target the building where the children were. She holds the fragments of buildings in her hands andunches them like cannonballs at the building. "That woman is really...!" "Don''t worry. You''re still hot-tempered." "Why are you so calm!" "Because I wasn''t just ying around." Pierrot radiated even more powerful energy as if a bomb exploded. He suppressed Ms. Spider''s energy andpletely took control of the surroundings. It seemed like he had been gathering power this entire time. I looked at him in astonishment. Amusement rides rose up around him, showing off their presence. "Now this battlefield has turned into a fun stage. It is impossible for the audience to get hurt during the performance!" When debris touches the building, the building bounces off the debris with a rubber-like sticity. It''s like. "A trampoline?" "Hohoho! It''s a fight with a giant monster. Are you just going to watch? It''s only when the audience participates in the show that it bes exciting!" He snapped his fingers and a road appeared in the building. The road connected where the children where and where Ms. Spider was. I looked at him, not knowing what he was thinking. Instead of answering, he snapped his fingers. Then an elephant carrying the kids and a cart carrying James and Maria jumped out and raced down the created road. "Aaah! What are you bastard doing in putting the children in danger!" "Why are you strangling me?! It''s fun to do this! And swearing is bad for your emotions!" "You crazy guy!" "I thought you were getting better, but you still have a nasty personality! I knew it from the moment you didn''t take the jokes!" "Is that what you had in mind?! Are you taking revenge now?!" "If you''re that worried, wouldn''t it be okay to protect them from the side? The best show is when they are safe. It would be the worst show if they got hurt. Give the children a show, E." Pierrot suddenly lifted me up. Then he kicked me in the direction of the kids! I don''t know if there was some kind of trick, the kicked butt didn''t hurt, but I felt dirty. I screamed, flying like a missile. "Just you wait!" I got closer and closer to the elephant the children were riding. I tried to create a mirror portal andnd safely but when Ha-rim saw me, she opened her arms to catch me, so I stopped an also opened my arms. "Tsk! As expected, E is light!" "I''m back... Eun-jeong, what are you doing?" "Wow E is here! I''m really happy, but I feel motion sick..." "I''ll only epts your feelings, so please don''te closer." I kept my distance from Eun-jeong, whoined of motion sickness. And I saw Suho fighting off the spider monsters that were attacking the elephant. I was so surprised that his movements were cleaner thanst time and there was no fear or tension in his eyes. "Aren''t you scared?" "Well, I''m no sure. For some reason, I''m not afraid at all. It''s not arrogance... It''s just that kind of mood." "What about Kyeong-min and Eun-jeong?" "Wow... Urgh..." Eun-jeong seemed to be more concerned about motion sickness than fear. "I was a bit confused until just now, but when E arrived, even that feeling disappeared. Somehow, it feels like my heart is racing." Your heart is racing? "Kyeong-min, confessing in this situation is a bit... Let''s talk about it just the two of us after everything is over. It''s not that I... don''t like it." As I shyly finished speaking, Kyeong-min had a fit. "That isn''t what I meant?! You make jokes like that whenever you see me!" "What can I do? Your reaction is funny." Phew. I let go of the stress cause by Pierrot by cutting down the spiders that were slowly increasing in numbers. Even though the number increased, the children were not afraid. They looked rather happy, as if affected by the mood. This kind of attitude os prohibited on the battlefield, but there is a difference between being happy and being careless. While enjoying the thrill, they don''t let down their guard. Rather, this is closer to being engrossed in doing something they like. These kids are going on an adventure now. I really liked that. I smiled. POV Switch - 3rd person James, who was looking at them, spoke to Maria. "Those kids are showing ridiculously outstanding skills." There was no need for any help when the spiders attacked. All attacks werepletely countered with the strange items taken out of Shin Ha-rim''s bag, and with E joining in, there was a perfect connection with no gaps. "I know, right? They are really great kids. Even with such a huge monster running rampant, they aren''t intimidated." Maria admires. But James didn''t seem to like it. "It''s strange that untrained children can achieve this level." "You''re being stubborn in a strange ce." Maria grumbled, feeling like those words were belittling the kid''s abilities. James thought to himself that she starting acting like a mother after ying with them for a while. "Can you please stop thinking of me as an old man? Strange is strange. I bet no one can watch that monster as if they were watching a show." "...But it''s that kind of mood." "The mood..." Who created that mood? Who taught the children not to lose hope among fearful beings? No, it''s different from teaching. This is almost like magic. James rolled his eyes and then returned his focus to E, who was smiling and directing the children. ''E... I think it''s you.'' Although he himself doesn''t know. From the time James came here, he felt that he was in a great flow. And he chose the person who seemed most important in that flow, E. It was E who protected the children. It was E who brought them in. It was E who created an atmosphere of hope for the children. And the most suspicious one was E. By taking away the demon''s power from a girl named Mary, the devil''s reaction increased from 1/4 to half. And the clown and spider woman are each showing 1/4 of a demon reaction. It was difficult to see this as a coincidence. If all the piecese together. Maybe the huge flow he felt was... "James?" Maria, worried about James being uncharacteristically quiet while lost in thoughts, asked. James waved his hand as if saying he was okay. "It''s nothing." ''...I hope the atmosphere you created is rted to your power.'' E and the children eliminated the spiders. They got closer and closer to Ms. Spider. "How happy you look, E..." Pierrot, who was observing them while fighting Ms. Spider, thought it was time to strike. He shouted in a loud voice. "Alright. It''s quiz time!" Quiz. That was one of Pierrot''s boss battle gimmicks. If you guess right, you deal damage. If you guess wrong, you will suffer damage. [Why aren''t you with the spider monsters?] Miss Spider: Even though shemands a spider army, she doesn''t keep them close by. If she had minions who could apply debuffs, it would have been much more easier for her. A. Because she''s strong enough even without being with the spiders. B. Because spiders are a nuisance. C. Because the spiders do not obey. D. Because spiders are gross. "..." [Answer: D] "Timeout. You can''t speak because the devil has blocked your mouth. Sorry!" Ms. Spider didn''t answer. Then her body exploded, causing great damage. She tried to counterattack with a mental attack, but it didn''t work on Pierrot. "These are interesting results. The answer is D... I remember you loved spiders." Pierrot was so busy thinking about that answer that he forgot about the punch flying at him. At this moment, arge mirror appeared next to him and the fist went into the mirror. Bang! Immediately after, a fist came out from a mirror created next to the spider woman and struck her torso. Ms. Spider''s body tilted. "Hey! Be careful!" "Hahaha! Sorry! I was lost in thoughts!" ''...I guess the Half-devil really stole that from her.'' "Here''s the next question." [What do you hate?] A. viger B. E C. Pierrot D. Half-devil E. None. "..." [Answer: E] Bang! "...As expected. It was an interesting quiz." POV Switch - E A momentter, a series of explosion were heard. "It''s bloody." Ms. Spider who endures that is even more scary. I felt that the end was slowlying. This is because Ms. Spider movements, who waspleted injured, slowed down. Pierrot motioned to me. I also prepared to attack with as much force as I could. "Let''s end it with one shot." I and Pierrot jumped andnded in front of Ms. Spider''s head. I created a mirror. As big as possible. What appears in the mirror is a girl in red. "Can you help me?" A mirror monster that kill those it encounters. As the mirror got bigger, Blood Mary also got bigger. A huge ax, a knife, and Pierrot''s hammer were swung at the spider woman''s head. An impact sound that sting your ears. "..." Ms. Spider seemed to hold on for a moment, then stretched out her four arms and lowered her head. It seemed that she no longer had the strength to run amok. Pierrot saw that and hinted at me. "The time hase. Can you offer her rest?" 1. The literal trantion is ¡°Death Universe¡±. As I didn¡¯t find anything with this name (in Korean, obviously.) I used Dead Space, as I think it¡¯s this game the author is referring to. Thanks again for Patifu in finding grammar mistakes! By the way, because of so many insects flying in my monitor because of it¡¯s brightness during the night, I had to turn it as low as possible, so I made this chapter while squinting my eyes to properly read stuff. Here hoping it¡¯s not so bad. As always, any errors just say, and I hope you liked reading it. ¡ªChi WARNING: THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL TRANSLATION, I CHANGED SOME WORDS, PUNCTUATIONS AND THE FORMATTING TO WHAT I BELIEVE MAKES IT FLOW BETTER WHILE TRYING TO FAITHFULLY MAINTAIN THE AUTHOR¡¯S MEANING. Previous Toc Next Chapter 52 Chapter 52 A Confusing World "The time hase. Can you offer her rest?" Rest. I think we can do it like we did when we defeated Mary. At that time, Ha-rim discovered a glowing phone booth. When I looked at her, it was only then that I realized that the drawing she was holding was glowing. "The drawing is glowing." Ha-rim took the drawing and headed to Ms. Spider. The Ms. Spider that fell and the spider monsters that had gathered to protect her did not attack Ha-rim as she approached. "The spiders aren''t attacking." "I guess that''s what they hope for too." Ha-rim held up the drawing in front of Ms. Spider''s eyes. "Charlotte worked hard on this! He asked me to show it to you!" "Charlotte..." Ms. Spider reacted. Ha-rim gave a few more names to stimte her. "Charlotte. Emily. Pearl. Do you recognize any of these names?" She searched her memory. "Emily... Because her jaw had problems, she was only fed porridge every day. But she was a child who kept trying to eat hard food, so I couldn''t take my eyes off her." "Pearl." "Pearl was always strong even though she was missing a leg and an eye. I had no doubt that she would lead the orphanage children well." "What about Charlotte?" "Charlotte had only one arm, but he was very good at drawing. He always used to drawn and show it to me... Yes, just like this." It seemed to me that Ms. Spider''s memory had returned to some extent, so I created a mirror in front of her, just like I did with Mary. A ghost story that tells the story of a person''s fate reflected in a mirror. It is not necessarily limited to lovers. "...What?" I couldn''t help but react like a fool to the strange thing that happened while creating the mirror. Because the spider monsters started getting sucked into the mirror. The mirror got bigger. This was clearly a mirror that wasrger than I expected. Beyond the mirror created in this way were children from the orphanage and people presumed to be the vigers. Ms. Spider eximed in surprised. "It''s dangerous! Hurry and get out of there! I repeatedly said that the vigers are dangerous!" Among the kids, the one without one leg and one eye said. "We are okay now! Now people don''t want to kill us. So there''s no need to leave here." Ms. Spider seemed a little shocked by those words. She spoke with a trembling voice. "Still... Don''t you hate them? Being around hateful people is tiring and difficult." A child without one arm speaks. "We forgave. Mom." "No way." "We wanted mom to forgive too." Ms. Spider was speechless as if she had been hit in the head. The woman was silent for a moment and then opened her mouth. "No." Her first words were denial. "I shouldn''t forgive. No, I won''t forgive. I have to hate the one who killed you until they are dead. What parent in the world could forgive the enemy who killed their child? Even if you forgave, I must not." "But it''s hard for mom! You know how tiring and lonely it is to hate others." "Come here quickly. Everyone is waiting." Ms. Spider shook her head. "I am a sinner. A murderer who kills people. A sinner who was consumed by hatred and made an ugly wish to a goat. I didn''t even have any remorse. Yes, I don''t forgive the vigers. They won''t forgive me either. I can''t go there like that..." "Are you stupid?" I can''t listen to you. I suppressed my irritation and stepped forward. Pierrot watched my actions with interest. "Ho..." "Even if it''s a bit far-fetched, what''s wrong with a happy ending? If everyone is happy, it''s a win-win. I can''t tolerate it fading away and disappearing." "What..." "I want to show only happy endings to the kids. I want to end this journey on a warm note. If you keep acting like that, I''ll force you into the mirror. Okay?" It''s a very selfish remark, and some might call me a devil, but I think it was amazing of me to hold back my frustration so much. It''s so absurd. "..." "Hahahaha!" Pierrot held his stomach andughed. What''s so funny? He also seemed quite happy. "I heard you well. I really like that you are going to force a happy ending. In that case, I will help you." Pierrot took a breath and began to tell a story. "I heard your story through a quiz. A long time ago, vigers who regarded disabled children as bugs gave them poisoned food ingredients. The children died painfully after eating that food, and you were so consumed with hatred that you wanted the vigers who treated the disabled children like bugs to be just like them. That''s why you made a contract with them and took revenge by resurrecting the viger''s corpse as spiders." Even though spiders are beneficial insects, they are often objects of fear and disgust due to their disgusting appearance. It was a simr view to how people in the past hated disabled children simply because of their appearance. That''s why Ms. Spider turned the vigers into spiders. "What do you mean, Pierrot?" Ms. Spider spoke in a displeased tone. Pierrot brushed it off as if it was no big deal and continued. "But before the Devil took something important from you, you loved spiders, even when you were vaguely aware of your past. Do you know what the reason is?" "That." Ms. Spider grabbed her head. She didn''t seem to remember much. "Because the corpses that turned into spiders included the corpses of the children." "That''s!" "After bing unable to distinguish, you decided to forgive the vigers and love all spiders. What the Devil stole from you was your love for the kids. Because of that, all the remains is an aversion to bugs. So, even though you controlled spiders, you didn''t keep them around, and the spider monsters ended up in a pitiful situation." Wait, if that story is true. "...You have already forgiven the vigers. For loving the children." Ms. Spider muttered as if she couldn''t believe it. "I forgave them?" "Mom..." I asked Ms. Spider in order to make her feelings more honest and admit it. "You. Weren''t you happy when the vigers gave you food ingredients?" "..." The final blow... It felt like that. She was silent for a moment, then she answered honestly. "That''s right. Actually, I was happy... I thought people were finally acknowledging the children. It''s truly amazing how I used to hate them so much, and now it all changed with one gift." The vigers probably didn''t like the children. That''s why Ms. Spider must have hated them so much. "I thought I didn''t have to hate people anymore, so I ran to the orphanage even though my legs hurt. And then I boasted to the kids like a child who had received praise. There was no need to worry anymore. Now we can be happy not just among ourselves, but with everyone." The woman''s hand were shaking as she spoke. "Why couldn''t I be more honest? Why didn''t I act more selfish? Even if it couldn''te true, I want to see the dead children again. And, and..." Ms. Spider finally admitted. "I want to see the children hanging out with the vigers. I''m done with hatred, I want to be with everyone..." Disliking others is difficult and tiring. She, too, was exhausted. From hating the vigers. Her true wish was not to take revenge on the vigers. But living together with all the children and vigers. That is truly the ending Ms. Spider wanted. Both the mirror and the drawing Charlotte drew showed everyone getting along together, which was the oue Ms. Spider had hoped for from the beginning. The children in the mirror spoke to Ms. Spider. "Hold my hand, mom. And smile. Together. Let''sugh together." "...Okay." They held hands. They became a bunch of lights and disappeared. [Chapter 3 Cleared.] [Obtained 1 Devil seed. (Qty: 3)] [A word from MP: The ending ising soon. The curtain of her stage will be lifted and she will descend. Are you ready?] ... "What are you two doing in a ce like this?" "Oh, Mister Pierrot." After seeing Ms. Spider''s end, Ha-rim and I were staring nkly at the sky when Pierrot came from behind and spoke to us. "I''m just sorting things out because my feelings are a bitplicated." "I just wanted to be with E." "I understand how E feels. There are probably more than one or two strange things happening that don''t make any sense." "Really? I don''t know because E doesn''t tell me." I red at Pierrot. Annoying. That shameless attitude. "I think you kind of know that." Pierrotughed softly. "I got caught." "Eh?" I left Ha-rim, who could not follow the conversation, behind me and continued. "First of all. My mirror ability. The mirror ghost story I dealt with was clearly a ghost story that reflected the target''s fate. It''s normal to not be able to even talk to that person, let alone hug them. That is clearly beyond the scope of my capabilities. Answer me. Pierrot. Why did you do that then? When I used my ability, I heard youughing softly in anticipation... You''re not even trying to hide it." Pierrot didn''t care at all when I red at him. "I''ll answer your questions. First of all, that''s your ability. Well, it''s not the power of a mirror monster." "What on earth is it?" I tried to argue with the iprehensible words. However, I was speechless because Pierrot nced at the sky for a moment and then looked at me with pitiful eyes. I don''t know why he suddenly gives off a sad atmosphere while speaking in a dark tone. Even though I see it, I still don''t understand at all. "E, do you remember? I told you two things. The first was that I was looking for a director. The second..." "I said the breakup was going to be sudden." Rumble. Suddenly the world began to shake. It''s different from something like an earthquake. Something more transcendent is about to move. "E!" I protected Ha-rim, who was anxious. Who the hell is this? The guy who would do something like this... Half-Devil? "Why are you like that? Now all we have to do is go to the department store where the relics will be ced and install them. Do you think it''s too much to do this right at the end?" "You werecent. Trying to solve everything using methods brought in from outside in the first ce. Look at that giant cocoon of spider webs." I looked where Pierrot''s finger was pointing. A giant spider web cocoon. Now that I think about it, it was strange. Why does the spider web remain even though Arachne is gone? Although that is a bitrge, it is clearly an object that was also present in Ms. Spider''s boss stage. It also has no function. If the boss is defeated, it is normal for it to disappear. "You look like you don''t know why Arachne disappeared and the cocoon still remains. It''s simple. That was made with Arachne''s power, but it was not created by her." ...I rolled my head. And one possibility came to mind. Trap. Somethingpletely different that only resembled the appearance of an object that I ignored due to my knowledge of the game. Pierrot said as myplexion turned pale. "...Let me tell you something. The Half-Devil was not such a weak creature. I also had a hard time when it first attacked me. Then, they hid and fought in a ce where they couldn''t reach, but suddenly their attacks became weaker." "..." Tick. The sound of a clock hand was heard in my ears. "That''s why you met the Radio Head Demon. What was the Half-Devil doing after ordering Mary and Arachne to attack you?" Tick. Tock. Tick. "That is the cocoon of time. A cocoon made by gathering and processing monsters rted to time. And I presume that the creation of that cocoon began when you brought in humans from outside." Tick. Tock. Tick. Tock. Tick. "..." "Are you getting now? They became desperate because you came in with such a threatening weapon called artifact." When ites to time in this game, there was only one thing that came to mind. Count down. As soon as 30 days have passed, one condition for the birth of the Devil has been fulfilled. It was believed that the Devil would not be born unless a story and context were estabilisherd. However, doing this meant that, in the worst case, it might be possible to be born, even if imperfectly. ...I didn''t want this ending. Pierrot patted my trembling shoulder. "Well, don''t me yourself too much. Honestly, there was no other way at the time. even if we knew in advance, there is no way to stop it. This world was meant to have this damn boring ending." ...So you won''t break down like this, right? "...!" I remembered why Pierrot didn''t say this from the beginning. Pierrot hated dull shows. And Pierrot doesn''t find hopeless endings fun. At least he didn''t hide it because he wanted us to despair. Yes, there''s no way he wanted us to give up from the beginning. There''s still something. Something that Pierrot looks forward to in this situation! I came to my senses and called Ha-rim. "Ha-rim. Stick with me. Hurry!" "My wish didn''t change. What I''m looking for is a director. A being who will change this despair. There is only one thing you can do. Prove it. Director inside E." Tick. Time passes. D-7. D-6. D-5. D-4. D-3. D-2. D-1. Tock. D-day. Time skipped. What was in front of us was the worst opponent. "It''s been a week since I saw you." Pierrot waspletely eroded. "Are you ready to prove it?" ... POV Switch - 3rd Person "Wow, the power has reached its peak to the point it can be seen with the naked eye, and the worlds havepletely ovepped." Meph was observing the small city-sized world he had created ovepping with the real world. It feels good to know that it has grown so quickly that it is breaking down the wall and bing reality. "It''s time." "You damn bastard!" "It''s noisy. Lab Director Brian." Meph got irritated at Brian, who was hurt and crawling on the floor. Either way, Brian got angry and screamed. "I should have noticed a damn long time ago. It definitely showed signs! Why did I miss it? That''s ridiculous!" "It''s not your fault. If you ask me, it''s everyone''s fault. Everyone has becent." "What?" "In the world I created, more and more powerful monsters appear as time goes by. And the materials from which monsters are created are the disturbing thoughts, stories, and fears from outsiders. Because you put the ingredients in, you get results. And the materials are consumed. It''s simple, right?" Meph spoke kindly to Brian, who did not understand. "What this means is that all fear of what you experienced has been taken away and you have becent. Well, I''lle back after work is done." "You... Are you saying I was just taken advantage of?" When Brian, who was weakened by the open wound, said that, Mephughed unpleasantly. "Hahaha... Let''s console ourselves like that. It doesn''t change that you becamecent and pressed the nuclear missile button yourself. But don''t worry too much. The reason I do this is not for the same purpose as I Will Stand In The Sky."1 "Who the hell are you..." "You mean me? I am part of that force that always want evil but always creates good." Brian remembered that phrase. That''s because it is recorded that the most important person the organization is keeping an eye on is always saying that. What was that person''s name? "Mephisto Pheles..." He muttered as he watched the missile fly towards the world Meph created and fully materialized. "Now is the final step." 1. Yes, that¡¯s the trantion of ¡°?? ??? ???¡± (What Meph says). Sheesh, what a chapter! I have no words¡ By the way, do you guys remember when Kyeong-min got controlled by a ghost and talked rubbish? It was foreshadowing to Arachne¡¯s past! As always, any errors just say, and I hope you liked reading it. ¡ªChi WARNING: THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL TRANSLATION, I CHANGED SOME WORDS, PUNCTUATIONS AND THE FORMATTING TO WHAT I BELIEVE MAKES IT FLOW BETTER WHILE TRYING TO FAITHFULLY MAINTAIN THE AUTHOR¡¯S MEANING. Previous Toc Next Chapter 53 Chapter 53 Advent. (Part 1 Complete) Bam! I was hit head-on by Pierrot''s fist and fell into a building with a loud noise. It felt like my thoughts were paralyzed by a strong shock I had never felt before. "Urgh." The blood tried to rush up my throat, but I barely managed to stop it. Ha-rim is watching. I don''t want to be seen coughing up blood! Pierrot didn''t care whether I took damage or not. He just coldly said what he had to say. "The artifact was destroyed. It was hard, but I was able to destroy it with my own strength and some time. So if you want to have hope, think in another direction." While saying that, Pierrot walks step by step. He is approaching slowly but surely. Despite paying attention to Pierrot in an extreme state of tension, I couldn''t follow his punch at all. It seems like all the fighting so far has been nothing more than a joke. I created a mirror. Clink! But it waspletely destroyed. "There are no mirrors left in this world. I destroyed it all. But is it even possible to make more after it was created thiste?" "What''s happening!" The children, James, and Maria came running. Because time was skipped without understanding what was happening, they needed a moment to understand the situation. Since I was attacked and they saw me knocked on the floor, they were even more confused, taking more time to understand the situation. "Mister Pierrot?" "Why all of a sudden?" "Please step back." Maria was the first to react. She wielded a gun she had not used before. A trump card. A golden bullet filled with divine power headed towards Pierrot. Crack! The destructive power was so great that Pierrot''s head exploded. "It''s not that powerful considering it can only be used once." Countless balloons floated in the sky, and when one of them burst, Pierrot''s head returned to its original state. Maria tried to take out her cross, but Pierrot''s subsequent attack knocked her out. James also pressed the button on his gloves and rushed in to stop him, who was trying to finish her off, but his gloves were broken while blocking the attack and he was unable to inflict any effective damage. "Outsiders are excluded." When Pierrot made a gesture, the soldiers'' guns turned into toys and became useless, and his monsters overpowered all the soldiers. "Urgh..." "How long are you going to lie down? Director." "Damn you son of a bitch..." "Enough time has already passed, powerful monsters that even I would struggle with have appeared, and the half-devil is about to be born on the other side, even if they are imperfect." "..." "The reason why my mind and mouth are intact despite being eroded. The half-devil decided that there was no need to stop you because you couldn''t defeat me no matter if I gave you a warning or a hint. This is not the time for you to ck off. If this continues, you''ll die." As I listened, I felt unjust and angry, and began to curse. "Director or whatever! I''m not that. What am I supposed to do here!!" While saying this, I quickly created a mirror behind Pierrot. Behind him, Bloody Mary attacked him. Pierrot didn''t even look back. ng! "Can''t hurt me. Not with this." "Damn it. Urgh?!" "The mirror ghost story you showed when you cleansed Mary and Arachne is apletely different power disguised as a ghost story. But why don''t youpletely release that power?" "A different power..." "Stop it!" Ha-rim attacked Pierrot with crudely attached items from her bag. Pierrot dodged the attack. "Ho. By attaching items with supernatural power together, the output is strengthened... That''s interesting. But I don''t think it''s time for Miss Ha-rim to step forward. Because it''s a crisis because it''s something you can''t ovee." "Kids, run away!" "You can''t defeat me. That''s why it''s impossible to ovee. As you said, inside E. You''re going to create a happy ending even if you have to force it. Keep your word. Twist this despair and create something new." Pierrot grabbed Ha-rim. The children desperately tried to stop it, but they were all gone with a single wave of their hands. That wasn''t the end. Pierrot took out a small dagger and pointed it at Ha-rim. "You. Don''t do it." "Please. Do not let them die by my hand." "Don''t do it. Stop, stop!!!" Pierrot''s dagger is getting closer to Ha-rim. It was clearly a de meant to take a life. Memories from the past pass by. I don''t care if I die. It''s okay to be separated from the kids. I have already received a great gift from them. However, I don''t want to see them die. Because they are my precious friends. ...Friends. I always thought. Am I the kind of person who can cry when a friend dies? I couldn''t cry when my only precious friend, a senior, died. Is it possible for me, who had no feelings, to get along well with the children? Wasn''t I just a reflection of E? Wasn''t I just a mirror reflecting what the children wanted to see? I''m sure E and I are different people, but. Do I really love them? My fears and wishes engraved deep in my heart. Water droplets formed at the corners of my eyes. It ran down my cheeks. That''s how I proved that my feelings were real. POV Switch - 3rd Person Kwaaaah! Even though Pierrot was being controlled, he almost ran away for a moment. A wave of transcendental existence that can be felt even if the senses are blocked. Pierrot let out an exmation even though he was shaking. "Oh oh... That power. That is the strength I was looking for. One who twists despair and surpasses insurmountable crisis. Even if there is a scenario, the director ignores it and shows the audience somethingpletely different!" Pierrot ran to check its power. He inted his arm like a balloon and swung a massive fist like a giant''s hand. E took out something. "Snack." When she ate the cookie, her arms became huge. She grabbed Pierrot''s fist, which was inted like a balloon, and threw it away. Pierrot''s fist was crushed as a result of briefly being hold by her hand, but he smiled happily. He flew away and threw cards like throwing stars. E didn''t evade it, taking it head-on. She looked at Pierrot without receiving a single wound. E nonchntly threw one of her daggers and Pierrot''s head flew off. "If you don''t get rid of these countless balloons, my life is basically infinite. Now, what are you going to do?" Then she said. "Humpty Dumpty." Then the balloons developed mouths and eyes. The balloonsughed unpleasantly. Theyughed so hard that their mouths continued to widen and tear until it reached their backs. And just like that, the top of the balloon fell off as if a lid was opened and disappeared. "...!" She caught Pierrot in the air with her hands stretched out like rubber and knocked him down. Pierrot was unable to resist gravity and fell to the floor, receiving a fatal shock. Heughed even though his body was damaged from the fall. "Hahaha!! Excellent!! With that power you have proven yourself well!" He was unable to move and was quickly overpowered. It was what he wanted, so he started to rx his body. "now... There is no time left. Thanks to you, I am satisfied and can rest at the back of the stage." "..." His body became transparent. It was about making one''s wishe true and attaining enlightenment. Pierrot didn''t know why he had hoped for such a wish. But he was already happy enough, so he was satisfied and nned to leave the stage. "..." E created a mirror with a wave of her hand and held it towards Pierrot. Will she offer salvation to the person who almost killed her friend? "Heh. You''re kind. That''s your nature after all." The mirror reflected Pierrot''s past. Piero, who saw it, sighed. "It''s not a very interesting story." Pierrot showing a fun performance to the audience. Just like everyone else does. He also had some precious people. However. "Because of the war, the children who came to see the performance lost their lovers and made a wish to massacre the enemy soldiers... Hehehe... This part is kind of interesting. I can''t believe I did something like that and regretted it. It''s so ridiculous." Pierrot realized something while looking in the mirror. The reason he sought out a director was because he wanted to prevent boring tragedies like war from happening in the first ce. He hoped that there would be an absolute being who could twist that huge flow. A good being on the side of humans. It was something any human could wish for. "...Okay. It''s so ordinary. But it''s not bad." Pierrot seemed satisfied as he saw the brown-haired woman and children smiling happily in the mirror. Pierrot thanked the blonde girl who saved him until the end. "Thank you. Go to the church." [Chapter 4 Cleared.] [Obtained 1 Devil seed. (Qty: 4)] [A word from MP: Pierrot was the most unpredictable one. Still, I''m d it was of some help.] POV Switch - E "E! Your body..." "It''s okay." When Pierrot fell and came to his senses, all the children ran to me. My that bes transparent. The children seemed to have already intuitively realized what was happening. "For some reason, I vaguely knew it. That it would be like this. We didn''t run out of key items for no reason. I was so arrogant. I was trying to get to the end through outside means. So, now I have to resolve the issue properly." "Aaaah! Don''t die!" "Ugh... Why did this happen at the end?" "Wait, there might be a way. So please hang in there!" ...Kids, don''t cry. I''m actually d. Because these tears and the pain that pierces my heart prove that I truly loved you. Are you like that too E? [That''s right. I only realized it when it was over. My wish is toe out of the mirror and make friends. My father thought I was possessed or that I would hurt others. So I wanted to prove it. That I will not harm my friend until the end. And this is the end.] That''s good. [Thank you so much, brother. My brother is not me, but he is also me. my wish came true. I''m d! So much! ...Can you say onest thing to the kids?] Of course. [You were E''s best friends! Please say that.] "You were E''s best friends!" "And to me too." "E! Are you really going away? I still..." I stroked Ha-rim''s crying face. "...Bye." This is the end for me and E. [Chapter 1 Cleared.] [Obtained 0 Devil seed. (Qty: 4)] [A word from MP: E. You were a good vessel. Your virtue is great.] POV Switch - 3rd Person Immediately after E left, the children were ovee with grief. But all was not over. This is because terrifying monsters still remain and they have no way to escape this world. "I won''t give up. E. Because E gave me that strength." The kids stood up. They did not give up under any dire circumstances. E made them that way. Then something mysterious happened. The key items responded to their hopes. The church. "Let''s go. We''ll finish this!" POV Switch - E I was at the back of the stage. A ghost waiting in the background afterpleting the stage called life. Then I heard a noisy voice. [Give me the seeds.] "I can''t do that." [Give up. Look at those monsters. Terrifying monsters that neither you nor I know about. A giant that feeds on human fears. Do you think the children left alone can ovee it? Shin Ha-rim will lose all her friends, be brokenhearted, and despair. And, just like in the game, I will be born and fulfill the context of a gigantic evil that appears in the bad ending. Those seeds. A perfect birth is possible as long as I have the seed left by my father. So hand it over. hurry!] I told the half-devil who was threatening me. "Oh you stupid Jabberwocky, Jubjub bird, and Bandersnatch. Even if you say that, I believe in them. Those kids are already grown up. They can show strength in the face of scary creatures. No matter what monster attacks them, they will be able to ovee it. They don''t get bad endings."1 Oh.Look at that brilliant pir of light. The kids seeded. The half-devil began to sob. [No... Father... Did you want them to defeat me? Then why did you create me?I hate it. I don''t want to remain a part of the program and disappear along with the world. I want to live. I want to enjoy life. Game bosses. I was jealous of you guys.] I left the vanishing Devil behind and surrendered myself to rest. Now I can face the endfortably. The story shown on stage is over, and after the ending, I leave behind the curtain and fall asleep with the lingering emotions. I will spend this long night with a smile that I will never wake up from. Then someone spoke. "What are you doing? Are you nning on sleepingfortably?" A voice I miss. "...Senior?" "Come out quickly. I worked so hard to make you, but it would be difficult if you did that." I felt ominous. "...Go back." Giggles. "I got four devil seeds that consumed a lot of power within my pure soul. It fulfilled the context of recreating a game I created myself and changing an ending that could never have been ovee in the original. I worked hard to create you. My precious daughter is not going to shyly hide in the back of the stage (death), soe out." ... "Okay, now, let¡¯s be honest. You want to see the kids again, right? Behave as you please. Because that''s what devils are." I spoke in a trembling voice filled with fear. "...Go back." Giggles. "I got four devil seeds that consumed a lot of power within my pure soul. It fulfilled the context of recreating a game I created myself and changing an ending that could never have been ovee in the original. I worked hard to create you. My precious daughter is not going to shyly hide in the back of the stage (death), soe out." ... "Okay, now, let¡¯s be honest. You want to see the kids again, right? Behave as you please. Because that''s what devils are." I spoke in a trembling voice filled with fear. "No. I''m happy with this ending. This is where I belong. I will not defy death. I will die as a human being." "...That''s troublesome." Rumble. "Can you hear it? I''m sure you have some idea what this is. Yeah. It''s a nuclear missile. Were is it heading?" "No..." "Of course it''s headed towards the children! So what should we do now?" I begged. "No. No. No. No. No. No!!! Do not do that! This is my end. This is the best ending I could have hoped for. I couldn''t be happier. I want to fall asleep with this lingering feeling. Please. Please let them go." "...Alice." "Don''t say it!!!" Senior chuckled. "Even if you struggle like that, you''ll get motivated with just this one word. It''s so cute how angry you are. You can never throw them away. They are so precious to you! In the end, you would do anything for them." The seniorughed and then said coldly. "Your precious children are going to die." POV Switch - 3rd Person Alice lifted the stage curtain and descended. Mephisto: Through the vessel named E, he created a appearance resembling Alice, befriending the children, and transformed his soul into that of a child. Utilizing that peculiar nature, he adjusted the soul, revived his dulled emotions, and ultimately made him rediscover his true heart. The monsters were happy to follow Alice. It''s Alice. Alice hase to visit us! Monsters: We are people''s disturbing thoughts, stories, and fears. We are a stimulus. That''s why it''s fun. We love Alice. Mephisto: Alice in Wondend is a book full of word y. However, if experienced in reality, its absurdity can turn into eeriness and fear. There is a difference between fear and entertainment, because you, the main character, You have no idea how much thought I put into matching that context. Alice looked at the flying missiles. Look at those strange objects that will maliciously twist the children''s fate into the worst possible oue. How strange this is. It was truly a strange thing for a human being who worked hard and never gave up to face this in the end. Strange thing. It''s really strange. Mephisto: A being who deals with fearful beings called monsters and turns fear into entertainment (adventure). That''s Alice. It can''t be helped but be a good being and a Devil at the same time. Alice isted her strange ending in Wondend. Because that is natural. Part 1pleted. 1. All 3 are creatures from Alice In Wondend. Sorry for the dy! Was busy with exams¡ Anyway, quite the ending~ As always, any errors just say, and I hope you liked reading it. ¡ªChi WARNING: THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL TRANSLATION, I CHANGED SOME WORDS, PUNCTUATIONS AND THE FORMATTING TO WHAT I BELIEVE MAKES IT FLOW BETTER WHILE TRYING TO FAITHFULLY MAINTAIN THE AUTHOR¡¯S MEANING. Previous Toc Next Chapter 54 Chapter 54 Advent. (Part 1 Complete) I''m finally posting a review. To be honest, I didn''t think that an irresponsible person like me could write anything until episode 50, but I did write anyway. The huge number ofments were the driving force! How on earth do other writers write? Are they human? My inspiration: The ghosts in the game originally took its inspiration from the RPG Maker game Ib. Mary, who appears there, is an attractive character who can share the ending with the main character even though she is a viin. Ah! I was so excited that it would be fun to have a kid like thispletely side with the main character. It''s better if it''s a tsundere. Therefore, E''s inspiration would be Ib''s Mary. Naturally, the protagonist of the original game joined the ghost story club. In particr, Kyeong-min is very simr to the character named Gyeongwon in the novel Ghost Story Club. However, Ha-rim, the protagonist of the original game, has two more inspirations other than the Ghost Story Club. The first is the yer. When ites to games, there are a few games where children are the main characters, and I don''t know how they save the world or escape from scary ces. Although we have save and load, following the original flow, she is a person who ovees any danger, whether it be a trap or a monster. That''s Ha-rim''s extraordinaryness. The second is Faust. The theme of Faust is "Humans are saved if they work hard", and since this game was created by Mephisto, the standard route is that Ha-rim, who suffers from losing her friends but does not give up, is defeated by great despair at thest moment, in line with Mephisto''s tastes. Mephisto, huh? He''s a bit of a sore loser, still holding onto the loss from the bet against Faust. Anyway, in the work, Ha-rim ys the opposite role of Faust, who is saved by God. E (Alice) is the one who corrected that. From the point of view of the y "Faust", Alice is like a god who brings salvation! Something I regret while writing this novel. Crude!!! Extremely crude! Vocabry is also small. Awkward! Cringe! People reading this must have been very annoyed. Sorry. I''ll do better next time. There are also too many settings. I''m not the type of person who ns things in advance, so I write impromptu for each chapter. So the scale got too big... Save me. Next, I should have paid more attention to the rtionship with the children. I should have included one episode per person. I''m so sorry. Character development is important, but it seems like I skipped the process of collecting items because I was so busy progressing the story. There are serious typos, but the biggest problem is... Sudden development...!!! It would take too long to write one episode if I were to write it while in the military instead of on vacation, so I tried to write it all while on vacation as much as possible. Although I originally intended for a rapid development, I couldn''t properly resolve the foreshadowing, so everyone was like, "Huh? What''s going on?". Sob... Guilty! But remakes are something I just can''t do even if I die. I think the fact that I got tired halfway through writing on my phone also yed a role... I''m exhausted from putting so much effort into the illustrations...! From here, I''ll exin the settings, but it won''t be fun. Thank you for reading if you don''t understand at all! There are people who don''t understand the scene where Alice is born, so let me exin. In this worldview, if you collect enough sacrifices and fulfill a certain story, it is possible to create a specific demon corresponding to that. There are several stories fulfilled by the protagonist here, and I will exin some of them. First of all, it''s the monsters. Monsters are the disturbing thoughts of humans. Stories. It is a being made of fear. It has been mentioned several times that these can be reced with a form of stimtion and entertainment, just like people enjoy horror games. Pierrot also saw monsters as a supernatural things to enjoy. In other words, supernatural is entertainment! Something like that. Next is Alice in Wondend. Alice in Wondend is the story of Alice''s adventures in Wondend, and as anyone who has read the fairy tale will know, there is a lot of word y here. Word y = Supernatural feeling. Wondend = A ce full of supernatural things. In this way, we created something inmon, and the next one is Alice herself. It was mentioned in episode 33 that the main character thinks of Alice as an extraordinary person. This is because Wondend may seem bizarre from the perspective of the general public, but Alice, the main character of the fairy tale, epted Wondend as an adventure rather than fear. Here, Alice has the meaning of someone who turns fear into adventure. The main character entered a horror game where there was no other way than a despairing end, and seeded in twisting it to lead to a happy ending. It is treated as turning children''s fears into adventure (y). The main character is Alice! As a result ofbining various factors, the main character is reborn as Alice the Devil. In addition, because the protagonist entered E''s body, his soul was altered to fit the vessel, and his rough appearance was originally a young man with ck hair, but he became a blonde woman, and his emotions became richer. His soul also became of a child. It is closely rted to mirrors, etc too. There was an entire process involved. If I show each piece one by one, there will be no end...! The game is cleared, and the world where the children and the main character were was copsed. To be precise, Alice was born in the world full of bizarre things! Anyway, the children return to reality and live their own lives with their memories erased by the agency. Alice got outside... What should I do? That''s part 2... ! She won''t be chased by the institution right...? Part 2 will be published within a month. If it''s a side story or something. If you request it, I will try to write it. Thank you for reading so far. Haven¡¯t been TL¡¯ing thistely, still have to catch up to the raws to make sure I don¡¯t TL something wrong¡ Sorry. As always, any errors just say, and I hope you liked reading it. ¡ªChi WARNING: THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL TRANSLATION, I CHANGED SOME WORDS, PUNCTUATIONS AND THE FORMATTING TO WHAT I BELIEVE MAKES IT FLOW BETTER WHILE TRYING TO FAITHFULLY MAINTAIN THE AUTHOR¡¯S MEANING. Previous Toc Next Chapter 55 Chapter 55 [Side Story] Snacks Party "You there. Wait a moment." I talked to James'' subordinate, whom I met while walking down the hallway with Ha-rim. Originally, I was going to pass by without saying a word, but the Cheshire Cat''s bell trembled slightly as he passed, so I called him over. "...What''s wrong?" Because we don''t often talk to each other. An awkward and stiff responsees back. It doesn''t really matter since I don''t need to really talk. I took out my knife and instantly cut off the small insect-like monster that was crawling on his shoulder. The monster that let out a screeching sound turned into smoke and was absorbed by me. "Don''t be nervous. It''s just that there was a strange feeling of gloominess attached to you. Were you in a bad mood today?" He''s so frozen that he can''t answer right away. I guess I should have given a hint in advance. But if he had been able to react to the sh just now, he might have pointed the gun at me. "You''re right... Is it mental pollution?" I stopped him because he was trying to inject a suspicious drug into his body. It''s like a medicine that treats mental pollution, but there are many settings in creative works that have side effects if abused. Just in case, it would be better to stop him. "Actually, it''s not pollution, you know? You just have to remove the main body." "Ah. Is that so?" Yes, I see he trusts my words. Well, I guess he trusts James, who trusts me, rather than myself. Now then. "..." "..." Since I had nothing to say, I tried to go to the ssroom with Ha-rim. The kids invited us to have a snack party. I''m sorry for keeping them waiting. But Ha-rim looked at me and James'' subordinates in turn and then said to me. "It looks very awkward, but I heard that asking each other questions is a good way to be closer. I''ve been thinking about it for a while, but it seems like they aren''t ordinary soldiers, so let''s take this opportunity to ask him some questions!" Ha-rim''s eyes sparkled. She seemed to like the image of soldiers in special clothing that seemed to be full of secrets. Ha-rim is the head of the Mystery Investigation Club. It seems like she is very interested in hidden secrets. Still. "That''s not possible. Ha-rim." "Huh?" "These guys are people who operate in secret. If you ask about this or that, the soldiers who are receiving orders from superiors have no choice but to coldly refuse. Then we''ll just hurt each other''s feelings, right?" A straightforward argument. Ha-rim scratched her cheek as if she hadn''t thought of that. "Oh, I see..." Ha-rim agreed and got lost in her thoughts. I wonder what this kid is thinking... I nkly looked at Ha-rim and realized that James'' subordinate was looking at me. "...What is it?" "Honestly, I didn''t expect you to be so thoughtful and considerate." Adults tend to be surprised when children''s thoughts seem even the slightest bit deep. Actually, even kindergartners know how to be considerate. If you think about it, you must have heard someone call you mature when you were young before. In this case, it''s not that adults don''t know, it''s that they have forgotten about it. I said it feeling awkward to receive praise for something that seemed obvious. "I wasn''t particrly considerate. Hmm. I just thought it was unreasonable to ask when it was obvious it wouldn''t work." Wait a minute, I just looked like a tsundere. I feel upset. "Then how about having a snacks party together?" "So suddenly?" I inadvertently tackled Ha-rim''s unexpected suggestion. Do you really want to be that friendly with these people? Anyway, since it was Ha-rim''s suggestion, I agreed. But he couldn''t answer easily. "Hmm..." Of course. He''s dispatched for a mission, so there''s no way he can make an appointment without his boss'' consent, saying, "I''m going to have a snacks party." "So this guy can''t decide anything after all." "It doesn''t matter. Because eating snacks doesn''t interfere with the mission. But make sure you are armed to a minimum." What a surprise! "James... Where on earth did youe from?" James answered my question with a shrug. "Yep! All right!" "Unless it is truly important and confidential, we allow information to be released to a certain extent. This person is a partner of ours. Don''t make the atmosphere stiff for no reason. Keep in mind that this is the field, not inside the institution." "Yes. I''ll keep that in mind." What is this flow? It goes smoothly as if it was supposed to be like this. James, is it okay for you to just skip things like that? This guy. In fact, it doesn''t matter if it''s an institution''s secrets or anything like that, right? Immediately after receiving permission from James. We had a snack party with James'' crew. Abination of 5 children and many adults. I didn''t think adults would have fun ying with kids. Even Maria and James didn''t attend, so wouldn''t it be rather awkward? But my expectations were wrong "That was the first time you met E, and you were really scared at first?" "I told you I was sorry back then!" "E is angry." "I''m not angry..." Peopleugh. The children''s innocent jokes and stories made them smile. Since they were people who had experienced all kinds of dangerous incidents, they liked the gentle atmosphere created by the children. "When the Mothman attacked, E jumped like this and killed the monster!" Kyeong-min keeps telling heroic stories about me. This kid too, really. It makes the people hearing it feel embarrassed. But he likes me that much. Feeling better, I smiled brightly and jokingly asked those who were listening. "I did all that, so you guys aren''t going to catch E and lock her up as soon as she goes outside, right?" Ta-da, I''m a better monster than you thought! James'' subordinates burst outughing at those words "Hahahaha!!!" "Hehehehe..." I burst intoughter, feeling proud that I had scored a hit. "Hahahaha!" "Hehehe..." We keepughing. "Haha... Ha..." "Hehe..." We keepughing? "..." "...?" No, wait a minute. You guys have something to do other thanugh at this time. I couldn''t bear the silence and shouted in anger. "Hey you guys! Tell E that you won''t catch her even if it''s empty words!!!" You''re openly advertising that you will catch me! When I shouted loudly, they tried to appease me. "Ahem... Cough! If you cooperate calmly, the institution will also provide ethical guidance..." "What?!" The children were shocked when their cheerful attitude changed. "El-E, are you going to get caught?" "E is a good girl!" "Urgh..." In an instant, the warm atmosphere turned into a mess. These shitty settings from this setting-obsessed developer! Making Eun-jeong cry?! "It''s a misunderstanding. We do not treat all anomalous objects like prisoners or beasts. We take istion and protection as our principles of action." In the meantime, I raised a white g to those who stubbornly refused to give up their will and asked to change the atmosphere. "Haa... Okay okay. If I get caught, what level am I? There has to be something like that. Istion level or danger level." "I don''t know how you know, but the quarantine level is probably Unchain level. This is a rating given to entities where continuous containment is difficult or impossible." "Unchain..." It sounds strong for some reason. I like it. "I have seen you move freely through mirrors and I know that you can summon the mirrors themselves at will." From their perspective, I seem to have supernatural powers to create portals. However, there was one thing they misunderstood. "Unchain... I''m not that strong, right? I have a limited range where I can summon mirrors, so maybe if I make the wall really thick... " "Oh..." They seem interested in my answer. Okay, isn''t the mood getting better? I exined step by step. "Could you please exin a bit more in detail? Like numerical values or something." To be precise, I tried to exin. That was until I saw the movements of his hand as he was taking notes sneakily. "Um, so roughly... Three-hundred... What are you writing down?" "..." Let''s see, D-888 quarantine rules? I dered with a bright smile. "The snack party is over." Eh, honto? The inte meme that existis in my brain exims.1 Damn institution. This is how it is, right? Just wait and see, I''ll never get caught. Such useless settings...! "Please calm down. Umm... Aren''t you curious what kind of unit we are?" "Oh. That''s an interesting story." This time, an interesting story was brought up from the other side. James'' warning in advance not to make the atmosphere stiff seems to have had an effect. "We are a special forces unit led by Agent James, the Captain. Its nickname is [Four Seasons Deer]. Although its firepower is low, it can respond to a variety of attacks, so it is dispatched when performing missions in unfamiliar areas." "Hey... Aren''t you saying too much when the boss isn''t here?" "I didn''t reveal the code name, just the nickname, so I don''t think it really matters." "Hmm..." "Don''t be like that, tell me more. What kind of people are quarantined there?" If there is an original copy of Mary, wouldn''t there also be an original copy of Jangsanbeom or Slenderman? I want to hear the story of a full-fledged urban fantasy creature. "I''m sorry, but I think it''s hard to talk about this part because it''s really confidential." The steam is gone. I grumbled at the conversation being blocked again. "James also told me that you guys had the original Mary... It''s a shame. Okay! So what kind of person is James to you? As a bonus, Maria too." James'' subordinates surprisingly brought up Maria''s story first. Normally, humans tended to bring up the story that caused them to worry less first. "Agent Maria is a kind and strong person. Despite her kind heart and youthful appearance, she is a veteran who has partnered with the captain and participated in many operations. However, since Agent Maria belongs to a different organization, we have not spent much time together." "Other affiliation?" "It''s a type of religious group. Honestly, if everyone there was like Maria, it would have a good reputation." It''s a concept like a cult. No, they have a partnership, so it''s a little different. "Then what about James?" "He is someone we can definitely trust in the organization." He answered mechanically. It seems like he had nned in advance to say something like this in this situation. However, since James was not here, they began to show their true colors one by one. "...Still, there are many times when I feel restless because the orders from superiors are subtly ignored. It feels like I''m walking a tightrope." "Exactly..." "Last time, he didn''t listen to orders and got a warning, so he''s not on good terms with Dr. Kkondae. Honestly, the captain looks like he strictly follows the rules on the outside, but in reality, he''s just like a retired sergeant?"2 "Hahaha! Retired sergeant!" Rattle! "I am sorry about that. Was the party enjoyable?" "Ca-captain!" "What... It was. But you were listening behind the door?" "It is natural for superiors to monitor them because they may inadvertently reveal truly confidential information. Of course, that won''t happen." Yes. I guess so. I knew. There''s no way they''re revealing real confidential information. James just wanted to tease them. "Uncle James! They want to take E! No way? Right?" "Hahaha." Jamesughed at Eun-jeong¡¯s question. "You caught me. It''s about protecting." "Urgh!" "What are you saying to the kids! Now, this guy was just kidding. Don''t worry, they won''t capture me." "Really?" "Yes, right?" Maria said while sweating profusely, she can''t lie to children. If they see Maria reacting like that, it''s a sure thing that the lie will be revealed. They seem like patients suffering from confinement fetish. I wish they were all dead. "I hope you don''t hate it too much." I couldn''t understand what James said. However, I knew that those words came from James'' intuition. The way he looks at me is the way he looks at a colleague who will be with him in the future. I felt strange. 1. ¡°Eh, honto?¡± = ¡°Eh, really?¡± Just search for ? ??? and you will see the meme. 2. Kkondaeis an expression used inSouth Koreato describe a condescending person, that normally forces the former¡¯s outdated way of thinking onto another person. As always, any errors just say, and I hope you liked reading it. ¡ªChi WARNING: THIS IS NOT A PROFESSIONAL TRANSLATION, I CHANGED SOME WORDS, PUNCTUATIONS AND THE FORMATTING TO WHAT I BELIEVE MAKES IT FLOW BETTER WHILE TRYING TO FAITHFULLY MAINTAIN THE AUTHOR¡¯S MEANING. Previous Toc Next Chapter 56 Chapter 56 Part 2 Begins. ck Alice Alice. What do people think of when they hear this name? Some people may think of an ordinary foreign woman with that name. Some people are members of an idol group with the same name. Some people may go further and think of a blonde girl from a fairy tale. But I am different. No, it''s actually closer to the third, but it makes me wonder if that''s Alice from the fairy tale. Anyway, when I heard the name Alice, the first thing that came to mind was a devil with that name. The first time I saw her was when I was ordered to enter her istion room and perform a procedure on her in the name of care. It is rare for a manager instead of a prisoner to enter a dangerous istion room where all kinds of strange things are kept. In most cases, this is whenplicated procedures that are difficult for the prisoner to handle must be performed, or when it is necessary to show courtesy by acknowledging the other entity as a person to some extent. It''s probably one of these two. However, the orders from above were to just say a few words and hand over some candy. In that case, it would be thetter... The Institution have their own way to treat her, rather than seeing her as a prisoner or a dangerous creature to be contained. That''s interesting. The number is D-888. Her nickname is our friend ck Alice. Friends... What kind of entity is it? -step. I hoped I wasn''t a living sacrifice of some special management procedure I had never heard of. I was hiding my fear behind interest when I entered the istion room. Then I saw her. It is a disturbing creature that wriggles erratically, a monster with multiple body parts such as legs arms, and at the same time with smooth, soft skin and beautiful blonde hair that catches the eye as if saying it was a human. It was clearly a girl. "Mumble... Mumble mumble... Mumble.." The way she was lost in her own world, mumbling like crazy, felt like she was using some kind of ck magic. Reciting the contents of an unidentified fairy tale, or saying that she should have died then, etc. I could only understand fragments of content. Gulp. I should have guessed it from the D in the number, but this thing looks dangerous no matter what! I calmed my pounding heart and handed her the candy. But it seemed like she didn''t even know I was there. I quietly ced the candy next to me and a long arm came out from the sea of bustling arms and legs and snatched the candy. "..." I felt goosebumps. "Mumble mumble mumble..." The action of grabbing the candy was so fast that I couldn''t react. That left me dazed for a moment, but I quickly came to my senses and carried out my next mission. "Hey? Can you hear me?" I spoke carefully, trying not to provoke her as much as possible. "Mumble... Mumble... Mumble... Mumble..." Sting~! Mom and dad it''s not what you think I''m sorry for scaring you all this time even after death I wanted to say sorry but being forcefully resurrected stripped of humanity and enduring such agony without choice damn, damn, damn, damn to the trash-like me there will never be a beautiful andfortable end again please give me back the most naturalfortable and beautiful ending how many times do I have to ask? "Urgh!" My head hurts. Is it really mental pollution? No. The equipment didn''t light up. Was it just a brief shock because the thought wave was as strong as pollution? I think I can still do more. "Miss Alice...! I am Emma. My nickname is Em! Please..." [Stop. Stop contact. Thank you for your effort Emma.] Since the director of the institute had given an order, I went back without any further trouble. I was worried that the weird, scary, but strange devil might be stalking me, but fortunately, that didn''t happen. After getting injured in the istion room, I was able to rest afterpleting various disinfection procedures and mental tests. "Hmm. It doesn''t seem to be the type to cause harm? But that person''s grade." Unchained. A level possessed by entities who can''t be contained. Of course, this does not mean that it is a transcendental entity that ignores all attacks from the institution and escapes to the istion room. It can be a basket that appears out of nowhere and provides snacks, or something like that. Since it is a phenomenon that appears randomly in one person among all mankind, even cases where istion itself is difficult are all given an unchain grade. But that thing doesn''t look as simple as a snack basket. "...There is too little information." I have a management position. Since I was new and the director of the research center was still researching it, very little information was avable. The content of the document in my hand was just such a basic procedure that it made me wonder why it could be quarantined. "If you make one mistake, you will die." I don''t like the idea of using people as guinea pigs, even those on death row, but we need to get a lot of information through meaningful experiments. Why am I the one? Is it because I''m a newbie? These days, they put new recruits in istion rooms as a form of hazing? "...Haa. This is no different from back then." I figured I had survived until now, so I had to be satisfied with that. This is because I had been criticizing the higher-ups and I''ve been facing the approaching danger head on. This is the way I has lived so far. "I''m tired." I closed my eyes for a moment. ... Weeeeeeeeeeee! Alert. A-245. A supernatural creature Appeared. Basic defense procedures. A-guard brought in. "Hmm?!" I''ve quickly opened my eyes. What? Did the entity escape? No. Since it is described as a supernatural creature, it could be an external attack. I reflexively grabbed my favorite pistol. Then I looked at my pistol for a moment and then shook my head. "...I''m a manager now. Not abatant." I put down my pistol. Instead, I picked up the direct line and called another manager. "..." Whoosh... Kakaw. Kakaw. Kakaw. Instead ofmunication, there is only the sound of waves and seagulls crying. This supernatural phenomenon could only be thought to be the work of a supernatural creature. I immediately looked at the surveince cameras and beganmunicating with thebatants. Originally, as a new manager, other A-managers had to give orders instead of me, but something was blockingmunication. I have no choice but to do it. I picked up the emergency microphone and gave orders. "Airways A, B, and C connected to A-245 are blocked. B-guard in D. Nonbatants and wounded A-guards retreat to E." First, stop it and contact the director of the research center...! "This is Agent Fram, B-Guard leader. The monster just got hit by a bullet and disappeared, leaving behind nothing but bubbles." "Bubbles?" Bubbly, bubbling... A bubble appeared behind me and took the shape of a monster. I quickly left the area and ran away. Of course, I didn''t forget to get my pistol. ''It''s targeting the manager first. Is this an attack by a hostile group?'' There is no time to rack my brain. This was because I could clearly hear the sound of a monster running from behind. "-!!!" "That''s so fast!" But the passage in front. There is a wall switch in the middle that will forcefully block the passage. "Don''te!" Bang! "Kruk." I keep the monster in check with my pistol and sessfully block the passage. Bang bang bang! I said at the monster, who was using its strength to break the wall. "You can''t break it. I haven''t seen anything destroying it even when I was abatant. So give up and be quiet." "..." Bubbly, bubbling... "Ah..." This guy knows how to move through space, right? "I''m in big trouble." I muttered, aiming my gun at the fully formed monster. The front is blocked by a wall, and the passage is upied by a monster. Even if I''m a formerbatant, it is impossible to win without special equipment, even if my gun works. "..." Fear began to build in my heart. Still, I didn''t put down my gun. I was like that from the beginning. I was a talented person who rose from a low-levelbatant to a managerial position. The crises I had been through so far have been so damn numerous. So I''ll live this time too. "If I hold on just a little longer, help wille." I won''t look away from fear. I''ll try until the end And I''ll survive. In the end, I always manage to resolve the issue with my remainingpanions. "Tsk!" The bullet is fired and passes straight through the monster''s body. Since it literally just passed through, it seemed like there was no damage at all. I shouted out, biting my lip to shake off my fear. "I''m not dying!" "I see." A mysterious voice suddenly appears. I was very embarrassed because it was a girl''s tickling voice that did not suit the current situation at all. "?!" And I quickly realized that I had heard a voice like this. "You''re on an adventure, right? It''s strange that someone like you is experiencing this kind of ending. Really strange." "...Huh." The monster disappeared. I put my gun down. I quickly realized why D-888''s nickname was our friend. ... POV Switch - 3rd person "The experiment was sessful. I didn''t know the results woulde out so quickly." Even though the experiment was sessful, the director of theboratory did not look good. This attack was not what she intended. "It is not the time to be just happy. However, we need to sort out the results right before our eyes." The male agent next to her gave her his opinion. Well, the raid is something other departments should investigate first. The research director thought about the results while checking document D-888. "Hmm. Let''s see." Since being discovered, D-888 has only been seen nkly muttering to herself or sleeping motionlessly. However, since XX days ago, D-888 started to be active. It was a while ago when a quarantined object escaped due to the carelessness of the administrator. Because the fighting power of the isted entity was stronger than expected, thebatants were massacred, but only thest one was saved by D-888. From that day on, D-888 rescued agency personnel in danger or even went outside to rescue several civilians. But she didn''t save everyone, so the director did an experiment to find out what the conditions were for helping people. ''Among death row inmates, only one in 40 has received help so far. At first I thought the rate was low because she really only pretended to save people.'' But when she pieced together all themonalities of the people she helped, she seemed to have her clue. These are all people who almost experienced tragedy. Aside from those who deserved to die, Thompson lived as a homeless person due to alcoholism, but then converted and worked as an office worker. He was almost shot to death by a gunman who was targeting his colleague. Kim Yu-ha decided tomit suicide due to bullying, but she strengthened her will for her friend who was also bullied, and there was an incident where she saved her suicidal friend, who almost fell off a cliff. After careful consultation with a rescued death row inmate, she found out that he was a person who repented for all his sins and was doing his part to atone while in the midst of a terrifying quarantine. "Hmm..." She couldn''t understand why she was saving them, but rescuing Emma, who had been a low-rankingbatant but stubbornly?survived and rose to a managerial position, somewhat confirmed her expectations. "Staying true to your own life, oveing fear and not giving up until the end, or just trying sincerely... Not letting humans experience tragedy... Haa... Is she too much? Is she god?" "I guess that''s too exaggerated considering she only saved a few people. Even now, good people in the world are dying on a daily basis." "Well, I made a strange guess because of my unconscious wish that she would be a good being." Originally, it''s hard to believe that there could be such a convenient existence for humanity. It''s not something that could be artificially created by anyone. "Is this kid really a good being? No matter who sees it, she''s undeniable?a monster. And she''s actually a devil. If I could even talk to her, I''d ask her about it." "Well, things will make sense now. It didn''t work at first, but now she has awakened to some degree of consciousness." The male agent handed over a document with pictures of children attached. Theb director asked the male agent if it''s going to be a failed attempt likest time. He only made a gesture that seemed to ask her to believe him. He entered the containment room and spoke to D-888. "...D-888?" "Mumble, mumble, mumble..." ''Really. You don''t even listen.'' "E." "Mumble... Mumble..." There is some reaction. "Alice." "..." ''Are you listening now? If so, this is my chance.'' Swoosh. "Aren''t you curious about how the kids are doing?" "..." The male agent handed D-888 a document containing photos of children. Then she reacted. "Hmm?" "You finally came to your senses." "James? What. Where am I?" D-888 acted as if she didn''t even know where she was. It seems that everything she has done so far has been done unconsciously. D-888 walked around the room and punched the wall. And she widened his eyes as if she realized something. "You, you trapped me! You traitor!" James chuckled when he saw the blonde girl giving him a resentful look. "Nothing has changed.